Inglês

07.07.2015 Views

INGLÊS<br />

3


Coordenação editorial: Estúdio Conejo, Zênite.<br />

Preparação de texto: Zênite, Ricardo Sousa Santos (Mister).<br />

Coordenação de design e projetos visuais: Pedro Yañez.<br />

Revisão: Geisa Teixeira.<br />

Impressão: Gráfica Brasil.<br />

Organizador: Estúdio Conejo<br />

Obra coletiva concebida, desenvolvida<br />

e produzida pelo estúdio Conejo, Zênite.<br />

Editor Executivo:<br />

Pedro Yañez.<br />

Livro do professore:<br />

RICARDO SOUSA SANTOS (MISTER)<br />

4


Todo livro tem sua história. Este não pretende ser diferente. E isto tem lá suas vantagens.<br />

Comecemos então, parafraseando Vinícius de Morais, um livro sem Apresentação é como um rio sem pontes.<br />

Não se sabe bem porque, mas é costume consagrado. Nada há que uma apresentação possa fazer pelo<br />

livro, se ele mesmo não caminhar por suas próprias pernas. Mas já que deve ter uma, que lhe seja útil.<br />

Caro leitor, se faltar alguma legitimidade aos capítulos que o compõem, a Apresentação, na sua costumeira<br />

gravidade, haverá de suprir, com conversa, o que faltar em aceitação. Espero que este não seja o caso deste<br />

que vos escrevi. E claro, não menos importante é que, antes de que o leitor se ponha a buscar os defeitos<br />

mais graves que o livro evidentemente possa conter, é que, sem aviso prévio, já me coloco em intimidade<br />

para correções e ganho, por antecipação, sua simpatia senão teórica, pelo menos afetiva. Se o escritor, afinal<br />

de contas, se mostra receptivo, por que não lhe dar um crédito por antecipação?<br />

Dito isto, explico o porquê de estar aqui, incomodando os leitores desprevenidos. Venho escrevendo, mais<br />

irregular que regularmente, ao longo de uma carreira dedicada a tentar ensinar aos outros o prazer da aquisisição<br />

de um outro idioma, Língua Inglesa, neste caso. Ainda que prazer não se ensine, mostrar caminhos<br />

nunca é excessivo. Fruto dessas experiências, nascidas de uma curiosidade insaciável, que me faz fuçar os<br />

livros alheios, de linguístas como Yule, Jackobson, Saussure, e tantos outros, e claro, Pierce e sua semiótica<br />

de forma assídua, que me pego por vezes teorizando em voz alta nas ruas de Conquista, são todos esses<br />

autores que me trouxeram até aqui.<br />

Os ensaios gramaticais deste material, voltado aqueles que se aventuram no aprendizado, àvidos a ingressarem<br />

nas universidades, estão divididos em grupos de forma a dar alguma organização ao livro. Mas isto não<br />

impede, evidentemente, que sejam lidos na ordem que cada um escolher, o que, no fim das contas, acontece<br />

com todo livro técnico. De forma que esta observação poderia ser dispensada, mas já que aqui está, agora é<br />

bom que fique.<br />

Por fim, como de praxe, vão os agradecimentos. Primeiro ao Zênite, nas figuras de Omar e Nayana, por proporcionarem<br />

as condições favoráveis em sua empresa para que este que vos escreve, tivesse total liberdade<br />

na criação deste material. A minha família, esposa e filho (Misterzinho), que deram, e dão, total apoio para<br />

a realização deste e de outros projetos meus. A Rosimar e Luis Àvila, que me descobriram, por assim dizer,<br />

como professor quando recém chegado a esta cidade, a um tempão, me credibilizando em vários lugares,<br />

que responsabilidade com seus nomes eles me deram, hein. E por fim, um agradecimnto que sempre tive<br />

vontade de fazer publicamente, Joaquim Teixeira (Quinzinho), que me ensinou tudo que ele podia, sem<br />

nunca pedir qualquer paga, somente uma, que eu adquirisse a paixão pelo ensino de lingua inglesa, e busca<br />

incessante pelo conhecimento. Busquei, e apreciei tanto que não sei fazer outra coisa.<br />

Que outra paga maior pode esperar quem ensina?<br />

Bom estudo!<br />

;)<br />

5


SUMÁRIO<br />

CAPÍTULO I-PRONOMES PESSOAIS ......................................................<br />

CAPÍTULO II-PRONOMES POSSESSIVOS ..............................................<br />

CAPÍTULO III-PRONOMES REFLEXIVOS ..............................................<br />

CAPÍTULO IV-PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS ..................................<br />

CAPÍTULO IV-PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS ............................................<br />

CAPÍTULO VI-PRONOMES DEMONSTRATIVOS .................................<br />

CAPÍTULO VII-PRONOMES RELATIVOS ..............................................<br />

CAPÍTULO VIII-RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS ..........................................<br />

CAPÍTULO IX-CASO POSSESSIVO (GENITIVE CASE) .........................<br />

CAPÍTULO X-SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE – VERBS .................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XI-PRESENT PROGRESSIVE (CONTINUOUS)VERBS ) ..<br />

CAPÍTULO XII-PASSADO SIMPLES. – VERBOS ....................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XIII-PAST PROGRESSIVE. – VERBOS ................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XIV-THE PRESENT & PAST PERFECT TENSES .................<br />

CAPÍTULO XV-GERUND & PRESENT PARTICIPLE ..............................<br />

CAPÍTULO XVI-VERBOS ANÔMALOS (MODAL VERBS) ...................<br />

CAPÍTULO XVII- FUTURO SIMPLES, IMEDIATO, PERFEITO E<br />

CONTÍNUO ................................................................................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XIX -IF CLAUSES- CONDICIONAIS ....................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XX-SUBSTANTIVOS ..............................................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXI-ADJECTIVES - GRAU DE COMPARAÇÃO ..............<br />

CAPÍTULO XXII-ADVERBS .....................................................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXIV-DIRECT & REPORTED SPEECH - DISCURSO DI-<br />

RETO E INDIRETO ....................................................................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXV-PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA .................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXV-PASSIVE VOICE –VOZ PASSIVA .................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXVII-CONJUNCTIONS - CONJUNÇÕES ..........................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXVIII-SUFFIXES .................................................................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXIX-PREPOSITIONS – PREPOSIÇÕES .............................<br />

CAPÍTULO XXX -PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL VERBS ........<br />

CAPÍTULO XXX -PHRASAL VERBS & PREPOSITIONAL VERBS ........<br />

9<br />

19<br />

25<br />

29<br />

35<br />

45<br />

56<br />

73<br />

74<br />

80<br />

92<br />

96<br />

102<br />

105<br />

123<br />

133<br />

156<br />

164<br />

175<br />

187<br />

205<br />

219<br />

233<br />

250<br />

254<br />

284<br />

298<br />

313<br />

346<br />

7


CAPÍTULO I - PRONOMES PESSOAIS<br />

Pronome é a classe de palavras que acompanha ou<br />

substitui um substantivo ou um outro pronome,<br />

indicando sua posição em relação às pessoas do discurso<br />

ou mesmo situando-o no espaço e no tempo. Os<br />

pronomes nos ajudam a evitar repetições desnecessárias<br />

na fala e na escrita.<br />

São divididos em:<br />

Pronomes Pessoais - Personal Pronouns<br />

Os Pronomes Pessoais referem-se a alguma pessoa, lugar<br />

ou objeto específico e são subdivididos em Pronomes<br />

Pessoais do Caso Reto (Sujeito) - Subject<br />

Pronouns e Pronomes Pessoais do Caso<br />

Oblíquo (Objeto) - Object Pronouns.<br />

Tabela de Pronomes<br />

Pronomes Pessoais<br />

NÚMERO PESSOA Subject Object<br />

Singular 1ª Pessoa I ME<br />

Singular 2ª Pessoa YOU YOU<br />

Singular 3ª Pessoa HE HIM<br />

Singular 3ª Pessoa SHE HER<br />

Singular 3ª Pessoa IT IT<br />

Plural 1ª Pessoa WE US<br />

Plural 2ª Pessoa YOU YOU<br />

Plural 3ª Pessoa THEY THEM<br />

Esses<br />

pronomes são<br />

assim<br />

chamados<br />

porque<br />

conjugam os<br />

verbos. São<br />

sujeitos.<br />

Esses<br />

devem ser<br />

usados após<br />

verbos e<br />

preposições<br />

. Não<br />

podem<br />

conjugar<br />

verbos<br />

Subject Pronouns:<br />

Esses pronomes do caso reto substituem nomes e<br />

ocupam posição de sujeito numa oração, isso quer dizer<br />

que eles deverão aparecer antes dos verbos, conjugandoos.<br />

Object Pronouns:<br />

Esses pronomes do caso oblíquo funcionam como objeto<br />

do verbo, por isso a posição deles é sempre após o verbo<br />

ou uma preposição.<br />

DICA:<br />

A função mais comum nas questões de provas, é quando<br />

eles vem como pronomes anafóricos, (fazendo referência<br />

ao que foi citado anteriormente), geralmente o<br />

referente/referido encontra-se dentro do MESMO<br />

parágrafo, ou até dentro do periodo em que o proneme<br />

aparece.<br />

Vejamos alguns exemplos:<br />

1. I need them. Eu preciso deles<br />

2. They study Elas estudam comigo.<br />

with me.<br />

3. She works for Ela trabalha para ele.<br />

him.<br />

4. We know you. Nós te conhecemos.<br />

5. You want us. Você nos quer.<br />

6. He likes it. Ele gosta dele (a)<br />

Em <strong>Inglês</strong> não há omissão do sujeito como pode ocorrer<br />

em Português, salvo em raríssimas exceções e em<br />

linguagem muito informal. No caso de sujeito<br />

inexistente, oculto ou indeterminado, devemos<br />

empregar it, we ou they.<br />

It is great to be here at Zênite. (É ótimo estar aqui no<br />

Zênite.)<br />

We speak Portuguese and English in Brazil. (Falamos<br />

português e inglês no Barsil.)<br />

It started to rain. (Começou a chover.)<br />

9


We will go to Anagé in the summer. (Iremos à Anagé no<br />

verão.)<br />

They think I am a wealthy person. (Acham que sou um<br />

cara rico.)<br />

E.g.<br />

Patrick and I are good friends.<br />

What do I need to say ?<br />

2. O Pronome YOU:<br />

Objeto indireto com preposição - Prepositional indirect<br />

object:<br />

No <strong>Inglês</strong>, há dois tipos de objetos indiretos: os com<br />

preposição expressa após o verbo e os objetos indiretos<br />

com a preposição subtentida, que não vai estar grafada<br />

na oração.<br />

- O objeto indireto com preposição é o termo que<br />

completa o sentido de um verbo de forma indireta,<br />

estando sempre regido de preposição clara e expressa na<br />

oração.<br />

1.I sent my friends some flowers.<br />

2.I sent some flowers to my friends.<br />

3.Give your money to me.<br />

4.Give me your money.<br />

5.He told the story to John.<br />

6.He told John the story.<br />

Observe que na sentença 1 o objeto direto é some<br />

flowers, a partir deste exemplo é possível ver a estrutura<br />

básica desta função pronominal.<br />

Os exemplos 2,3,5 apresentam os objetos indiretos após<br />

a preposição TO – que podem ser chamados de After-<br />

Preposition.<br />

Nas outras sentenças 1,4,6 os objetos indiretos aparecem<br />

após o verbo, chamado de After-Verb position.<br />

O pronome YOU é 2ª pessoa tanto do singular quanto do<br />

plural. Por isso tenha cuidado com as traduções. YOU é<br />

comumente traduzido por VOCÊ ou VOCÊS, só que<br />

esses pronomes de tratamento da língua portuguesa são<br />

respectivamente 3ª pessoa do singular e plural.<br />

E.g.<br />

English Translation Adaptation<br />

You are my Tu és meu Você é meu amigo<br />

friend. amigo<br />

You are my<br />

friends.<br />

3. O Pronome Neutro IT:<br />

Vós sois meus<br />

amigos<br />

Vocês são meus<br />

amigos.<br />

Este pronome é usado para substituir nomes de coisas,<br />

animais, descrever fenômenos naturais, e fazer o papel<br />

do sujeito oculto ou inexistente da língua portuguesa.<br />

Obs. Usado com pessoas. E.g. It’s my father, it’s me, it’s<br />

your mother, it’s John, etc...<br />

4. O Pronome THEY:<br />

Este pronome é o plural de toda a 3ª pessoa do singular.<br />

Sendo assim seu significado se estende a ELES<br />

(homens), ELAS (mulheres) , e a ELES, e ELAS<br />

(animais, coisas, objetos, etc...)<br />

Object Pronouns:<br />

Subject Pronouns:<br />

Esses pronomes substituem nomes após um verbo ou<br />

uma preposição. Atenção especial deve ser dada à<br />

terceira pessoa do plural (THEM) pois este pronome<br />

substitue nomes de pessoas, animais e coisas.<br />

1. O Pronome I<br />

O pronome I deve ser escrito sempre com letra<br />

maiúscula independente do seu lugar na frase.<br />

10


EXERCISES<br />

go on. - Adaptado de: http://edition.cnn.com/2013/02/20/world/europe/madridcity-of-protests/index.html<br />

Welcome to Madrid: City of Protests<br />

Madrid (CNN) — “The people, united, will never be<br />

divided!” yells the crowd, angrily waving banners and<br />

placards. “To fight is the only way!” Dog-walkers,<br />

mothers with strollers, an pensioners carrying shopping<br />

bags join the crowd. These people on the sidewalk are no<br />

curious neighbors. Indeed, many of them are complete<br />

strangers to the family living on the fifth floor, but they<br />

are all here to protect Rocio from eviction – being forced<br />

to leave her property by legal process<br />

Rocio and her son, now 17 and in high school, moved<br />

from Ecuador in 2003, when times were good and jobs<br />

plentiful in Spain. But then the global financial crisis hit,<br />

bringing Spain’s economy’ down, Rocio lost her two<br />

jobs – in a shop, and as a cleaner. For a while, Rocio got<br />

by on benefits but then those stopped too. She is an<br />

example of the crisis many Spaniards face as the country<br />

deals with the highest unemployment rate since the Civil<br />

War in the 1930s, and a recession entering its second<br />

year. “I can’t stand the thought of living on the streets<br />

with my san, but I have no idea where else to go”, she<br />

says.<br />

Rocio’s story is echoed by others all over Spain. It is this<br />

fear that took many Spanish citizen to action. Many of<br />

those people who are outside the door of Rocio’s<br />

apartment block are supporter of “Stop Desahucios”<br />

(Stop Evictions), part of the Platform of People Affected<br />

by Mortgages (PAI – Plataforma de Afectados por la<br />

Hipoteca), a group that campaigns to prevent banks and<br />

authorities from eviction because of the country’s<br />

economic crisis. They accuse the banks and authorities o<br />

‘real estate terrorism”.<br />

There are also the mass marches of the 15-M movement<br />

– also known as the “Indignados”. Activist Dante<br />

Scherma, 24, says citizens were not used to speaking out<br />

on political issues. “The 15-M movement made people<br />

talk about social issues, and about politics in normal<br />

conversations - in cafés, restaurants, bars – where before<br />

they only talked about football or fashion.”<br />

Back in Vicalvaro, the moment of truth has arrived, but<br />

the crowd – now shouting at the police, insisting they<br />

have to stop forcing families to leave their properties –<br />

appears to have had an impact. Lawyers from the PAH<br />

explain that Rocio will be able to stay – for a while, at<br />

least. For those working to stop Spain’s eviction<br />

epidemic, today has seen a small and temporary victory.<br />

For those demonstrating about cuts, corruption and lack of cash, the protests will<br />

1. In the sentence “...insisting they have to stop forcing<br />

families to leave their properties...”, words they and their<br />

respectively refer to<br />

a) the crowd and families.<br />

b) the crowd and the police.<br />

c) the police and families.<br />

d) the families and the properties.<br />

e) ethe police and the properties.<br />

Emerging economies<br />

The Great Deceleration<br />

The emerging-market slowdown is not the beginning of a<br />

bust. But it is a turning-point for the world economy<br />

WHEN a champion sprinter falls short of his best speeds,<br />

(…)<br />

China will be lucky if it manages to hit its official target<br />

of 7.5% (…)<br />

This marks the end of the dramatic first phase of the<br />

emerging-market era, (…)<br />

Running out of puff<br />

In the past, periods of emerging-market boom have<br />

tended to be followed by busts (which helps explain why<br />

so few poor countries have become rich ones). A<br />

determined pessimist can find reasons to fret today,<br />

pointing in particular to the risks of an even more drastic<br />

deceleration in China or of a sudden global monetary<br />

tightening. But this time a broad emerging-market bust<br />

11


12<br />

looks unlikely.<br />

China is in the midst of a precarious shift from<br />

investment-led growth to a more balanced, consumptionbased<br />

model. Its investment surge has prompted plenty<br />

of bad debt. But the central government has the fiscal<br />

strength both to absorb losses and to stimulate the<br />

economy if necessary. That is a luxury few emerging<br />

economies have ever had. It makes disaster much less<br />

likely. And with rich-world economies still feeble, there<br />

is little chance that monetary conditions will suddenly<br />

tighten, even if they did, most emerging economies have<br />

better defences than ever before, with flexible exchange<br />

rates, large stashes of foreign-exchange reserves and<br />

relatively less debt (much of it in domestic currency).<br />

That’s the good news. The bad news is that the days of<br />

record-breaking speed are over. China’s turbocharged<br />

investment and export model has run out of puff.<br />

Because its population is ageing fast, the country will<br />

have fewer workers, and because it is more prosperous, it<br />

has less room for catch-up growth. Ten years ago<br />

China’s per person GDP measured at PPP was 8% of<br />

America’s; now it is 18%. China will keep on catching<br />

up, but at a slower clip.<br />

(…). - Jul 27th 2013/www.economist.com<br />

2. The pronoun they in the underlined sentence of the<br />

fifth paragraph of the text: “even if they did, …” refers to<br />

a) China<br />

b) plenty of bad debt<br />

c) a few emerging economies<br />

d) rich-world economies<br />

e) monetary conditions<br />

United States Thanksgiving<br />

In a 1789 proclamation, President George Washington<br />

called on the people of the United States to acknowledge<br />

God for affording them “an opportunity peaceably to<br />

establish a form of government for their safety and<br />

happiness” by observing a day of thanksgiving. Devoting<br />

a day to “public thanksgiving and prayer,” as<br />

Washington called it, became a yearly tradition in many<br />

communities.<br />

Thanksgiving became a national holiday in 1863. In that<br />

year, during the Civil War, Abraham Lincoln made his<br />

Thanksgiving Day Proclamation. He asked his fellow<br />

citizens “to set apart and observe the last Thursday of<br />

November next as a day of thanksgiving and praise...”<br />

(…)<br />

Retrieved from . Access in: Aug 2013.<br />

3. The word “it” at the end of the first paragraph refers<br />

to<br />

a) “an opportunity”.<br />

b) “a yearly tradition”.<br />

c) “a day of thanksgiving”.<br />

d) “a form of government”.<br />

e) “their safety and happiness”.<br />

SPAIN’S ECONOMY<br />

(…)<br />

Spain’s emblematic companies show that this can be<br />

done, but their success has been despite, not because of,<br />

the country’s politicians and rigid employment laws,<br />

Spain has already implemented painful reforms,<br />

particularly in the labor market, but they will take time<br />

to feed into the economy. The bank bailout may<br />

eventually ease the ongoing credit crunch, but in the<br />

short term the country’s increasing borrowing costs will<br />

make it harder for Spanish entrepreneurs to finance their<br />

businesses.<br />

Adapted from Newsweek, June 25, 2012<br />

4. In the last paragraph, “they” in the phrase “…but<br />

they will take time to feed into the economy” most likely<br />

refers to<br />

a) recently elected Spanish politicians.<br />

b) difficult but necessary changes in Spanish<br />

regulations.<br />

c) Spain’s emblematic companies.<br />

d) Spain’s traditionally rigid employment laws.<br />

e) the investment money now available to Spanish<br />

companies.<br />

Are You A Digital Native or A Digital Immigrant?<br />

(…)<br />

Second, 4 I was talking with a producer at the PBS<br />

NewsHour who wanted me to do a live interview within<br />

a few hours of his call regarding some late breaking<br />

news about clergy sexual abuse, which is my specialty. I<br />

was out of the office and driving my car when he called<br />

and in 12 a matter of fact manner he said that he wanted to<br />

send me some important information to my smart phone


to best prepare me for the upcoming interview, when I<br />

told him that I couldn’t receive anything since I had a<br />

dumb phone and not a smart phone, there was a long<br />

silence, 1 he then said he’d have to just read it to me<br />

over the phone as a Plan B. He wasn’t happy ...<br />

neither was I.<br />

7 In case you haven’t noticed, the 21 st century is really<br />

upon us and to live in it one really does need to be<br />

connected in my view. Although I often consider myself<br />

a 19 th or 20 th century guy trapped in the 21 st century we<br />

really do need to adapt. For most of us we are just living<br />

in a new world that really demands comfort with and<br />

access to technology.<br />

(…)<br />

6. O pronome it, utilizado na última linha do primeiro<br />

parágrafo, na frase for the products it markets, refere-se<br />

a) à necessidade da propaganda.<br />

b) à área de publicidade.<br />

c) à ideologia da propaganda.<br />

d) aos mercados consumidores.<br />

e) à cultura do consumismo.<br />

Smart Jocks: Sport Helps Kids Classroom<br />

Performance<br />

When kids exercise, they boost brainpower as well as<br />

brawn. By Steve Ayan | September 9, 2010<br />

Adapted from “Digital Native vs. Digital Immigrant? Which are you?” Published<br />

on July 24, 2012 by Thomas G. Plante, Ph.D., ABPP in Do the Right Thing<br />

http://www.psychologytoday.com/blog/do-the-right-thing/201207/digital-nativevs-digital-immigrant-which-are-you.<br />

retrieved on July 28, 2012<br />

5. In the sentence, “he then said he’d have to just read it<br />

to me over the phone as a Plan B.” (ref. 1), the<br />

underlined pronoun refers to<br />

a) the author´s dumb phone.<br />

b) the information needed for the interview.<br />

c) the author’s smart phone.<br />

d) the upcoming interview.<br />

e) the conversation the author had with the TV<br />

producer.<br />

Analyze an advertisement<br />

Peter Sells<br />

Sierra Gonzalez<br />

Not all advertisements make perfect sense. Not all of<br />

them promote or imply acceptance of social values that<br />

everyone would agree are what we should hope for, in<br />

an enlightened and civilized society. Some<br />

advertisements appear to degrade our images of<br />

ourselves, our language, and appear to move the<br />

emphasis of interaction in our society to (even more)<br />

consumerism. There may even be a dark, seamy, or seedy<br />

side to advertising. This is hardly surprising, as our<br />

society is indeed a consumer society, and it is highly<br />

capitalistic in the simplest sense. There is no doubt that<br />

advertising promotes a consumer culture, and helps<br />

create and perpetuate the ideology that creates the<br />

apparent need for the products it markets.<br />

(…) (www.stanford.edu. Adaptado.)<br />

5 Despite frequent reports that regular exercise benefits<br />

the adult brain, when it comes to schoolchildren, the<br />

concept of the dumb jock persists. The star quarterback<br />

stands in stark contrast to the math-team champion. After<br />

all, the two types require seemingly disparate talents:<br />

physical prowess versus intellect. Letting kids run<br />

around or throw a ball seems, at best, tangential to the<br />

real work of learning and, at worst, a distraction from 1 it.<br />

7. A palavra "it" (ref. 1) refere-se a<br />

a) "disparate talents".<br />

b) "a ball".<br />

c) "the real work of learning".<br />

d) "physical prowess".<br />

e) "Letting kids run around".<br />

Mark Zuckerberg’s 650 Million Friends (and<br />

counting)<br />

Back in June 2009, the globe’s potpourri of socialnetworking<br />

sites was extremely diverse: Google’s Orkut<br />

13


14<br />

dominated India and Brazil; Central and South America<br />

preferred Hi5; Maktoob was king in the Arab world. The<br />

Vietnamese liked Zing, the Czechs loved Lidé, South<br />

Koreans surfed Cyworld. Two years after that, and<br />

Facebook has stolen users away from its rivals very fast.<br />

It’s completely knocked Hi5 off the map in former<br />

strongholds such as Peru, Mexico, and Thailand. After a<br />

tense back-and-forth with Orkut in India, Facebook has<br />

emerged victorious. And it’s becoming more popular in<br />

Armenia, Georgia, and the Netherlands, where local<br />

providers are making a desperate last stand.<br />

There are some glaring exceptions to Facebook’s<br />

colonization kick. Russians continue to use Vkontakte<br />

and Odnoklassniki, with Facebook a distant fourth in the<br />

rankings. China remains highly committed to domestic<br />

sites such as Qzone and Renren. But for the rest of us,<br />

we’re living in Zuckerberg’s world. (endereço eletrônico<br />

omitido propositadamente)<br />

8. In the sentence “And it’s becoming more popular in<br />

Armenia, Georgia, and the Netherlands...”, the pronoun<br />

it refers to<br />

a) Orkut.<br />

b) India.<br />

c) Armenia.<br />

d) Hi5.<br />

e) Facebook.<br />

Fight the Violence!<br />

Oct 14, 2011 6:53 PM EDT<br />

What if gang violence in America could be reduced<br />

just by talking? Professor and activist David<br />

Kennedy talks with Ben Crair about his new book,<br />

Don’t Shoot, criticism of his plan, and the economics<br />

of gangs.<br />

In 1995, David M. Kennedy went to Boston on behalf<br />

of* Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government to study<br />

violent crime. Like many American cities at that time,<br />

Boston was suffering a wave of homicides. After linking<br />

up with a special Boston Police Department task force,<br />

Kennedy and his team recognized that most of the killing<br />

was the work of a small handful of identifiable gang<br />

members. Rather than locking them all up, they tried<br />

something new: They met with the gang members and<br />

community leaders, offered them assistance in getting<br />

off the streets, and warned them that, if any single gang<br />

member committed another murder*, they would crack<br />

down* on the entire group. Crime dropped almost<br />

overnight, and Kennedy’s “Operation Ceasefire,” as it<br />

has come to be known, has been implemented in more<br />

than 70 cities, addressing issues from gun violence to<br />

drug markets to juvenile robberies. Now, Kennedy<br />

recounts his experiences in a new book, Don’t Shoot:<br />

One Man, a Street Fellowship, and the End of Violence<br />

in Inner-City America.<br />

(Newsweek, 14.10.2011. Adaptado)<br />

9. O pronome objeto them empregado em − offered<br />

them assistance in getting off the streets − refere-se a<br />

a) the streets.<br />

b) American cities.<br />

c) Kennedy and his team.<br />

d) Boston Police Department.<br />

e) gang members and community leaders.<br />

Argentina builds a tower of books<br />

This is simply an audio and visual celebration of the<br />

book – any books, all books, in whichever language you<br />

like. Works by Jane Austen, Dickens, Henry Blake,<br />

Ernest Hemingway, Cervantes, Vargas Llosa, Tolstoy<br />

and Argentina's own favourites, Borges and Sabato, line<br />

the walls of this tower, each wrapped in plastic for its<br />

own protection.<br />

The United Nations has designated the city as the 2011<br />

World Book Capital.<br />

This book tower is 25 metres high and lined with 30,000<br />

donations from more than 50 embassies. It'll be<br />

dismantled at the end of the month and the books will<br />

form the beginning of a multi-lingual library.<br />

The Buenos Aires Book Fair, one of the biggest in the<br />

world, has just ended, recording more visitors than ever<br />

before. The city boasts hundreds of bookshops and some<br />

cafes even supply works by Argentina's most renowned<br />

literary icon, Jorge Luis Borges, to read over coffee.<br />

Buenos Aires is a city that loves its books and now it has<br />

a tower to prove it.<br />

Daniel Schweimler, BBC News, Buenos Aires.<br />

Fonte:<br />

http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/20<br />

11/05/110516_witn _buenosaires_books_page1.shtml


10. O pronome “it” em “It will be dismantled” refere-se<br />

a) embaixadas.<br />

b) livros.<br />

c) doações.<br />

d) biblioteca.<br />

e) torre de livros.<br />

The Impact of Media Violence on Children and<br />

Adolescents: Opportunities for Clinical Interventions<br />

Eugene V. Beresin<br />

(…)<br />

How does televised violence result in aggressive<br />

behavior? Some researchers have demonstrated that very<br />

young children will imitate aggressive acts on TV in<br />

their play with peers. Before age 4, children are unable to<br />

distinguish between fact and fantasy and may view<br />

violence as an ordinary occurrence. In general, violence<br />

on television and in movies often conveys a model of<br />

conflict resolution. It is efficient, frequent, and<br />

inconsequential. Heroes are violent, and, as such, are<br />

rewarded for their behavior. 1 They become role models<br />

for youth. The typical scenario of using violence for a<br />

righteous cause may translate in daily life into a<br />

justification for using violence to retaliate against<br />

perceived victimizers. Hence, vulnerable youth who have<br />

been victimized may be tempted to use violent means to<br />

solve problems. Unfortunately, there are few, if any,<br />

models of nonviolent conflict resolution in the media.<br />

Additionally, children who watch televised violence are<br />

desensitized to it. They may come to see violence as a<br />

fact of life and, over time, lose their ability to empathize<br />

with both the victim and the victimizer.<br />

(http://www.aacap.org/cs/root/developmentor/the_impact_of_media_violence_on<br />

_children_and_adolescents_opportunities_for_clinical_interventions)<br />

11. No enunciado “They become role models for<br />

youth” (ref. 1), o vocábulo sublinhado se refere a<br />

a) programas de televisão.<br />

b) atos violentos.<br />

c) conflitos.<br />

d) filmes.<br />

e) heróis<br />

COMBINING ALCOHOL AND "ENERGY DRINK"<br />

REDUCES THE "PERCEPTION" OF IMPAIRMENT<br />

The combined use of alcohol and "energy<br />

drinks" has become increasingly popular among youth<br />

and young adults in recent years. (…)<br />

"In Brazil, as in other countries, young people<br />

believe that energy drinks avoid the sleepiness caused by<br />

alcoholic beverages and increase their capacity to dance<br />

all night (…)<br />

In a previous study on the use of energy drinks<br />

among Brazilians, Souza-Formigoni said that users<br />

reported greater happiness (38%), euphoria (30%),<br />

uninhibited behavior (27%), and increased physical vigor<br />

(24%). It is unclear; however, if this indicates the ability<br />

of energy drinks to reduce the depressant effects,<br />

increase the excitatory effects of alcohol, or both.<br />

6 "This study appears to show us (…)<br />

Compared to the ingestion of alcohol alone, the<br />

combined 2 ingestion of alcohol and energy drinks<br />

3 significantly reduced the subjects' perception of<br />

headache, weakness, dry mouth and impairment of motor<br />

coordination. The researched energy drinks did not,<br />

however, significantly reduce deficits caused by alcohol<br />

on objective measures of motor coordination and visual<br />

reaction time.<br />

"There are two key points," (…)<br />

"The 8 implications of these 9 findings," added<br />

Boerngen, "are that this association of alcohol and<br />

energy drinks is harmful rather than beneficial, as<br />

believed by consumers. Especially because those<br />

10 individuals who combine alcohol and energy 11 drinks,<br />

believing 7 they are less impaired than reality would<br />

indicate, are 5<br />

actually at an<br />

14<br />

increased risk for<br />

12 problems such as automobile accidents."<br />

15 "Alcohol affects not only the motor<br />

coordination but also the capacity of decision, 16 because<br />

it affects one important area of the brain - the prefrontal<br />

cortex," explained Souza-Formigoni. "Drunk drivers are<br />

15


dangerous not only because their reactions are delayed<br />

and motor coordination affected, but mainly because<br />

their capacity to evaluate the risks to which they will be<br />

exposed is also affected. People need to understand that<br />

the 'sensation' of well-being does not necessarily mean<br />

that they are unaffected by alcohol. 17 Despite how good<br />

they may feel, they shouldn't drink and drive. Never."<br />

adapted from "http://alcoholism.about.com/od/dui/a/blacer060416.htm" Public<br />

release date: 26-Mar-2006<br />

12. The pronoun "they" (ref. 7) refers to:<br />

a) implications (ref. 8).<br />

b) findings (ref. 9).<br />

c) individuals (ref. 10).<br />

d) drinks (ref. 11).<br />

e) problems (ref. 12).<br />

The use of nuclear power is controversial<br />

[CONJUNCTION] of the problem of storing radioactive<br />

waste for indefinite periods, the potential for possibly<br />

severe radioactive contamination by accident or<br />

sabotage, and the possibility that its use in some<br />

countries could lead to the proliferation of nuclear<br />

weapons. Proponents believe that these risks are small<br />

and can be further reduced by the technology in the new<br />

reactors. THEY further claim that the safety record is<br />

already good when compared to fossil-fuel plants, that it<br />

releases much less radioactive waste than coal power,<br />

and that nuclear power is a sustainable energy source.<br />

Critics, including most major environmental groups,<br />

believe nuclear power is an uneconomic, unsound and<br />

potentially dangerous energy source, especially<br />

compared to renewable energy, and DISPUTE whether<br />

the costs and risks can be reduced through new<br />

technology.<br />

(Adapted from http:// en. wikipedia.org/wiki/Nuclear _power)<br />

13. No texto, THEY refere-se<br />

a) aos problemas atrelados ao uso de energia nuclear.<br />

b) às pessoas que se opõem ao uso da energia nuclear.<br />

c) às pessoas que são a favor do uso da energia nuclear.<br />

d) aos resíduos resultantes do uso da energia nuclear.<br />

e) aos perigos decorrentes do uso da energia nuclear.<br />

SHALL WE DANCE?<br />

planets SPIN.<br />

atoms dance.<br />

lightning leaps.<br />

and so do we.<br />

Skirts bloom at a square dance in Albany, Oregon.<br />

"It's friendship set to music," says Marilyn Schmit, who<br />

met her husband on a square dance date 16 years ago.<br />

By Cathy Newman NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SENIOR WRITER<br />

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC - JULY 2006<br />

14. The pronoun "we" in the subtitle ("and so do WE")<br />

refers to<br />

a) dancers<br />

b) planets<br />

c) human beings<br />

d) sounds<br />

e) atoms<br />

Language Born of Colonialism Thrives<br />

Again in the Amazon<br />

By Larry Rohter<br />

August 28, 2005<br />

You don't have to be mentally ill<br />

SANELINE is the national out of hours<br />

telephone helpline providing information and support for<br />

anyone affected by mental health problems, including<br />

family and careers.<br />

Mental health 1 issues are 2 far more common<br />

than is generally 3 thought. One in four people will<br />

4<br />

experience some 5 kind of mental health problem in the<br />

course of a year.<br />

SANELINE receives thousands of calls every<br />

year from people seeking advice and help for themselves<br />

or someone close to them. The nonjudgmental support<br />

and information 6 it provides can make all the difference.<br />

People 8 faced with mental health 9 concerns<br />

10<br />

can find it difficult to 11 get facts about symptoms and<br />

treatments, the services that 12 are available to 7 them, or<br />

even to find someone who is prepared to listen. That's<br />

where we can help. Call 0845 767 8000 for help at the<br />

end of the line.<br />

16


15. The pronouns "it" (ref. 6) and "them" (ref. 7) refer,<br />

respectively, to<br />

a) mental health - facts.<br />

b) SANELINE - people.<br />

c) support - symptoms and treatments.<br />

d) advice - services.<br />

e) someone - concerns.<br />

PETS PROVIDE HEALING FOR THE XXI<br />

CENTURY<br />

By Margrit Oyens<br />

The Umbrella, Vol. X, Novembro de 2004<br />

In an interview given by Dr. Tennis Turner,<br />

president of the International Association of Human-<br />

Animal Integration Organizations (IAHAIO) and<br />

professor for veterinary science at the University of<br />

Zurich, he stated that the company of cats and dogs is<br />

essential to human quality of life. He has been trying to<br />

convince authorities, from ministers of health of First<br />

World countries to leaders of small South African<br />

communities, to invest in programs of Animal Assisted<br />

Therapy (AAT).<br />

Dr. Turner has stated that "the company of pets<br />

benefits not only those physically or mentally ill, but also<br />

all ordinary human beings, regardless of their family<br />

income. It is good not only for the health of the<br />

individual but for public 3 health as well. Animal Assisted<br />

Therapy represents a tremendous economy to public<br />

health, as it often 1 succeeds in cases where traditional<br />

medical treatment has 2 failed."<br />

In his quality of president of IAHAIO, Dr.<br />

Turner organizes conferences in 4 major cities, which are<br />

attended by doctors from all over the world, with the<br />

intention of divulging the results of studies and<br />

experiments where animals have acted as therapists to<br />

children, juvenile delinquents, the elderly, women<br />

suffering from breast cancer, the mentally deficient, and<br />

even couples undergoing a crisis in their relationship.<br />

Knowing the physical and psychological needs<br />

of cats and dogs helps us to treat them better. Only happy<br />

and healthy pets can be good company for human beings<br />

and contribute to our quality of life.<br />

There are many kinds of benefits for people that<br />

have pets. Imagine a normal citizen, meaning someone<br />

healthy who needs some kind of therapy. The presence<br />

of a pet can lower his/her blood pressure, which is one of<br />

the reasons for a pet guardian's better quality of life, one<br />

year after having a heart attack. Another explanation is<br />

obvious and applies to all guardians of dogs who wish to<br />

guard against heart disease: more daily exercise due to<br />

the necessary dog walking. Pet guardians generally have<br />

a 5 lower level of cholesterol and are therefore less prone<br />

to heart attacks. A study published by the British Journal<br />

of the Royal Society of Medicine shows that pet<br />

guardians are 6 less likely to be bothered by small health<br />

problems and enjoy a better quality of life than people<br />

who have no pets.<br />

Companionship animals are also of help to<br />

children, both at home and in school. They augment<br />

children's self-esteem, 7 improve their integration with<br />

other children and increase their performance in school.<br />

16. No 6 o parágrafo, a palavra "They" se refere a:<br />

a) Children.<br />

b) Both at home and in school.<br />

c) Companionship animals.<br />

d) Children's self-esteem.<br />

e) Other children.<br />

PARALYMPIC GAMES<br />

HISTORY<br />

In 1948, Sir Ludwig Guttmann organized a<br />

sports competition involving World War II veterans with<br />

a spinal cord-related injury in Stoke Mandeville,<br />

England. Four years later, competitors from Holland<br />

joined the Games, and the international movement, now<br />

known as the Paralympics, was born. Olympic-style<br />

games for athletes with a disability were organized for<br />

the first time in Rome in 1960.<br />

In Toronto in 1976, other disability groups were<br />

added and the idea of merging together different<br />

disability groups for international sports competitions<br />

was born. In the same year, the first Paralympic Winter<br />

Games took place in Sweden.<br />

PARALYMPIC GAMES<br />

The paralympic Games have always been held<br />

in the same year as the Olympic Games. Since the 1988<br />

Seoul Summer Games and the 1992 Albertville Winter<br />

Games, 21 they have also taken place at the same venues<br />

as the Olympic Games. On 19 June 2001, an agreement<br />

was signed between the International Olympic Comitee<br />

and the International Paralympic Commitee 19 aiming to<br />

17


secure the organization of Paralympic Games. The agreement reaffirmed that the Paralympic Games, from 2008 on, will<br />

always take place shortly after the Olympic Games, using the same sporting 20 venues and facilities.<br />

http://www.olympic.org/uk/games/paralympic. 09/06/2004.<br />

18. A palavra "they" (ref. 21) remete para<br />

a) Albertville Winter Games.<br />

b) Paralympic Games.<br />

c) Seoul Summer Games.<br />

d) Olympic Games.<br />

e) International Olympic Committee.<br />

Literature is the only place in any society where, within the secrecy of our own heads, we can hear voices talking about<br />

everything in every possible way. The reason for ensuring that privileged arena is preserved is not that writers want the<br />

absolute freedom to say and do whatever THEY please. It is that we, all of us, readers and writers and citizens and generals<br />

and godmen need that little, unimportant-looking room. We do not need to call it sacred, but we need to remember it is<br />

necessary.<br />

19. In the text, THEY refers to<br />

a) readers.<br />

b) citizens.<br />

c) voices.<br />

d) writers.<br />

e) heads.<br />

18


CAPÍTULO II - PRONOMES POSSESSIVOS<br />

Em <strong>Inglês</strong> há um adjetivo e um pronome possessivo para<br />

cada pronome pessoal.<br />

NÚMER<br />

O<br />

Tabela de Pronomes<br />

1. Possessive Adjective:<br />

Pronomes Possessivos<br />

PESSOA Adjective Possessive<br />

Singular 1ª Pessoa MY MINE<br />

Singular 2ª Pessoa YOUR YOURS<br />

Singular 3ª Pessoa HIS HIS<br />

Singular 3ª Pessoa HER HERS<br />

Singular 3ª Pessoa ITS -<br />

Plural 1ª Pessoa OUR OURS<br />

Plural 2ª Pessoa YOUR YOURS<br />

Plural 3ª Pessoa THEIR THEIRS<br />

Antecedem o<br />

objeto<br />

(substantivo)<br />

possuído.<br />

1. What is your name ?<br />

2. Where is her book ?<br />

3. My car is light blue.<br />

4. His father is a doctor.<br />

5. Our classroom is nice and comfortable.<br />

6. Mister is their teacher.<br />

Aparecem<br />

após o<br />

objeto<br />

possuído<br />

(substantivo)<br />

ou o<br />

substitue.<br />

2. Possessive Pronoun:<br />

1. That blue house is hers.<br />

2. My name is Mister, what is yours ?<br />

3. I like your book but I don’t like theirs.<br />

4. Whose book is this, mine, yours or his ?<br />

Observe que no exemplo 1 o substantivo house<br />

antecedeu o pronome possessivo e nos demais exemplos<br />

ele substituiu o próprio substantivo.<br />

Possessive Adjective:<br />

Esses pronomes devem em primeiro lugar concordar<br />

com o possuidor e não com o objeto possuído e devem<br />

sempre anteceder esse objeto. Isso que dizer que os<br />

adjetivos possessivos são invariáveis, não se flexionam<br />

para concordar com gênero ou numero.<br />

Possessive Pronoun:<br />

Esses pronomes tem significado igual aos anteriores,<br />

o que muda é apenas o seu lugar na frase, ou melhor,<br />

em relação ao objeto possuído. Estes devem aparecer<br />

após o objeto possuído e até mesmo substituí-lo.<br />

Os Pronomes Possessivos (Possessive Pronouns)<br />

podem ser usados em construções com a preposição<br />

of.<br />

Omar and Nayana are friends of ours.<br />

She is a relative of his.<br />

He was an enemy of hers.<br />

e) Em inglês, nunca se usa artigo (the, a, an) na frente<br />

dos pronomes possessivos.<br />

(NUNCA FALE): My books are good, but not like the<br />

his.<br />

DICA: Adjective possessive.<br />

A EXEMPLO dos pronomes pessoais do caso reto, a<br />

função mais comum nas questões de provas, é quando<br />

eles vem como pronomes anafóricos, (fazendo<br />

referência ao que foi citado anteriormente),<br />

geralmente o referente/referido encontra-se dentro do<br />

MESMO parágrafo, ou até dentro do periodo em que<br />

o proneme aparece.<br />

19


EXERCISES<br />

Apple manufacturing plant workers complain of long<br />

hours and militant culture<br />

Chengdu, China (CNN) — Miss Chen (we changed her<br />

name for this story), an 18-year-old student (…)<br />

As a poor college student with no work experience,<br />

looking for a job in China’s competitive market is (…)<br />

“During my first day of work, an older worker said to<br />

me, ‘Why did you come to Foxconn? Think about it<br />

again and leave right now’,” said Chen, who plans to<br />

return to her studies at a Chongqing university soon.<br />

Foxconn recently released a statement defending its<br />

corporate practices, stating its employees are entitled to<br />

numerous benefits including access to health care and<br />

opportunities for promotions and training. In response to<br />

questions from CNN, Apple also released a statement:<br />

“We care about every worker in our worldwide supply<br />

chain. We insist that our suppliers provide safe working<br />

conditions, treat workers with dignity and respect, and<br />

use environmentally responsible manufacturing<br />

processes wherever Apple products are made. Our<br />

suppliers must live up to these requirements if they want<br />

to keep doing business with Apple.”<br />

- Adaptado de http://edition.cnn.com, consulta em 06/02/2012.<br />

1. In the sentence “Foxconn recently released a<br />

statement defending its corporate practices...”, the word<br />

its refers to<br />

a) statement.<br />

b) Foxconn.<br />

c) health care.<br />

d) practices.<br />

e) employees.<br />

English as an international language<br />

About one hundred years ago many educated people<br />

4<br />

learned and spoke French when they 5 met people from<br />

other countries. Today most people speak English when<br />

they meet foreigners. It has become the new international<br />

language. There are more people who speak English as a<br />

second language than people who speak English as a first<br />

language. Why is this?<br />

There are many reasons why English has become so<br />

popular. One of them is that English has become the<br />

language of business. Another important reason is that<br />

popular American culture (like movies, music, and<br />

McDonald's) has quickly spread throughout the world. It<br />

has 6 brought its language with it.<br />

Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world<br />

so quickly? I don't know. It's important to have a<br />

language that the people of the earth have in common.<br />

Our world has become very global and we need to<br />

communicate with one another. 2 On the other hand,<br />

English is a fairly complicated language to learn and it<br />

brings 3 its culture with it. Do we really need that?<br />

Scientists have already 7 tried to create an artificial<br />

language that isn't too difficult and doesn't include any<br />

one group's culture. It is called Esperanto. But it hasn't<br />

become popular. But maybe the popularity of English<br />

won't last that long either. Who knows? There are more<br />

people in the world 1 who speak Chinese than any other<br />

language. Maybe someday Chinese will be the new<br />

international language.<br />

www.5minuteenglish.com - Accessed on June 19 th 2014<br />

Answer the following question(s) according to the text<br />

above.<br />

2. “Its” (ref. 3) refers to:<br />

a) English<br />

b) culture<br />

c) world<br />

d) hand<br />

e) learn<br />

THE GRAVE OF SHELLEY - by: Oscar Wilde<br />

1 Like burnt-out torches by a sick man's bed<br />

Gaunt cypress-trees stand round the sun-bleached<br />

stone;<br />

Here doth the little night-owl make her throne,<br />

And the slight lizard show his jewelled head.<br />

5 And, where the chaliced poppies flame to red,<br />

In the still chamber of yon pyramid<br />

Surely some Old-World Sphinx lurks darkly hid,<br />

Grim warder of this pleasaunce of the dead.<br />

Ah! Sweet indeed to rest within the womb<br />

10 Of Earth, great mother of eternal sleep,<br />

But sweeter far for thee a restless tomb<br />

In the blue cavern of an echoing deep,<br />

Or where the tall ships founder in the gloom<br />

Against the rocks of some wave-shattered steep.<br />

(www.poetry-archive.com)<br />

20


3. The pronoun “her” (line 3) and “his” (line 4) refer<br />

consecutively to the:<br />

a) Earth and the sick man.<br />

b) owl and the lizard.<br />

c) trees and the sun.<br />

d) pyramid and the sphinx.<br />

e) throne and the show.<br />

4. A quem se refere o termo our, na expressão our<br />

songbird, no último parágrafo do texto?<br />

a) Aos anjos e santos.<br />

b) Aos norte-americanos.<br />

c) Aos fãs das cantoras.<br />

d) A São Pedro.<br />

e) A uma famosa vidente.<br />

Amy Winehouse greets Whitney Houston in heaven<br />

(by Hideaki Tailor)<br />

HEAVEN – Psychics are saying that Amy Winehouse<br />

was the first soul singer to greet Whitney Houston, even<br />

before Michael Jackson.<br />

Top psychics in Los Angeles are saying that Whitney<br />

Houston’s spirit is already “lighting up” heaven. “It’s<br />

like the universal source has called the greatest voice of<br />

all time back to heaven. It’s pure magic up there.”<br />

“Amy was right there. She gave Whitney a big angel hug<br />

and walked with her as she met some of her ancestors,<br />

relatives and… Michael Jackson.”<br />

Both singers had trouble on earth with alcohol and<br />

drugs, but they are at peace now. “Fame was too much<br />

for their gentle souls,” said Madam Marie of Sherman<br />

Oaks. “Their voices were a gift to our world, but caused<br />

great damage to their spirits on earth. Now, they are in a<br />

better place.”<br />

One psychic said that Amy Winehouse and Whitney<br />

Houston are planning a “concert” together in Whitney’s<br />

first few months. “Amy’s been doing very well in heaven<br />

and feels free and happy.”<br />

While Americans and fans around the world mourn the<br />

terrible loss of Whitney, the angels are rejoicing. “Our<br />

songbird is home,” is what St. Peter reportedly said<br />

when greeting Whitney, according to a psychic on<br />

Venice Beach. (http://weeklyworldnews.com. Adaptado.)<br />

Workplace not psychologically safe for many<br />

By Reuters<br />

Companies around the globe have work to do to improve<br />

worker satisfaction because about three in 10 employees<br />

say their workplace is not psychologically safe and<br />

healthy, according to a new poll. Whether it is due to<br />

stress, interpersonal conflict, frustration, lack of<br />

feedback or promotion, 27 percent of workers in 24<br />

countries said they are not happy with the psychological<br />

aspects of their work environment, the survey by<br />

research company Ipsos showed.<br />

“Employers need to pay attention to their employees’<br />

mental health, not just their physical health,” said<br />

Alexandra Evershed, senior vice president, Ipsos Public<br />

Affairs. “Three in 10 is still a fairly large proportion and<br />

that goes up to 44 percent and 43 percent in Argentina<br />

and Mexico and 42 percent in Hungary.” Nearly half, 47<br />

percent, of the total of 14,618 workers polled agreed that<br />

their workplace was ‘a psychologically safe and healthy<br />

environment to work in’ and 26 percent hovered on the<br />

fence and weren’t sure.<br />

Although many North Americans have fewer holidays<br />

than Europeans and may work longer hours and enjoy<br />

fewer social services, Americans and Canadians had the<br />

highest marks for positively assessing the mental health<br />

of their workplace, followed by workers in India,<br />

Australia, Great Britain and South Africa.<br />

Evershed suggested that the improving economies in<br />

some countries could have played a part in the positive<br />

assessment among employees. “It’s better than it was,”<br />

she said in an interview. “India, China, Brazil, South<br />

Africa, these are countries where the economic picture<br />

has been brightening.”<br />

Older workers over 50 with a good household income<br />

who have completed a higher level of education were the<br />

most satisfied with the psychological aspects of their<br />

workplace. “This is an online survey therefore in<br />

countries like Brazil, South Africa and China we are<br />

surveying people who are a bit better off.” – (www.iol.co.za,<br />

19.03.2012. Adaptado.)<br />

21


5. In the excerpt of the third paragraph – positively<br />

assessing the mental health of their workplace – the<br />

word their refers to<br />

a) European people.<br />

b) workers in Asia.<br />

c) American and Canadian workers.<br />

d) workers in India, Australia, Great Britain and South<br />

Africa.<br />

e) American, Canadian and Mexican people.<br />

on March 26. It will examine how far the EU has<br />

fulfilled the aspirations of its Founding Fathers in ITS<br />

first half century, and where it is likely to go from here -<br />

notably with respect to its world role, its relations with<br />

the US, further enlargement and the search for deeper or<br />

new forms of European integration. Speakers will<br />

include prominent European and US policy-makers and<br />

officials, and Ambassadors from EU Member States.<br />

(http://www.eurunion.org/50/50thAnnivHighlights.htm)<br />

22<br />

The Lion King<br />

- This article is about Disney's 1994 film.<br />

1 The Lion King is a 1994 American animated feature<br />

produced by Walt Disney Feature Animation. 2 Released<br />

to theaters on June 15, 1994 by Walt Disney Pictures, it<br />

is the 32nd film in the Walt Disney Animated Classics.<br />

3 The story, which was influenced by the Bible stories of<br />

Joseph and Moses and the William Shakespeare play<br />

Hamlet, takes place in a kingdom of anthropomorphic<br />

animals in Africa. 4 The film was the highest grossing<br />

animated film of all time until the release of Finding<br />

Nemo. 5 The Lion King still holds the record as the<br />

highest grossing traditionally animated film in history<br />

and belongs to an era known as the Disney Renaissance.<br />

The Lion King is the highest grossing 2D animated film<br />

of all time in the United States, 6 and received positive<br />

reviews from critics, who praised the film for 8 its music<br />

and story. During its release in 1994, the film grossed<br />

more than $783 million worldwide, becoming the most<br />

successful film released that year, 7 and it is currently the<br />

twenty-eighth highest-grossing feature film.<br />

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Lion_King<br />

6. The pronoun “its” (ref.8) refers to<br />

a) critics.<br />

b) music and story.<br />

c) the film.<br />

d) reviews<br />

CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND<br />

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (CSIS)<br />

CONFERENCE:<br />

This all-day conference organized by the Center for<br />

Strategic and International Studies and co-sponsored by<br />

the Swedish Embassy and the Heinrich Boll Foundation<br />

will be held at the House of Sweden in Washington, DC,<br />

7. The possessive ITS, that appears in the text in capital<br />

letters, refers to:<br />

a) Founding Fathers.<br />

b) First Half Century.<br />

c) Aspirations.<br />

d) European Union.<br />

e) World.<br />

BUREAUCRACY BOGS DOWN BRAZIL IN RACE<br />

FOR GROWTH<br />

Thu Sep 1, 2012. By Todd Benson<br />

1. RIO DE JANEIRO, Brazil (Reuters) - Brazil is<br />

closing the gap in the global race for growth and<br />

investment, but it still must tackle a series of politically<br />

sensitive economic reforms to be considered in the same<br />

league as China and India, analysts and business leaders<br />

say.<br />

2. A decade ago, Brazil was a rising star among<br />

emerging markets, poised to assert itself as a world<br />

economic powerhouse. But since 1994, Brazil has<br />

dropped to 14th place from eighth among the world's<br />

largest economies in dollar terms, losing ground to<br />

countries like China, India and Russia.<br />

3. What went wrong? While Brazil has made<br />

significant strides in recent years in stabilizing its<br />

economy by defeating hyperinflation and controlling<br />

spending, it has struggled to push through a series of socalled<br />

microeconomic reforms that would create a more<br />

business-friendly environment and attract the investment<br />

needed to attain higher growth rates, according to<br />

economists and corporate leaders at a conference in Rio<br />

de Janeiro over Wednesday and Thursday.<br />

4. "On the macroeconomic side, we've done our<br />

homework," said Mario Marconini, a senior adviser to<br />

the Sao Paulo State Federation of Industries, an<br />

influential business lobby. "But we would probably get<br />

two to three times as much investment if we focused


more on the microeconomic reforms that are needed."<br />

RED TAPE THICKET<br />

5. One way Brazil could attract more investment<br />

would be to simplify the thicket of red tape that<br />

entrepreneurs must hack through to set up shop in South<br />

America's largest economy. According to one World<br />

Bank study, it takes on average 152 days in Brazil to<br />

license a new business. By contrast, in Chile it takes 27<br />

days, and just five in the United States.<br />

6. Other obstacles to more robust economic<br />

growth include the country's snail-paced justice system<br />

and its rigid labor code, which dates back to 1943 and<br />

was inspired by fascist Italy. Though the cost of labor in<br />

Brazil is relatively low, benefits mandated by the labor<br />

code mean workers end up costing as much as their<br />

counterparts in some parts of Europe.<br />

7. Brazil's bureaucracy means that many<br />

entrepreneurs who try to open a business legally often<br />

give up. Instead, most simply operate off the books,<br />

generating an underground economy that is thought to be<br />

nearly half the size of the official output.<br />

8. A bigger problem hamstringing Brazil's longterm<br />

growth prospects is education. Though the<br />

government has invested heavily in primary education<br />

over the last decade, Brazil still has a relatively small<br />

pool of skilled workers, putting it at a disadvantage with<br />

emerging-market rivals like China and India. "Education<br />

is our weakest link, no doubt," said Jose Carlos<br />

Grubisich, chief executive of petrochemical giant<br />

Braskem.<br />

(http://today.reuters.com/business/newsarticle.aspx. Adaptado)<br />

8. In the sentence of the 6th paragraph - Though the<br />

cost of labor in Brazil is relatively low, benefits<br />

mandated by the labor code mean workers end up<br />

costing as much as their counterparts in some parts of<br />

Europe. - the word their refers to<br />

a) benefits.<br />

b) cost of labor in Brazil.<br />

c) counterparts in Russia.<br />

d) workers in Brazil.<br />

e) counterparts in some parts of Europe.<br />

BRAZIL'S NEW CLOSING TIME<br />

TIME World Thursday, Jun. 01, 2013<br />

One city's decision to shut down bars before midnight<br />

has served as a model for cutting crime and alcoholism<br />

in a nation plagued by both<br />

By ANDREW DOWNIE/DIADEMA<br />

Their caipirinhas are as potent as their soccer<br />

stars, and their beer is so beloved that they hold annual<br />

competitions to decide which is the coldest, frothiest and<br />

tastiest. But while partying is second nature to<br />

Brazilians, the mornings after can be rougher than most.<br />

Some 17% of all men suffer from alcohol-related<br />

problems or dependence, and more than one in ten of all<br />

deaths in Brazil are alcohol-related which is two and a<br />

half times the world average, according to the Brazilian<br />

Psychiatric Association.<br />

In recent years, however, a suburb of São Paulo<br />

came up with a new approach to help curb the nation's<br />

nasty collective hangover. In Diadema, a gritty,<br />

industrial city of almost 400,000 people, Mayor Jose de<br />

Filippi Junior passed a law in 2002 that forced almost all<br />

of the city's 4,800 bars and restaurants to stop selling<br />

alcohol between the hours of 11 pm and 6 am. The effect<br />

has been stunning.<br />

Since the law kicked in, "the number of murders<br />

fell by 47.4%", said Regina Miki, the city's socialservices<br />

chief. "The number of road accidents fell by<br />

30%. The number of assaults against women fell by<br />

55%. And the number of alcohol-related hospital<br />

admissions fell by 80%. And it's all because of this law."<br />

Such phenomenal statistics are leading towns<br />

and cities all over Brazil to embrace partial prohibition<br />

as a cheap and effective solution to the inner-city<br />

violence that has made it one of the bloodiest societies in<br />

the world. At least 120 municipalities have followed<br />

Diadema's lead, and the federal government encourages<br />

such prevention efforts by offering additional funding for<br />

law enforcement to towns that restrict drinking. Even<br />

international experts have taken notice.<br />

9. No trecho inicial do texto - "Their caipirinhas are as<br />

potent as their soccer star, and their beer is so beloved<br />

that they hold annual competitions..." - o pronome<br />

THEIR refere-se a<br />

a) brasileiros.<br />

b) moradores de Diadema.<br />

c) craques do futebol.<br />

d) operários da periferia de Diadema.<br />

e) homens.<br />

23


Thanks to the multi-media success of rock and<br />

roll, today's songwriters can reach a huge international<br />

audience. Their work is heard and remembered by<br />

millions. In that sense they're the poets of modern age.<br />

But what exactly do they write about? ... what language<br />

do they write it in? ... and why do songs even need lyrics<br />

at all?<br />

The answer to the last question is very simple.<br />

It's because the human brain has two different sides - left<br />

and right. The left side responds to logic, numbers and<br />

words. The right side responds to ideas, dreams and<br />

music. When music also has words, both halves of the<br />

brain can respond. As a result we feel completely<br />

involved. That's also why it's easier to remember song<br />

lyrics than either poetry or lines from a play. [...]<br />

(RABLEY, Stephen. Rock and Pop. Macmillan Dossiers. Macmillan Publishers,<br />

1994.)<br />

10. In the sentence "Their work is heard and<br />

remembered by millions", the word THEIR refers to:<br />

a) millions of people<br />

b) multi-media<br />

c) audience<br />

d) songs<br />

e) songwriters<br />

EPHEDRA: Who's Telling the Truth?<br />

Call them the ephedra wars. For the past five years, the<br />

FDA has been trying to restrict the availability of<br />

ephedra, an herbal stimulant and the active ingredient in<br />

hundreds of popular diet aids and energy boosters sold<br />

across the U.S. The reason for the agency's mounting<br />

alarm: ephedra has been linked to a number of strokes,<br />

heart attacks and seizures and more than 100 deaths. But<br />

every time the FDA gets closer to its goal, the dietarysupplements<br />

industry successfully lobbies other parts of<br />

the government to roll back changes. - By Leon Jaroff<br />

Reading the newspaper and watching the news on<br />

television, you would think that we are living in the most<br />

dangerous time ever in mankind's history. Sure, the<br />

caveman had a much harder life, he had to fight off<br />

dangerous predators and he didn't have many of the<br />

comforts that we take for granted today, but at the same<br />

time, he did not have to worry about all the little<br />

dangerous things that inundate our modern lives. For<br />

example, our ancestors never worried about cell phones<br />

frying their brains or about being hit by a bus as they<br />

were walking.<br />

(From Life is a Gamble - SOCIETY - SPEAK UP, nº 168, page 8.)<br />

12. "Their", in "frying their brains", refers to:<br />

a) cell phones.<br />

b) modern lives.<br />

c) comforts.<br />

d) our ancestors.<br />

e) dangerous predators.<br />

One of the GREATEST meteor showers of OUR lifetime<br />

may - or may not - soon light up the night sky. The<br />

annual Leonid shower, which comes every November,<br />

can produce a spectacular "meteor" storm about every 33<br />

years. That time is now approaching. But no one can say<br />

whether we are in for an awesome spectacle or nothing<br />

unusual. The last great Leonid storm hit the Earth in<br />

1966. For NEARLY an hour the sky blazed from horizon<br />

to horizon with thousands of shooting stars per minute.<br />

13. No texto, o pronome OUR refere-se a<br />

a) all of us.<br />

b) astronomers.<br />

c) the writers.<br />

d) the readers.<br />

e) lives.<br />

(Time, August 26, 2013)<br />

11. O pronome "its" na frase "But every time the FDA<br />

gets closer to its goal,..." refere-se a<br />

ephedra.<br />

a) time.<br />

b) dietary-supplements.<br />

c) FDA.<br />

d) goal.<br />

24


CAPÍTULO III - PRONOMES REFLEXIVOS<br />

Os Pronomes Reflexivos (Reflexive Pronouns) são<br />

usados para indicar que a ação reflexiva recai sobre o<br />

próprio sujeito. Nesse caso, o pronome vem logo após o<br />

verbo e concorda com o sujeito. Estes pronomes se<br />

caracterizam pelas terminações self (no singular)<br />

e selves (no plural). Para cada Pronome Pessoal<br />

(Personal Pronoun) existe um Pronome Reflexivo<br />

(Reflexive Pronoun). Na tabela abaixo estão indicados os<br />

Pronomes Pessoais (Personal Pronouns) e os Pronomes<br />

Reflexivos (Reflexive Pronouns) aos quais eles se<br />

referem.<br />

Pronome<br />

Pessoais<br />

Pronomes<br />

Reflexivos<br />

NÚMERO PESSOA Subject Reflexive<br />

SINGULAR 1ª PESSOA I MYSELF<br />

SINGULAR 2ª PESSOA YOU YOURSELF<br />

SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA HE HIMSELF<br />

SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA SHE HERSELF<br />

SINGULAR 3ª PESSOA IT ITSELF<br />

PLURAL 1ª PESSOA WE OURSELVES<br />

PLURAL 2ª PESSOA YOU YOURSELVES<br />

PLURAL 3ª PESSOA THEY THEMSELVES<br />

01. Reflexiva:<br />

Nesse tipo de oração a função do pronome<br />

reflexivo faz com que o sujeito sofra a ação.<br />

E.g.<br />

They chose<br />

themselves.<br />

Those soceer<br />

players hurt<br />

themselves.<br />

She saw herself on<br />

TV.<br />

I introduced<br />

myself.<br />

02. Enfática:<br />

Eles se escolheram.<br />

Aqueles jogadores de<br />

futebol se machucaram.<br />

Ela se viu na TV.<br />

Eu me apresentei.<br />

Nesse tipo de oração a função do pronome será de dar<br />

ênfase ao sujeito e não à ação.<br />

E.g.<br />

The teacher himself<br />

talked to me.<br />

I myself painted the<br />

house.<br />

Monaliza herself<br />

gave me the<br />

instructions.<br />

03. Idéia de Só, Independente:<br />

O professor em pessoa<br />

conversou comigo.<br />

Eu mesmo pintei a casa<br />

A própria Monaliza me<br />

deu as instruções.<br />

Nesse caso o pronome reflexivo deverá ser acompanhado<br />

da preposição BY. Algumas vezes, a palavra all é<br />

colocada antes de by, servindo então como enfatizante.<br />

E.g.<br />

Os pronomes reflexivos têm as seguintes funções.<br />

1. Reflexiva<br />

2. Enfática<br />

3. Idéia de só, sozinho (indepen-dente)<br />

Obs. Lembre-se! Os reflexivos devem concordar com o<br />

sujeito da sentença.<br />

<br />

I did the exercise<br />

all by myself.<br />

He lives all by<br />

himself.<br />

The glass broke<br />

by itself ?<br />

Can you go there<br />

by yourself ?<br />

Eu fiz o exercício<br />

completamente sozinho.<br />

Ele vive absolutamente<br />

sozinho.<br />

O copo quebrou sozinho<br />

Você consegue ir até lá<br />

sozinho ?<br />

Estudaremos agora estas funções separadamente.<br />

25


26<br />

Estude ainda estas expressões.<br />

1. Help yourself. Sirva-se<br />

2. Take care of<br />

yourself.<br />

Tome cuidado !<br />

3. Be yourself ! Seja você mesmo<br />

4. Do-it-youself<br />

experiments.<br />

Experiências do tipo faça você<br />

mesmo.<br />

Existem outros tipos de Pronomes Reflexivos<br />

(Reflexive Pronouns) que são chamados de Reflexivos<br />

Recíprocos: each other/one other. Observe a<br />

diferença entre os Pronomes Reflexivos<br />

ourselves,yourselves e themselves e os Reflexivos<br />

Recíprocos.<br />

Julia and I looked at ourselves in the mirror. (Julia e<br />

eu olhamos para nós mesmas no espelho.)<br />

Julia and I looked each other and started to laugh.<br />

[Julia e eu olhamos uma para a outra (nos olhamos) e<br />

começamos a rir.]<br />

Our mother thinks that we should be more careful to<br />

each other. (Nossa mãe acha que deveríamos ser mais<br />

cuidosos um com o outro.)<br />

Make sure you and Julia don't hurt yourselves!<br />

(Cuidem-se para que você e Julia não se<br />

machuquem!)<br />

Julia and I enjoyed very much ourselves during the<br />

party. (Julia e eu nos divertimos muito durante a<br />

festa.)<br />

Julia and I don't see one other every day. (Julia e eu<br />

não nos vemos / não vemos uma a outra todos os<br />

dias.)<br />

Fonte: só lingual inglesa.<br />

Leave Out All The Rest<br />

(Linkin Park)<br />

Soundtrack of Twilight<br />

I dreamed I was missing<br />

EXERCISES<br />

You were so scared<br />

But no one would listen<br />

‘Cause no one else cared<br />

After my dreaming<br />

I woke with this fear<br />

What am I leaving<br />

When I’m done here<br />

[…]<br />

(Chorus)<br />

When my time comes<br />

Forget the wrong that I’ve done<br />

Help me leave behind some<br />

Reasons to be missed<br />

[…]<br />

Don’t be afraid<br />

I’ve taken my beating<br />

I’ve shared what I made<br />

[…]<br />

Pretending<br />

Someone else can come and save me from myself<br />

I can’t be who you are<br />

1. Observe the reflexive pronoun in italics (myself) and<br />

then read the sentences below.<br />

I. Just make yourself, won’t you?<br />

II. I hope the children themselves do not make it.<br />

III. The chef himself welcomes the customers to the<br />

restaurant.<br />

IV. The student cut himself playing in the lab.<br />

Considering the letters A (reflexive), B (emphatic) and C<br />

(idiomatic), match the sentences to the letters and choose<br />

the correct alternative.<br />

a) I (A) – II (A) – III (C) – IV (C)<br />

b) I (B) – II (B) – III (B) – IV (A)<br />

c) I (B) – II (A) – III (B) – IV (B)<br />

d) I (A) – II (B) – III (A) – IV (A)


It is an old saying that "Order is Heaven's First<br />

Law", and like many other old sayings, it contains a<br />

much deeper philosophy than appears immediately on<br />

the surface. Getting things into a better order is the great<br />

secret of progress, and 1 we are now able to fly through<br />

the air, not because the laws of Nature have altered, but<br />

because we have learnt to arrange things in the right<br />

order to produce this result - the things 2 themselves had<br />

existed from the beginning of the world, but what was<br />

wanting was the introduction of a Personal Factor which,<br />

by an intelligent perception of the possibilities contained<br />

in the laws of Nature, should be able to bring into<br />

working reality ideas which previous generations would<br />

have laughed at as the absurd fancies of an unbalanced<br />

mind. (...)<br />

Now the first thing in any investigation is to<br />

have some idea of what you are looking for, just as you<br />

would not go up a tree to find fish, though you would for<br />

birds' eggs.<br />

TROWARD, T. (1915), The creative process in the individual. Dodd, Mead &<br />

Co., New York. pp 1-2.<br />

2. The pronoun "themselves" (ref. 2) is used<br />

as the complement to the verb "had existed".<br />

a) to emphasize the subject of the verb "had existed".<br />

b) in relation to people taken in general.<br />

c) to specify which things are arranged.<br />

d) as a personal pronoun.<br />

Ways of meeting oppression<br />

Oppressed people deal with their oppression in<br />

three characteristic ways. One way is acquiescence: 5 the<br />

oppressed resign themselves to their doom. 6 They tacitly<br />

adjust themselves to oppression, and thereby become<br />

conditioned to it. In every movement toward freedom<br />

some of the oppressed prefer to remain oppressed.<br />

There is such a thing as the freedom of<br />

exhaustion. Some people are so worn down by the yoke<br />

of oppression that they give up. This is the type of<br />

negative freedom and resignation that often engulfs the<br />

life of the oppressed. But this is not the way out. To<br />

accept passively an unjust system is to cooperate with<br />

that system; thereby the oppressed become as evil as the<br />

oppressor. Non-cooperation with evil is as much a moral<br />

obligation as is cooperation with good.<br />

A second way that oppressed people sometimes<br />

deal with oppression is to resort to physical violence and<br />

corroding hatred. Violence often brings about<br />

momentary results. Nations have frequently won their<br />

independence in battle. But in spite of temporary<br />

victories, violence never brings permanent peace. It<br />

solves no social problem; it merely creates new and more<br />

complicated ones.<br />

The third way, open to oppressed people in their<br />

quest for freedom, is the way of nonviolent resistance.<br />

1 Nonviolence can touch men where the law cannot reach<br />

them. 2 When the law regulates behavior it plays an<br />

indirect part in molding public sentiment. 7 The<br />

enforcement of the law itself is a form of peaceful<br />

persuasion. But the law needs help. 3 Here nonviolence<br />

comes in as the ultimate form of persuasion. It is the<br />

method which seeks to implement the just law by<br />

appealing to the conscience of the great decent majority<br />

who through blindness, fear, pride, or irrationality has<br />

allowed their consciences to sleep.<br />

The nonviolent resisters can summarize their<br />

message in the following simple terms: We will take<br />

direct action against injustice without waiting for other<br />

agencies to act. 4 We will not obey unjust laws or submit<br />

to unjust practices. We will do this peacefully, openly,<br />

cheerfully because our aim is to persuade. We adopt the<br />

means of nonviolence because 8 our end is a community<br />

at peace with itself. We will try to persuade with our<br />

words, but if our words fail, we will try to persuade with<br />

our acts. We will always be willing to talk and seek fair<br />

compromise, but we are ready to suffer when necessary<br />

and even risk our lives to become witnesses to the truth<br />

as we see it.<br />

The way of nonviolence means a willingness to<br />

suffer and sacrifice. It may mean going to jail. It may<br />

even mean physical death. But if physical death is the<br />

price that a man must pay to free his children from a<br />

permanent death of the spirit, then nothing could be more<br />

redemptive.<br />

MARTIN LUTHER KING Jr.http://www.gibbsmagazine.com<br />

3. Reflexive pronouns have two distinct uses: basic and<br />

emphatic.<br />

The reflexive pronoun used emphatically is found in:<br />

a) "the oppressed resign themselves to their doom."<br />

(ref. 5)<br />

b) "They tacitly adjust themselves to oppression," (ref.<br />

6)<br />

c) "The enforcement of the law itself" (ref. 7)<br />

d) "our end is a community at peace with itself." (ref.<br />

8)<br />

27


How important is leisure time? How important<br />

is time to relax and to collect yourself? Many doctors<br />

believe that learning to relax in order to relieve day-today<br />

tension could one day save your life.<br />

In our fast-paced world, it is almost impossible<br />

to avoid building up tension from stress. All of us<br />

confront stress daily; anything that places an extra<br />

demand on us is stress. We encounter stress on the job,<br />

and we face it at home.<br />

1<br />

The body responds to stress by "mobilizing its<br />

defenses." Blood pressure rises and muscles get ready to<br />

act. If our tension is not relieved, it can start numerous<br />

reactions, both physical and psychological. 2 Yet, we can<br />

learn to cope with stress effectively and to avoid its<br />

consequences. How? By relaxing in the face of stress.<br />

According to researcher Hans Selye of the University of<br />

Montreal, the effects of stress depend not on what<br />

happens to us, but on the way we react. In times of<br />

stress, taking a few moments to sit quietly and relax can<br />

make anyone feel better.<br />

Some people enjoy listening to classical music,<br />

while 3 others are interested in going to rock concerts.<br />

One person may be fascinated by watching an eagle in its<br />

nest, whereas another might be bored by sitting in a field<br />

for hours, studying the eagle through binoculars. It may<br />

be pure pleasure for you to play endless hours of chess,<br />

but for others it could be pure frustration. 4 Fortunately,<br />

people have invented countless ways of amusing<br />

5 themselves, and whatever your particular taste is, no<br />

doubt there's a physical or mental activity for you to get<br />

involved in and enjoy. Of course, finding the activity that<br />

is right for you is half the fun!<br />

And don't forget: Take your time to smell the<br />

flowers. - (WERNER, P. K. Mosaic I: A content-based Grammar. New<br />

York: Random House.)<br />

4. The word "themselves" (ref. 5) is a(n):<br />

personal pronoun.<br />

a) possessive pronoun.<br />

b) reflexive pronoun.<br />

c) objective pronoun.<br />

d) possessive adjective.<br />

5. Choose the correct answer.<br />

The boys hurt _____ when they were playing in the<br />

garden.<br />

a) herself<br />

b) yourselves<br />

c) themselves<br />

d) himself<br />

e) ourselves<br />

Read the passage below very carefully:<br />

1 Slowly and inexorably the years dragged by<br />

onwards. The two prisoners were faced with a new<br />

problem. The original plan of escape from the Château<br />

d'If* was now 7 impracticable for the Abbé Faria was too<br />

weak and ill. Again and again the old man urged Dantes<br />

to go alone. Dantes refused even to consider the<br />

suggestion. He could not bring himself to abandon his<br />

friend now that they could not escape together.<br />

2 One night, as they were talking together in<br />

Faria's cell, the old priest had another heart-attack. The<br />

pain was so severe that he knew that this time he would<br />

die. Backoning Dantes to kneel beside the bed, he raised<br />

himself with a final effort.<br />

3 'Forget not Monte Cristo!' he gasped. 'Its<br />

treasure is yours. God bless you, Edmond!'<br />

4 The death-rattle sounded in his throat and he<br />

slumped back on the bed. The tears streaming down his<br />

cheeks, Edmond Dantes realized with a sudden shock<br />

that this was the end of the only human companionship<br />

he had known during his long imprisonment.<br />

Glossary: *Château d'If was an island-fortress near Marseilles.<br />

6. Take the reflexive pronoun in paragraph 01 as an<br />

example and choose the incorrect alternative:<br />

a) The hunter shot itself with his own gun<br />

b) She wants to buy herself a new coat<br />

c) Most girls like to look at themselves in the mirror<br />

d) I locked myself out of the house<br />

7. In the text,<br />

a) “like” (l. 34) is a verb form.<br />

b) “literalness” (l. 23) is formed by adding a prefix.<br />

c) “How much” (l. 16) is followed by a countable<br />

noun.<br />

d) “themselves” (l. 13) is a reflexive pronoun.<br />

e) “that” (l. 11) is a demonstrative adjective.<br />

28


CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS<br />

Os Interrogativos (Question Words) são usados para se<br />

obter informações específicas. As perguntas elaboradas<br />

com eles são chamadas wh-questions, pois todos os<br />

interrogativos, com exceção apenas de how (como),<br />

começam com as letras wh. Na maior parte dos casos,<br />

os Interrogativos (Question Words) são colocados antes<br />

de verbos auxiliares ou modais.<br />

Em inglês esses pronomes são chamados de Adjetivos<br />

Interrogativos, isso porque eles antecedem aos<br />

substantivos e pronomes, e não somente isto mas<br />

também é o primeiro de cada oração.<br />

Vejamos alguns desses pronomes com tradução:<br />

ENGLISH<br />

What<br />

Which<br />

Where<br />

When<br />

Who<br />

PORTUGUESE<br />

O que, qual, quais (Geral)<br />

O que, qual, quais (Específico)<br />

Onde<br />

Quando<br />

Quem<br />

• Who won the race?<br />

• Whom shall we ask?<br />

• Whose did they take?<br />

• Which is the greater?<br />

• What is that?<br />

• Where does she live?<br />

Veja agora, quadro com resumo gramatical e exemplos<br />

de pronomes interrogativos.<br />

What do I need to buy ?<br />

Where does he like to go ?<br />

When did you see that film ?<br />

Why will he buy a new car ?<br />

Who would she<br />

invite to go to her<br />

birthday party ?<br />

Which<br />

country<br />

would you like to visit ?<br />

Whose book is this ?<br />

Whose<br />

De quem<br />

PRONOMES INTERROGATIVOS:<br />

Why Por que ?<br />

Quem? (funciona como objeto).<br />

QUÃO.<br />

Compostos de HOW: How significa COMO ou<br />

E.g. How are you ? Como vai ?<br />

With whom did you go to the park?<br />

(Com quem você foi ao parque?)<br />

Porém, se adicionarmos um adjetivo ao<br />

pronome HOW teremos um novo interrogativo.<br />

Veja.<br />

Whom<br />

Whom did you meet at the beach?<br />

Adjetivos<br />

Compostos<br />

de HOW<br />

Tradução<br />

(Quem você encontrou na praia?)<br />

Far = longe How far Qual a distância<br />

To whom were you speaking last<br />

night? (Com quem você estava falando<br />

ontem à noite?)<br />

Much = muito<br />

(a)<br />

Many = muitos<br />

(as)<br />

How much Quanto (a)<br />

How many Quantos (as)<br />

Os pronomes interrogativos representam a<br />

coisa/quem/lugar que a pergunta se refere.<br />

Soon = longo,<br />

breve<br />

How soon<br />

Deep = profundo How deep<br />

Quando<br />

Qual a profundidade<br />

29


Heavy = pesado<br />

How heavy Qual o peso<br />

Por exemplo:<br />

Fat = gordo<br />

Tall = alto<br />

Small = pequeno<br />

(a)<br />

Big = grande<br />

Veja os exemplos.<br />

ENGLISH<br />

How fat<br />

How tall<br />

How small<br />

How big<br />

Qual a gordura ( ou<br />

peso de alguém)<br />

Qual a altura<br />

(pessoas)<br />

Qual o tamanho (p/<br />

coisas pequenas)<br />

Qual o tamanho (p/<br />

coisas grandes)<br />

PORTUGUESE<br />

Whatever<br />

Whichever<br />

Whenever<br />

Whoever<br />

Whereever<br />

Qualquer coisa que…<br />

O que quer que…<br />

Qualquer um que…<br />

Qualquer coisa que…<br />

Quando quer que…<br />

A qualquer tempo que…<br />

Quem quer que seja…<br />

Qualquer um que…<br />

Ondequer que…<br />

Qualquer lugar que…<br />

How far is your house from<br />

school ?<br />

How much money do they<br />

need ?<br />

How many brothers and<br />

sisters do you have ?<br />

How soon will they finish<br />

their exercises ?<br />

How deep is that river ?<br />

How heavy are those boxes<br />

?<br />

How fat is this man ?<br />

A que distância está a sua<br />

casa da escola ?<br />

Quanto dinheiro eles<br />

precisam ?<br />

Quantos irmãos e irmãs<br />

você tem ?<br />

Quando eles terminarão o<br />

exercício deles ?<br />

Quão profundo é aquele rio<br />

?<br />

Qual o peso daquelas<br />

caixas ?<br />

Qual o peso daquele homem<br />

gordo ?<br />

· Whoever would want to eat such a gross thing?<br />

· Whatever did you say?<br />

EXERCISES<br />

Texto 1<br />

How tall are you ? Qual é a sua altura ?<br />

Texto 2<br />

How small is the<br />

microsystem ?<br />

How big is this room ?<br />

Qual o tamanho do<br />

microsystem ?<br />

Qual o tamanho desta sala<br />

?<br />

30<br />

Pronomes interrogativos que terminam com o sufixo -<br />

ever<br />

Os pronomes interrogativos com o sufixo -ever são<br />

usados para dar ênfase ou mostrar surpresa. Eles são<br />

muito raros em sentenças interrogativas.


1. No texto 1, 2º quadrinho, qual expressão<br />

interrogativa completa CORRETAMENTE a pergunta?<br />

a) How far<br />

b) How about<br />

c) How much<br />

d) How long<br />

e) How often<br />

Adora Svitak: Tiny Literary Giant at 12<br />

Adora started writing when she was four years old. She<br />

hasn’t stopped since. At six, Adora received a laptop<br />

computer from her mother, on which she quickly<br />

amassed a collection of hundreds of short stories and<br />

hundreds of thousands of words – typing at 70 words per<br />

minute.<br />

At the age of seven, 1 Adora achieved her dream of<br />

becoming a published author with the release of Flying<br />

Fingers: Master the Tools of Learning Through the Joy<br />

of Writing. The book featured several of Adora’s short<br />

stories, along with her writing tips, typing tips, and<br />

advice from her mother. At age 11, Adora published a<br />

second book, Dancing Fingers, with her older sister,<br />

Adrianna.<br />

Today, Adora is 12 and she has transformed her writing<br />

success into speaking and teaching success. She has<br />

spoken at over 400 schools and presented at the annual<br />

TED (Technology, Entertainment, Design) conference.<br />

She’s also planning a conference of her own, for kids<br />

and by kids, called TEDx Redmond. She has been<br />

featured on Good Morning America and on CNN. Adora<br />

also maintains a blog and attends an online public<br />

school. She is in the eighth grade. Disponível em:<br />

. Acesso em: 02 jun. 2011. (Texto<br />

adaptado.)<br />

2. Identify the questions whose answers are found in<br />

paragraph three of the text:<br />

( ) How old is Adora now?<br />

( ) What grade is Adora at school?<br />

( ) Where has she presented conferences?<br />

( ) How many schools does Adora maintain?<br />

( ) Which media has Adora been featured on?<br />

Facebook is the world’s largest social network, with 800<br />

million users worldwide as of September 2011.<br />

More than any other company, it has defined what<br />

1<br />

…….. see as the “social” era of the Internet, in which<br />

connections made among 9 people 4 replace 7 algorithmdriven<br />

searches. And 8 its 5 policies, more than any others,<br />

seem to be driving the definition of 14 privacy in this new<br />

age.<br />

Every day, Facebook users comment or press the “like”<br />

button more than 2 billion times and upload more than<br />

250 million photos. The McKinsey Global Institute has<br />

estimated that the network’s users post 30 billion pieces<br />

of content 2 …….. month.<br />

The company, founded in 2004 by a Harvard<br />

15 sophomore, Mark Zuckerberg, began life 16 catering<br />

first to Harvard students and then to all high school and<br />

college students. It has since evolved into a broadly<br />

popular online destination used by teenagers and adults<br />

of all ages. 19 In country after country, Facebook has<br />

cemented itself as the leader, often displacing other<br />

social networks.<br />

It is 3 …….. surprise that 11 Facebook has become one of<br />

the titans of the Internet, challenging even Google with<br />

10 its vision of a Web tied together by personal<br />

relationships and recommendations, rather than by<br />

search algorithms. In a major expansion, Facebook has<br />

spread itself across other Web sites by offering members<br />

the chance to “Like” something - share it with their<br />

network – without leaving the Web page they are on.<br />

At the Facebook 20 developer 6 conference in September,<br />

21 the company announced the release of a 13 product<br />

called Timeline, 12 which offers a 22 highly visual view of<br />

a user’s Facebook profile and organizes content into<br />

photos, events and apps, all based on a 17 timeline view<br />

that stretches back to the beginning of a user’s time on<br />

Facebook. Timeline is designed to work on 18 mobile<br />

devices, too. Adaptado de: WYLD, Adrian. Facebook. Disponível em:<br />

. Acesso em 01 dez. 2011.<br />

3. A pergunta que pode ser respondida com base nas<br />

informações do texto é<br />

a) How old was Mark Zuckerberg in 2004?<br />

b) When was the Facebook founded?<br />

c) What makes the social network enter a new era?<br />

d) Who directs the McKinsey Global Institute?<br />

e) Where was Mark Zuckerberg born?<br />

Many South Africans remain poor and unemployment is<br />

− fr me fr e f e <br />

31


against migrant workers from other African countries in<br />

2008 and protests by township residents over poor living<br />

conditions during the summer of 2009.<br />

Land redistribution is a crucial problem that continues<br />

existing. Most farmland is still white-owned. ________<br />

land acquisition on a "willing buyer, willing seller" basis,<br />

officials have signaled that large-scale expropriations are<br />

on the cards. The government aims to transfer 30% of<br />

farmland to black South Africans by 2014.<br />

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/country_profiles/1071886. stm<br />

4. Mark the correct question to the answer below.<br />

“The government aims to transfer 30% of farmland to<br />

black South Africans by 2014.”<br />

a) Who transferred 30% of farmland?<br />

b) Why did the government transfer 30% of farmland?<br />

c) What does the government want to do?<br />

d) Where does the government purchase part of the<br />

farmland?<br />

( ) ... do you prefer: fish or meat?<br />

( ) ... didn't they call the police?<br />

( ) ... are we going to help her?<br />

( ) ... should I spend my Christmas vacation?<br />

( ) ... will win the next Nobel Prize for literature?<br />

( ) ... was he doing when the lights went off?<br />

7. Fill in the balloons with the right interrogative<br />

pronouns. Relate the numbers given to the pronouns.<br />

5. Fill in the blanks below, choosing the Best<br />

alternative:<br />

32<br />

I- _____ knows how to speak decent French to talk to<br />

the tourists?<br />

II- The ticket costs $8. _____ are you going to pay?<br />

III- _____ can I take the subway to the Guggenhein<br />

Museum?<br />

IV- _____ of those buildings is the hospital?<br />

V- _____ will your sister travel to London?<br />

a) I-Who; II-How; III-Where; IV-Which; V-When<br />

b) I-Whose; II-Who; III-How; IV-What; V-Why<br />

c) I-Which; II-Why; III-When; IV-How; V-Whose<br />

d) I-Whom; II-What; III-Which; IV-Where; V-How<br />

e) I-How., II-When; III-What; IV-Why; V-Where<br />

6. Match the QUESTION WORDS with the appropriate<br />

sentences. All question words must be used.<br />

a) Where<br />

b) How<br />

c) Which<br />

d) What<br />

e) Why<br />

f) Who<br />

a) 1-whose, 2-who, 3-why, 4-how, 5-who<br />

b) 1-who, 2-which, 3-what, 4-why, 5-how<br />

c) 1-what, 2-whose, 3-what, 4-why, 5-what<br />

d) 1-which, 2-who, 3-how, 4-what, 5-how<br />

e) 1-who, 2-whose, 3-what, 4-why, 5-how<br />

8. Complete as perguntas a seguir com Pronomes<br />

Interrogativos (Question Words).<br />

Complete com HOW OLD, HOW MANY, HOW<br />

MUCH, WHAT, WHO, WHERE, WHEN, HOW<br />

OFTEN, HOW LONG, WHICH, HOW:<br />

a) ____________ do you go to work? I go by bus.<br />

b) ____________ siblings do you have? I have only<br />

one.<br />

c) ____________ do you go to the beach? I go to the<br />

beach every summer.<br />

d) ____________ do you study for test? I study for a<br />

test a lot of time.


e) ____________ is your best friend? My best friend is<br />

Marcia.<br />

f) ____________ do you do on Sundays? I usually go<br />

out with my friends.<br />

g) ____________ have you been married? We've been<br />

married for 5 years.<br />

h) ____________ is your mother? Now, she's OK.<br />

i) ____________ do you have English classes? I have<br />

English classes on Mondays and on Wednesdays.<br />

j) ____________ do you like the most? Caetano<br />

Veloso or Milton Nascimento?<br />

k) ____________ is your teacher? I think he's 35 years<br />

old.<br />

l) _____________ do you go to school? I go to<br />

Colégio Objetivo.<br />

As old barriers break down, voyagers in the next century<br />

will enjoy more exotic locales, more exotic customs -<br />

and perhaps more exotic diseases. This year's Ebola virus<br />

outbreak in Zaire raises an issue as chilling now as it was<br />

in 1347, when traders sailing from the Black Sea port of<br />

Caffa to Messina, Sicily, brought back plague, which<br />

killed perhaps one-third of Europe's population. As it<br />

happens, plague also cropped up in 1994, in India. [Time, June<br />

12,]<br />

Scientists have for many years denounced astrology as<br />

unscientific, and there is no doubt that many so-called<br />

astrological "facts" are nonsense. But the question still<br />

remains, is there perhaps some truth in what astrologers<br />

say?<br />

Some years ago two French psychologists found<br />

evidence for a marked relationship between people's<br />

personality and the position of certain planets at the<br />

moment of their birth.<br />

Personality questionnaires were sent out to more than<br />

2000 men and women without prior selection; when they<br />

were returned, the birth dates were noted and the results<br />

were put through a computer. Many astrological<br />

predictions about the relationship between personality<br />

and birth dates did, in fact, begin to emerge very clearly.<br />

Hence three main groups were selected for special study,<br />

namely sportsmen, actors and scientists. Astrological<br />

expectations had suggested a connection between the<br />

competitive, assertive personality of the sportsman and<br />

the "war-like" planet Mars. Similarly the scientist,<br />

reserved and serious, had been connected with the<br />

"grave" planet Saturn, and the social, expansive nature of<br />

the actor was linked with the "jovial" planet Jupiter.<br />

Much to the surprise of everyone, the remarkable<br />

conclusion of the research showed that people of a<br />

certain group actually were born "under" a particular<br />

planet: sportsmen under Mars, scientists under Saturn<br />

and actors under Jupiter. By "under" is meant that they<br />

were born just after the rise of the planet or just before it<br />

set. To calculate these coincidences the place of birth of<br />

the people concerned had to be known, as well as the<br />

precise time of day when they were born.<br />

One further fact emerged very clearly from this research<br />

and that was that people who were born under the "water<br />

signs" of Cancer, Pisces and Scorpio showed a marked<br />

tendency to be very emotional - thus confirming another<br />

claim made by astrologers.<br />

9. Choose the question for the statement: 'Plague also<br />

cropped up in 1994, in India'.<br />

a) How long did plague crop up in India?<br />

b) How did plague crop up in 1994?<br />

c) When did plague crop up in India?<br />

d) What did plague crop up in India?<br />

e) Why did plague crop up in India?<br />

10. According to the text, to calculate which planet a<br />

person was born under, the astrologer needed to know:<br />

a) what their favourite sports were.<br />

b) how many were born on the same date.<br />

c) which profession they had chosen.<br />

d) how many were born in the same place.<br />

e) where and when they were born.<br />

ASTROLOGY: Fact or Fiction?<br />

33


THE LANGUAGE BARRIER<br />

Early last year, at a trade fair in Milan, a<br />

revolutionary telephone system was 1 unveiled.<br />

Developed by American and Japanese, the new machine<br />

provides instantaneous translation of the caller's speech.<br />

Say "hello" in English and it will come out as "alô" in<br />

Portuguese or the equivalent word in the language of<br />

your choice. It's remarkable! It might make you think<br />

that the whole business of language learning could soon<br />

become redundant. But 2 don't be hasty.<br />

3<br />

A sophisticated computer was programmed to<br />

perform language translation. 4<br />

It was instructed to<br />

translate "out of sight, out of mind" into Russian. 5 The<br />

Russian translation was 6 then fed into the computer and<br />

translated back into English. The result was: "invisible<br />

lunatic". A typical error. Natural language is so complex<br />

and ambiguous 7 that a 8 computer will invariably have<br />

difficulty in making sense of it. The new phone can deal<br />

with "hello" and other words well enough. But if asked<br />

to translate a sentence, its limitations soon become<br />

apparent.<br />

11. "The new telephone can deal with 'hello' and other<br />

words well enough." This sentence contains the answer<br />

to all question below EXCEPT one. Mark it.<br />

a) What can the new telephone deal with?<br />

b) What can deal with "hello" and other words well<br />

enough?<br />

c) How can the new telephone deal with "hello" and<br />

other words?<br />

d) Whose words can the telephone deal with well<br />

enough?<br />

e) Which words can the new telephone deal with well<br />

enough?<br />

The dream of "machine translation" (MT) is<br />

almost as old as the modern digital computer itself: the<br />

idea was promoted in 1949 and by the late 50's more<br />

than 20 MT projects were in development. By 1966 the<br />

Automatic Language Processing Advisory Committee<br />

concluded that "there's no immediate or predictable<br />

prospect of useful machine translation." Research funds<br />

were cut. In the late 70's MT was re-discovered.<br />

9 The new generation of programs is less<br />

ambitious.<br />

10<br />

They are limited to texts where the<br />

possibilities of error are minimal, such as technical<br />

reports and operating manuals.<br />

11<br />

Furthermore, the<br />

computers simply produce 12 a workable draft translation,<br />

which a human "post-editor" will then correct.<br />

13 In spite of their obvious limitations, MTs are<br />

extremely fast and reasonably accurate. 14 Yet, even the<br />

most optimistic scientists admit that it'll be at least 20<br />

years before computers are capable of translating more<br />

sophisticated texts.<br />

(Adapted from Speak Up - January 2012.)<br />

34


CAPÍTULO IV - PRONOMES INDEFINIDOS<br />

Os Pronomes Indefinidos podem ser<br />

substantivos (indefinite pronouns), quando os<br />

substituem, ou adjetivos (indefinite adjectives), quando<br />

qualificam os substantivos.<br />

Exemplos de pronomes indefinidos<br />

A classic is something that everybody wants to have<br />

read and nobody wants to read. (Mark Twain, 1835-<br />

1910) Um clássico é algo que todo mundo quer ter lido<br />

e ninguém quer ler.<br />

Of those who say nothing, few are silent. (Thomas<br />

Neill) - Daqueles que nada dizem, poucos são<br />

silenciosos.<br />

Everything is funny as long as it is happening<br />

to somebody else. (Will Rogers, 1879-1935) - Tudo é<br />

engraçado desde que está acontecendo com outra pessoa.<br />

Everybody likes a kidder, but nobody lends him money.<br />

(Arthur Miller, 1915-2005) - Todo mundo gosta de uma<br />

brincalhona, mas ninguém lhe empresta dinheiro.<br />

I don't know anything about music. In my line, you don't<br />

have to. (Elvis Presley, 1935-1977) - Eu não sei nada<br />

sobre música. Na minha linha, você não precisa.<br />

Indefinido Pronomes singular ou plural?<br />

O maior problema com pronomes indefinidos é<br />

determinar se eles são singular ou plural. Aqui está uma<br />

lista:<br />

Singular<br />

Indefinite<br />

Pronouns<br />

Plural<br />

Indefinite<br />

Pronouns<br />

Indefinite<br />

Pronouns Which<br />

Can be Singular or<br />

Plural<br />

Little<br />

Much<br />

Neither<br />

Nobody<br />

No-one<br />

Nothing<br />

One<br />

Other<br />

Somebody<br />

Someone<br />

Something<br />

CALL WAITING<br />

EXERCISES<br />

Soon, teenagers will have no excuse for 3 not letting their<br />

parents know where they are - and why they'll be home<br />

late. Some European telecom firms - Sweden's Ericsson,<br />

and TIM, the mobile subsidiary of Telecom Italia - are<br />

developing cell phones especially for kids.<br />

The gimmick: 2 to prevent chatty kids ringing up their<br />

1 pals many time zones away, the new phones can be<br />

programmed to dial only 4 a few numbers, 5 like home, or<br />

a parent's office. The phones may debut late this year.<br />

And you can bet that by early next year some kid will<br />

have learned a way to subvert the controls. Newsweek,<br />

March 2,.<br />

Another<br />

Anybody<br />

Anyone<br />

Anything<br />

Each<br />

Either<br />

Enough<br />

Everybody<br />

Everyone<br />

Everything<br />

Less<br />

Both<br />

Few<br />

Fewer<br />

Many<br />

Others<br />

Several<br />

All<br />

Any<br />

More<br />

Most<br />

None<br />

Some<br />

Such<br />

1. A expressão "a few numbers" (ref.4) indica<br />

a) número controlado.<br />

b) grande quantidade.<br />

c) número insuficiente.<br />

d) número ilimitado.<br />

e) número incompleto.<br />

35


RELIGION AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR<br />

1 Does life have meaning? What gives it<br />

meaning? Why do we act the way we do? What is the<br />

best way to live? How can we find peace?<br />

2 These are questions that people have struggled<br />

with throughout history. Philosophers, psychologists,<br />

sociologists, and physicists are among the many thinkers<br />

who have tried to give us answers. We look for answers<br />

within ourselves, but few are satisfactory. In the end, it is<br />

religion that gives most of the world answers to these<br />

questions.<br />

3 Hundreds of religions exist in the world, yet all<br />

religions try to answer the same questions. Every<br />

religion teaches basic ideas that help humans understand<br />

their nature and their behavior. Every religion describes<br />

two sides of human nature - the animal and the divine. It<br />

is these opposing sides that cause conflicts. Every<br />

religion gives people a method that they can follow to<br />

resolve the conflicts. All religions have a goal, which is<br />

in one form or another the transformation of humans<br />

from the animal to the divine. This spiritual<br />

transformation is common to all religions, though it has<br />

many names: nirvana, heaven, salvation.<br />

4 All cultures in the world have religious beliefs.<br />

For that reason, every part of life is affected by religions,<br />

whose teachings offer guidelines on ways to live.<br />

(WERNER, P. K. Mosaic: a content- based grammar. New York: Random<br />

House.)<br />

2. In the sentence "MANY thinkers have tried to give<br />

us answers," the capital word has a meaning close to:<br />

a) a few.<br />

b) few.<br />

c) little.<br />

d) several.<br />

e) much.<br />

DOUBLE STANDARD WITH ALCOHOL<br />

1 Two articles in THE GAZETTE JULY 8<br />

accurately reflect the unacceptable double standard the<br />

federal and provincial governments have toward the<br />

tobacco and alcohol industries.<br />

2 The story headed "Teen driver drunk in fatal<br />

crash" related to the sad results of mixing alcohol and the<br />

automobile, while that headed "Warnings on smokes<br />

may get 3 tougher" advised us that more 9 powerful<br />

tobacco health-warning labels may be required.<br />

3 The double standard exists through governmentimposed<br />

laws that restrict tobacco advertising while<br />

imposing much fewer limits on alcohol advertising, and<br />

in requiring health warning labels on tobacco products<br />

half the size of the package but not requiring warning<br />

labels on alcohol containers.<br />

4 Where are government-imposed warnings on<br />

alcohol products telling of the dangers of fetal alcohol<br />

syndrome? Where are the warnings that alcohol may lead<br />

to violence, 1 child abuse and family breakdown, that<br />

consuming alcohol and operating vehicles, boats and<br />

machinery may 2 cause death?<br />

5 Government and public opinion seem to be<br />

4 content to allow alcohol to be portrayed as a fun,<br />

5 benign substance. In fact, it causes 8 untold expense,<br />

6 hardship, sadness and death.<br />

6 With tobacco, the product has been demonized.<br />

With alcohol, it is the user who has been held<br />

responsible, while the product has been given a positive<br />

marketing spin with public and government 7 consent.<br />

7 The government must be forced by public<br />

opinion to look beyond the tax revenues derived from<br />

alcohol and to address its double standard. - (Robert<br />

Halpin, MONTREAL. August 8,1998.)<br />

3. The following sentences should be completed with<br />

FEW or LITTLE.<br />

I - Many of us tried but very ____ succeeded.<br />

II - To our surprise, changes in foreign policy were<br />

_____.<br />

III - That school is so expensive that only _____<br />

children can attend it.<br />

IV - That crane can lift objects weighing a _____<br />

hundred pounds.<br />

V - We had _____ chance of success.<br />

The sentence which must be completed which FEW are:<br />

a) I and IV, only.<br />

b) II and III, only.<br />

c) I, II and V, only.<br />

d) I, II, III and IV, only.<br />

e) II, III, IV and V, only.<br />

36


One important field in which the laser has many<br />

applications is communications. Scientists have found<br />

that the laser beam can transmit human voices; as a<br />

result, telephone companies are now using 1 laser light<br />

signals to transmit telephone calls through extremely<br />

small cabinets which are capable of 2 carrying many more<br />

transmissions than the standard telephone cables. An<br />

additional advantage is that these systems using the laser<br />

light signals will also be able to transmit video telephone<br />

conversations in the future.<br />

Probably the most vital application of the laser is in the<br />

field of medicine. Lasers have been devised that cut<br />

3 razor-sharp; in fact, scientists have developed a laser<br />

knife which doctors can use for surgery. These 4 knives<br />

are now used for some general surgery because they cut<br />

sharply and because the beam seals off the blood vessels<br />

that it cuts, thus reducing blood loss considerably. A less<br />

significant but perhaps more curious use of the laser in<br />

medicine is to remove tattoos. Whereas before tattoos<br />

were virtually impossible to remove without<br />

considerable difficulty and pain, now they can be<br />

removed relatively painlessly. - (Adapted from Michael Wenyon,<br />

Understanding Holography. New York: Arco Publishing Company, Inc, 1978)<br />

4. Which of the following sentences can be completed<br />

with the word MANY as in: "the laser has many<br />

applications"...<br />

a) The laser beam is being used by______ telephone<br />

companies.<br />

b) The laser beam has caused_______ advance in<br />

various areas.<br />

c) Science has gained_____ from the latest<br />

applications of the laser.<br />

d) ____ effort has resulted in significant technological<br />

improvement.<br />

e) Scientists have devoted______time to research in<br />

the field of communication.<br />

Somewhere Algum lugar<br />

Somehow<br />

Observação<br />

De algum modo,<br />

maneira<br />

Afirmativa<br />

Afirmativa<br />

SOME pode ser usado em frases interrogativas quando<br />

algo é oferecido; ou quando se espera uma resposta<br />

afirmativa.<br />

E.g.<br />

Some e derivados:<br />

I’d like to buy some<br />

bread.<br />

They need somthing<br />

to eat.<br />

I saw someone in<br />

that room.<br />

Would you like SOME coffee?<br />

Do you need SOME help?<br />

Would you like some coffee ?<br />

There is somebody looking for<br />

you.<br />

Where is he? He must have<br />

gone somewhere.<br />

EXERCISES<br />

WILDLIFE<br />

Asia’s Biggest Wildlife Traffickers<br />

Some e derivados:<br />

Pronomes<br />

Tradução<br />

Tipos de<br />

Frases<br />

Some Algum, alguns, Afirmativa<br />

Someone Alguém Afirmativa<br />

Somebody Alguém Afirmativa<br />

Something Alguma coisa, algo Afirmativa<br />

(BANGKOK) — Squealing tiger cubs stuffed into carryon<br />

bags. Luggage packed with hundreds of squirming<br />

tortoises, elephant tusks, even water dragons and<br />

American paddlefish. Officials at Thailand‘s gateway<br />

37


airport proudly tick off the illegally trafficked wildlife<br />

they have seized over the past two years.<br />

But Thai and foreign law enforcement officers tell<br />

another story: Officials working-hand-in-hand with<br />

traffickers ensure that other shipments through<br />

Suvarnabhumi International Airport are whisked off<br />

before they even reach customs inspection.<br />

It’s a murky mix. A 10-fold increase in wildlife law<br />

enforcement actions, including seizures, has been<br />

reported in the past six years in Southeast Asia. Yet, the<br />

trade’s Mr. Bigs, masterful in taking advantage of<br />

pervasive corruption, appear immune to arrest and<br />

continue to orchestrate the decimation of wildlife in<br />

Thailand, the region and beyond.<br />

And Southeast Asia’s honest cops don’t have it easy.<br />

“It is very difficult for me. I have to sit among people<br />

who are both good and some who are corrupt, says<br />

Chanvut Vajrabukka, a retired police general. “If I say,<br />

‘You have to go out and arrest that target,’ some in the<br />

room may well warn them,’” says Chanvut, who now<br />

advises ASEAN-WEN, the regional wildlife enforcement<br />

network.<br />

Several kingpins, says wildlife activist Steven Galster,<br />

have recently been confronted by authorities, “but in the<br />

end, good uniforms are running into, and often stopped<br />

by bad uniforms. It’s like a bad Hollywood cop movie.<br />

“Most high-level traffickers remain untouched and<br />

continue to replace arrested underlings with new ones,”<br />

says Galster, who works for the FREELAND<br />

Foundation, an anti-trafficking group. August 15, 2012 / www.time.com<br />

1. In the underlined sentence ‘“If I say, ‘You have to go<br />

out and arrest that target,’ some in the room may well<br />

warn them,”’, the pronoun some refers to:<br />

a) honest cops<br />

b) people who are good<br />

c) some people who are corrupt<br />

d) a retired police general<br />

e) that target<br />

d) many<br />

e) several<br />

Up a perilous tree, Britain's native red squirrels are being<br />

overrun by their larger cousins, North American gray<br />

squirrels. Brought to Britain as a novelty in 1876, grays<br />

outcompete reds for food. Only about 160,000 reds<br />

remain, against an onslaught of 1 some 2.5 million grays.<br />

Grays may have a secret ally. Some scientists suspect<br />

that grays 2 carry a virus called parapox, which is killing<br />

reds in northern and eastern England. But the cause and<br />

the origin of the disease are still unknown. 3 To beef up<br />

reds' chances, landowners are urged to plant the 4 proper<br />

tree mix. Red squirrels need conifer seeds in winter -<br />

they have difficulty digesting acorns, which grays<br />

5 readily wolf down.<br />

3. A palavra SOME (ref. 1) poderia ser substituída sem<br />

alteração do sentido por<br />

a) fully.<br />

b) partly.<br />

c) approximately.<br />

d) more than.<br />

e) average.<br />

A friend of mine was travelling in the train and opposite<br />

him sat a gentleman reading "The Times". Every now<br />

and then he took a complete sheet of the newspaper,<br />

crumpled it up, opened the window, threw it out and shut<br />

the window. After he had done this two or three times<br />

my friend said: "Excuse me, sir, but I am most interested<br />

in what you are doing. May I ask why you do it?"<br />

away."<br />

"Oh yes", he replied, "it keeps the elephants<br />

"But", my friend said, "there aren't any<br />

elephants here."<br />

"Of course not", came the answer. "That proves<br />

it works!"<br />

38<br />

Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente cada<br />

lacuna da questão a seguir:<br />

2. I have a __________ friends.<br />

a) ten<br />

b) few<br />

c) some<br />

4. The sentence "... there aren't any elephants here" in the<br />

affirmative form is<br />

a) there are many elephants here.<br />

b) there are plenty of elephants here.<br />

c) there are some elephants here.<br />

d) there are a few elephants here.<br />

e) there are a lots of elephants here.


5. (Unitau) Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à<br />

denominação do pronome, em destaque, a seguir:<br />

ANY day is a good day for walking.<br />

a) adjetivo possessivo<br />

b) adjetivo indefinido<br />

c) adjetivo demonstrativo<br />

d) adjetivo relativo<br />

e) adjetivo definido<br />

Most people can remember a phone number for up to<br />

thirty seconds. When this short amount of time elapses,<br />

however, the numbers are erased from the memory. How<br />

did the information get there in the first place?<br />

Information that makes its way to the short term memory<br />

(STM) does so via the sensory storage area. The brain<br />

has a filter which only allows stimuli that is of<br />

immediate interest to pass on to the STM, also known as<br />

the working memory.<br />

There is much debate about the capacity and duration of<br />

the short term memory. The most accepted theory comes<br />

from George A. Miller, a cognitive psychologist who<br />

suggested that humans can remember approximately<br />

seven chunks of information. A chunk is defined as a<br />

meaningful unit of information, such as a word or name<br />

rather than just a letter or number. Modern theorists<br />

suggest that one can increase the capacity of the short<br />

term memory by chunking, or classifying similar<br />

information together. By organizing information, one can<br />

optimize the STM, and improve the chances of a<br />

memory being passed on to long term storage.<br />

When making a conscious effort to memorize something,<br />

such as information for an exam, many people engage in<br />

‘‘rote rehearsal’’. By repeating something over and over<br />

again, 2 one is able to keep a memory alive.<br />

Unfortunately, this type of memory maintenance only<br />

succeeds if there are no interruptions. As soon as a<br />

person stops rehearsing the information, it has the<br />

tendency to disappear. When a pen and paper are not<br />

handy, people often attempt to remember a phone<br />

number by repeating it aloud. If the doorbell rings or the<br />

dog barks to come in before a person has the opportunity<br />

to make a phone call, he will likely forget the number<br />

instantly. 3 Therefore, rote rehearsal is not an efficient<br />

way to pass information from the short term to long term<br />

memory. A better way is to practice ‘‘ 1 elaborate<br />

rehearsal’’. This involves assigning semantic meaning to<br />

a piece of information so that it can be filed along with<br />

other pre-existing long term memories.<br />

Fonte: http://www.englishclub.com/esl-exams/ets-toefl-practice-reading.htm<br />

(Adaptado)<br />

6. The word one in paragraph 3 (ref. 2) refers to<br />

a) quantity.<br />

b) memory.<br />

c) any person.<br />

d) exam.<br />

e) amount.<br />

7. Complete com a opção correta. Os exercícios a<br />

seguir referem-se aos Pronomes Indefinidos:<br />

1. You should try to handle this problem<br />

______________. (somehow/somebody)<br />

2. Adriana looks hungry. She should eat<br />

______________. (something/some)<br />

3. I heard that Diana lives _________________ in this<br />

town. (someone/somewhere)<br />

4. Drop by _______________ and have some tea with<br />

us. (something/sometime)<br />

5. Could you please give me ________________<br />

information? (some/something)<br />

8. Complete os espaços em branco com NO ou NONE:<br />

a) I've done it all by myself. I've had ______ help at<br />

all.<br />

b) It's _______ of your business. Mind with your own<br />

life.<br />

c) I answered all the questions in the quiz, but Jane<br />

answered _______ .<br />

d) As he gave me _______ help, I won't help him.<br />

e) _______ person can understand what I feel.<br />

f) Would you like some wine? No, thanks, I'd like<br />

_______ .<br />

Any e Derivados:<br />

Pronomes Tradução Tipos de Frases<br />

Any Algum, alguns,<br />

Interrogativa e<br />

negativa<br />

Anyone Alguém<br />

Interrogativa e<br />

negativa<br />

Anybody Alguém<br />

Interrogativa e<br />

negativa<br />

Anything Alguma coisa, algo Interrogativa e<br />

39


Anywhere<br />

Anyway<br />

Observação<br />

Algum lugar<br />

De algum modo,<br />

maneira<br />

negativa<br />

Interrogativa e<br />

negativa<br />

Interrogativa e<br />

negativa<br />

ANY pode ser usado em frases afirmativas contudo a<br />

tradução será:<br />

Any e Derivados:<br />

I don’t have any money.<br />

Is there anything I can do<br />

for you ?<br />

There isn’t anybody<br />

here.<br />

EXERCISES:<br />

Any: Qualquer<br />

Anything: Qualquer coisa<br />

Anybody: Qualquer pessoa<br />

Anywhere: Qualquer lugar<br />

9. CALVIN AND HOBBES<br />

Do you know anyone in<br />

this city ?<br />

Are you going anywhere<br />

?<br />

I did my exerecise<br />

anyway.<br />

Mark the sentence which must be completed with<br />

"anywhere".<br />

a) The manager had to go off _____ else for an<br />

appointment.<br />

b) The dangerous dog was approaching but there was<br />

_____ to hide.<br />

c) Britney says she didn't go _____ yesterday.<br />

d) This is part of the original castle build _____ around<br />

1700.<br />

e) Have you seen my glasses? I've looked _____ for<br />

them.<br />

Mr. Dursley was the director of a firm called Grunnings,<br />

which made drills. He was a big, beefy man with 1 hardly<br />

any neck, 2 although he did have a very large moustache.<br />

Mrs. Dursley was thin and blonde and had nearly twice<br />

the usual amount of neck, which came in very useful as<br />

she spent so much of her time craning over garden<br />

fences, spying on her neighbours. The Dursleys had a<br />

small son called Dudley and in their opinion 3 there was<br />

no finer boy anywhere.<br />

The Dursleys had everything they wanted, but they also<br />

had a secret, and their greatest fear was that somebody<br />

would discover it. They didn't think they could bear it if<br />

anyone found out about the Potters. Mrs. Potter was Mrs.<br />

Dursley's sister, but they hadn't met for several years; in<br />

fact, Mrs. Dursley pretended she didn't have a sister,<br />

because her sister and her good-for-nothing husband<br />

were as 4 unDursleyish as it was possible to be. The<br />

Dursleys shuddered to think what the neighbours would<br />

say if the Potters arrived in the street. The Dursleys knew<br />

that the Potters had a small son too, but they had never<br />

even seen him. This boy was another good reason for<br />

keeping the Potters away; they didn't want Dudley<br />

mixing with a child like that.<br />

J. K. Rowling's, Harry Potter and the Philosopher's Stone.<br />

10. A expressão HARDLY ANY (ref. 1) poderia ser<br />

traduzida por<br />

"International Herald Tribune", August 30, 2001.<br />

a) raramente visto.<br />

b) dificilmente algum.<br />

c) bom tamanho.<br />

d) quase nenhum.<br />

e) especialmente longo.<br />

40


11. (Uel) Assinale a alternativa que preenche<br />

corretamente a lacuna da frase a seguir.<br />

"Why didn't you buy that sweater? It was such a good<br />

offer!"<br />

"Because I didn't have ...... money on me."<br />

a) a<br />

b) no<br />

c) any<br />

d) some<br />

e) none<br />

No one Ninguém advérbio<br />

Nobody Ninguém De<br />

Nowhere Nenhum lugar negação<br />

Observação<br />

* Os derivados de NO devem ser usados em frases que<br />

não tenham elementos negativos. A frase ficará<br />

negativa após seu uso.<br />

OBSERVAÇÕES:<br />

* A Língua Inglesa não admite dupla negativa nas<br />

orações, coisa muito comum e, às vezes, obrigatória em<br />

nosso idioma. Enquanto, em Português, falamos:<br />

Não tenho nada a dizer.<br />

na Língua Inglesa se diz:<br />

I have nothing to say.<br />

ou ainda, em <strong>Inglês</strong>, pode-se dizer:<br />

There isn't anything to do in this city.<br />

o que, literalmente, significa:<br />

Não há coisa alguma para fazer nesta cidade.<br />

Deste modo, concluímos que, na língua Inglesa, há duas<br />

maneiras de elaborar orações com pronomes indefinidos,<br />

evitando a dupla negativa:<br />

I don't have any money on me today.<br />

(Não tenho dinheiro nenhum comigo hoje.)<br />

ou<br />

I have no money on me today.<br />

(Não tenho dinheiro nenhum comigo hoje.)<br />

No e Derivados:<br />

I told nobody about the secret.<br />

There is no one in the<br />

classroom.<br />

He can do nothing for me.<br />

There is no way to<br />

see him now.<br />

She has no money.<br />

You are going<br />

nowhere.<br />

A diferença entre Pronomes Indefinidos e Adjetivos<br />

Indefinidos<br />

Quando uma palavra como ( all, any, anyone…), etc,<br />

é utilizado como um adjetivo, receberá o nome<br />

adjectivo indefinido (Indefinite Adjective).<br />

All in the lobby must remain seated. (Este é um<br />

pronome indefinido.)<br />

All personnel in the lobby must remain seated. (Este é<br />

um adjetivo indefinido. Ele modifica a palavra<br />

personnel)<br />

Please take some to Mrs Chandler. (pronome<br />

indefinido)<br />

Please take some lemons to Mrs Chandler. (Este é um<br />

adjetivo indefinido. Ele modifica lemons.)<br />

Pronomes Tradução Tipos de Frases<br />

No Nenhum Frases<br />

Nothing Nada Sem<br />

None Ninguém Outro<br />

Observação:<br />

No geral, é bem mais simples do que parece. Quando<br />

um Pronome Indefinido estiver antecedendo a um<br />

SUBSTANTIVO, ele está modificando ou<br />

qualificando este substantivo. Portanto, tem função<br />

de ADJETIVO INDEFINIDO.<br />

41


42<br />

EXERCISES<br />

12 The phrase “there is no possibility” (l. 49) can be<br />

exactly rephrased as<br />

a) it’s possible for anyone.<br />

b) there isn’t any possibility.<br />

c) hardly anybody can do it.<br />

d) there isn’t much possibility.<br />

e) none of the possibilities would be used.<br />

13 “There is no debate”<br />

This sentence can be exactly rephrased as<br />

a) There isn’t much debate.<br />

b) There isn’t little debate.<br />

c) There isn’t any debate.<br />

d) There is little debate.<br />

e) There isn’t a lot of debate.<br />

"Miss Emlyn read us some of it. I asked<br />

Mummy to read some more. I liked it. It has a<br />

wonderful sound. A brave new world. There isn't<br />

anything really like that, is there?"<br />

"You don't believe in it?"<br />

"Do you?"<br />

"There is always a brave new world," said Poirot, "but<br />

only, you know, for very special people. The lucky ones.<br />

The ones who carry the making of that world within<br />

themselves."<br />

[Agatha Christie, Hallowe'en Party, pp.85-86]<br />

14. Choose another way of saying "There isn't anything<br />

really like that."<br />

a) There is nothing really like that.<br />

b) There aren't many things really like that.<br />

c) There aren't no things really like that.<br />

d) There is anything hardly really like that.<br />

e) There are a few things really like that.<br />

Hamlet<br />

The following is a short outline of Shakespeare's most<br />

famous play, Hamlet. Hamlet is the chief character in the<br />

play. The ghost of Hamlet's father appears and tells<br />

Hamlet how Claudius had murdered him by pouring<br />

poison into his ears as he lay asleep. The ghost orders<br />

Hamlet to revenge the murder. Hamlet promises that he<br />

will do so without delay. But he does delay. He thinks a<br />

great deal about what he has heard, and he thinks instead<br />

of acting. He believes what the ghost has said, but feels<br />

that he needs further proof of the murder.<br />

In order to satisfy himself that the king is guilty, Hamlet<br />

arranges to have a play performed at court. In this play<br />

one of the actors pretends to poison another in just the<br />

same way as the king has poisoned Hamlet's father. As<br />

soon as Claudius sees this, he is frightened, and gets up<br />

and goes out. Hamlet now is quite certain of Claudius's<br />

guilt, but he still hesitates. Although he has opportunities<br />

to kill his uncle, he finds reasons why he should not do<br />

so yet. Once Hamlet finds him praying, and can kill him<br />

easily. He does not do so because he thinks that to kill<br />

the king at his prayers would be to send his soul straight<br />

to heaven.<br />

When the fight takes place, Hamlet at first seems to be<br />

winning. The king offers him the cup of poisoned wine.<br />

He refuses it, but the queen takes it and drinks. Laertes<br />

and Hamlet go on fighting, Laertes wounds Hamlet, and<br />

as they struggle together they somehow change swords.<br />

Now Hamlet wounds Laertes. The queen falls, dying.<br />

Laertes, himself near death, tells Hamlet about the<br />

poisoned sword and wine. Hamlet, acting at last instead<br />

of thinking about acting, rushes at the guilty king and<br />

kills him. He has revenged the murder of his father, but a<br />

few minutes later he, too, is dead.<br />

15. Put in the missing words:<br />

I - I want _____ more tea, please.<br />

II - _____ I go fishing.<br />

III - It doesn't rain _____.<br />

IV - I'm sorry, but I have _____ to give you.<br />

V - _____ knows it's wrong.<br />

a) I - some; II - Every time; III - someday; IV -<br />

nothing; V - Somebody<br />

b) I - any; II - Sometimes; III - every day; IV -<br />

anything; V - Everybody<br />

c) I - some; II - Sometimes; III - every day; IV -<br />

nothing; V - Everybody<br />

d) I - any; II - Every day; III - sometimes; IV - nothing;<br />

V - Everyone<br />

e) I - some; II - Everywhere; III - every time; IV -<br />

anything; V - Somebody


A KEY HURDLE: THE ENGLISH TEST<br />

Most colleges and universities in the United<br />

States require international students to take the TOEFL -<br />

or Test of English as a Foreign Language - before they<br />

can be 1 granted admission. Written and administered by<br />

Educational Testing Service (ETS), a private, not-forprofit<br />

company based in Princeton, New Jersey, the<br />

TOEFL is 2 designed to test your ability to understand<br />

standard North American English. It was developed<br />

specifically to help American and Canadian schools<br />

make sure that their international applicants could follow<br />

courses taught in English.<br />

TOEFL scores range from 200 to 667. 3 Since<br />

the test is a measure of proficiency and not of<br />

knowledge, no one passes or fails a TOEFL. Instead,<br />

minimum scores are determined by each college and<br />

university. A top-tier university usually requires a score<br />

of 600 or better.<br />

COMPUTER TESTING<br />

In all but 16 countries and territories, the test is now<br />

given in a computer-based version (CBT). The CBT is<br />

quite different from the paper-and-pencil version. Instead<br />

of filling in ovals on paper, students answer questions on<br />

the screen of their computer, by using either a keyboad<br />

or a mouse. In some of the reading passages, students<br />

respond to questions by clicking on words in the text.<br />

There is a new range of scores, too, in the computer<br />

version - from 40 to 300.<br />

Some parts of the exam will also be "computeradaptive",<br />

which means that the computer will select<br />

questions based on your performance, rather than giving<br />

you questions in a prearranged sequence. If you answer<br />

many questions correctly, you will be given more<br />

difficult questions and your score will go up. If you<br />

answer too many incorrectly, the computer will choose<br />

easier questions for you and your score will go down.<br />

(From NEWSWEEK, 1998, p. 8B)<br />

16. Escolha a alternativa que mantém o mesmo<br />

significado de "NO ONE" em "...no one passes or fails a<br />

TOEFL".<br />

a) Anybody.<br />

b) Everybody.<br />

c) Nobody.<br />

d) Somebody.<br />

e) Someone.<br />

17. Assinale a alternativa correta.<br />

Those organisms pose ______ danger to human life.<br />

a) any<br />

b) none<br />

c) no<br />

d) not<br />

e) no one<br />

18. Complete o diálogo:<br />

- Would you like __________ apples?<br />

- No, thank you, I don't want __________ apple.<br />

- And you?<br />

- Yes, I'd like __________.<br />

a) some - any - any<br />

b) an - any - no<br />

c) any - no - some<br />

d) some - any - some<br />

e) an - some - any<br />

19. Complete os espaços em branco com os Pronomes<br />

Indefinidos SOME, ANY e NO:<br />

a) I'm sorry I can't lend you ______ money. I'm broke.<br />

b) Do you want _______ coffee? Yes, I want _______ .<br />

c) I don't have _______ opinion about her.<br />

d) _______ students did their homework. They're too<br />

lazy.<br />

e) Is there _______ drugstore near here?<br />

f) I saw _______ person here. I think you must be<br />

mistaken.<br />

g) Would you like _______ tea or coffee? No, I would<br />

like _______ coffee.<br />

h) Can you lend me _______ "reais"? I'll give you back<br />

next payment.<br />

20. Reescreva as orações a seguir, usando as palavras<br />

entre parênteses:<br />

a) They didn't make any noise. (no)<br />

_______________________________________<br />

b) There is no bread. (any)<br />

_______________________________________<br />

43


c) I've got no cheese. (any)<br />

_______________________________________<br />

d) They haven't seen any ghosts in the haunted house.<br />

(no)<br />

_______________________________________<br />

e) I don't want any help from you. (no)<br />

_______________________________________<br />

f) I'd like no coffee. (some)<br />

_______________________________________<br />

21. Complete os espaços em branco com SOME ou<br />

ANY:<br />

a) _______ child can be adopted. It depends mainly<br />

only you.<br />

b) Ann met _______ of her friends in Rio de Janeiro.<br />

c) Could you please bring me _______ water? I'm very<br />

thirsty.<br />

d) The room was crowded. There weren't _______<br />

places anymore.<br />

e) Did you see _______ good film last week?<br />

f) I didn't do _______ homework yesterday.<br />

22. Complete com os pronomes indefinidos e seus<br />

derivados (SOMEBODY, SOMETHING,<br />

SOMEWHERE, NOBODY, NOWHERE, NOTHING,<br />

ANYBODY, ANYTHING, ANYWHERE):<br />

"Shakespeare in Love" is a witty, sexy and merrily<br />

literate delight, with an enormously clever premise that<br />

only gets better as the film 1 funfolds. The screenplay,<br />

originating as Marc Norman's brainstorm and turned by<br />

Tom Stoppard 2 into a 3 razor-sharp dialogue reminiscent<br />

of his "Rosencrantz and Guildenstern Are Dead", dares<br />

to imagine 4 whatever it likes about the link between<br />

Shakespeare's artistic passions and his mad yearning for<br />

a certain aristocratic beauty. Meanwhile, this 5 tirelessly<br />

inventive comedy envisions an Elizabethan theatre filled<br />

with the same backbiting and conniving we enjoy today<br />

and has great fun presenting the creation of "Romeo and<br />

Juliet " problems and all. - Fonte: New York Times,<br />

March 2013<br />

23. The expression "whatever it likes" (ref.4) could be<br />

translated as<br />

a) qualquer que.<br />

b) seja lá o que for.<br />

c) nem tudo que.<br />

d) todos que.<br />

e) nem sempre que.<br />

24. Indicate the alternative that best completes the<br />

following sentence.<br />

"Vote for ____________ candidate you like."<br />

a) wherever<br />

b) whenever<br />

c) whoever<br />

d) whomever<br />

e) whichever<br />

a) The classroom is empty. There is _________ there.<br />

b) I'm sorry, but I can't do __________ for you.<br />

c) Would you like to go __________? Yes, we can go<br />

__________ to relax.<br />

d) __________ is knocking at the door. It must be<br />

Wilson.<br />

e) My mother told me that __________ called me last<br />

night. But I can't imagine who it is.<br />

f) Are you going __________? No, I'm going<br />

__________ .<br />

g) Unfortunately I live with __________, but I'd like to<br />

live with __________ .<br />

44


CAPÍTULO VI - PRONOMES DEMONSTRATIVOS<br />

Pronomes Demonstrativos (Pronomes Substantivos e<br />

Adjetivos) -Demonstrative Pronouns and Demonstrative<br />

Adjectives.<br />

Os Demonstrative Pronouns servem para apontar, indicar<br />

e mostrar alguma coisa, lugar, pessoa ou objeto. Esses<br />

pronomes podem atuar como adjetivos, antes do<br />

substantivo, ou como pronomes substantivos.<br />

Pronoun<br />

Pronoun<br />

THIS<br />

THESE<br />

THAT<br />

THOSE<br />

Este, Esta, Isto<br />

Estes, Estas<br />

Tradução<br />

Aquele, Aquela, Aquilo Isso, Essa,<br />

Esse<br />

Aqueles, Aquelas, Esses, Essas.<br />

Os pronomes demonstrativos são THIS, THAT, THESE<br />

e THOSE.<br />

Como todos os pronomes que substituem substantivos.<br />

Pronomes demonstrativos são utilizados para substituir<br />

as pessoas ou coisas específicas que foram mencionadas<br />

anteriormente (ou são entendidas a partir do contexto).<br />

Obsereve os exemplos abaixo para perceber com mais<br />

clareza as funções (Substantivo e Adjetivo) dos<br />

pronomes demonstrativos na Língua Inglesa.<br />

1) This is my pencil. (demonstrative pronoun) - (Este é o<br />

meu lápis.) (pronome demonstrativo substantivo)<br />

2) This pencil is red. (demonstrative adjective) - (Este lápis<br />

é vermelho.) (pronome demonstrativo adjetivo)<br />

3) These are your copybooks. (demonstrative pronoun) -<br />

(Estes são os teus cadernos.) (pronome demonstrativo<br />

substantivo)<br />

4) These copybooks are new. (demonstrative adjective) -<br />

(Estes cadernos são novos.) (pronome demonstrativo<br />

adjetivo)<br />

5) That is my house. (demonstrative pronoun) - (Aquela é a<br />

minha casa.) (pronome demonstrativo substantivo)<br />

6) That house is new. (demonstrative adjective) -<br />

(Aquela casa é nova.) (pronome demonstrativo adjetivo)<br />

7) Those are German cars. (demonstrative pronoun) -<br />

(Aqueles são carros alemães.) (pronome demonstrativo<br />

substantivo)<br />

8) Those cars are expensive. (demonstrative adjective)<br />

- (Aqueles carros são caros.) (pronome<br />

demonstrativo adjetivo)<br />

OBSERVAÇÕES<br />

Exemplos retirados da Internet.<br />

1. Já vimos que this significa este, esta e isto, porém<br />

na expressão isto é, o isto é traduzido por that e não<br />

por this (that is = isto é).<br />

2. Na Língua Portuguesa, as expressões (este um,<br />

aquele um) são incorretas, porém, na Língua Inglesa,<br />

expressões como this one, these ones, that one, those<br />

ones são corretas e muito usadas com o sentido de:<br />

aquele(s), aquela(s), aquilo, este(s), esta(s), isto,esse(s),<br />

essa(s), isso.<br />

Veja alguns exemplos abaixo.<br />

This book is mine, that one is yours. [Este livro é meu,<br />

aquele é (o) seu.<br />

I don't want these apples; I prefer to take those ones.<br />

[Eu não quero estas maçãs, prefiro levar aquelas<br />

(maçãs).]<br />

Don't sit on that couch, this one is more comfortable.<br />

[Não sente naquele sofá, este (aqui) é<br />

confortável.]<br />

DEMONSTRATIVOS NÃO MUITO COMUNS:<br />

mais<br />

1. SUCH - TAL, TAIS, ESSE, ESSES, ESSA, ESSAS,<br />

ISSO, TÃO<br />

• We can have animals such as cat and dog in our<br />

house. (Nós podemos ter animais tais como gato e<br />

cachorro em nossa casa.)<br />

• I don't want to hear such songs. [Eu não quero<br />

escutar tais (essas) músicas.]<br />

45


• I have never seen such beautiful flowers. (Eu nunca<br />

vi flores tão bonitas.)<br />

• Rita is such a beautiful woman. (Rita é uma mulher<br />

tão bonita.)<br />

OBSERVAÇÃO:<br />

Quando depois de such vier um substantivo no<br />

singular, qualificado ou não, ele deve ser seguido por<br />

um artigo indefinido (a, an).<br />

• Megan Fox is such a beautiful woman.<br />

(subst. sing.)<br />

• I have never seen such beautiful flowers, não é<br />

necessário o artigo indefinido, pois flowers está no<br />

plural.<br />

2. THE ONE, THE ONES - O, A, OS, AS, O QUE,<br />

OS QUE, A QUE, AS QUE.<br />

3. THE FORMER... THE LATTER - O<br />

PRIMEIRO... O SEGUNDO.<br />

EXERCISES<br />

Driverless automobiles - The car that parks itself<br />

The American company has been testing this<br />

system as part of a collaborative research project with<br />

several European carmakers. 4 They have put a fleet of<br />

150 experimental vehicles on the roads. When they<br />

tested a group of these, the Americans found the<br />

technology let drivers brake much earlier, helping avoid<br />

collisions. A driverless car would be able to react even<br />

faster.<br />

Another member of the research group has been<br />

testing driverless cars on roads around Munich—<br />

including belting down some of Germany’s high-speed<br />

autobahns. 5 The ordinary-looking models use a variety<br />

of self-contained guidance systems. These include<br />

cameras mounted on the upper windscreen, which can<br />

identify road markings, signs and various obstacles<br />

likely to be encountered on roads. - From the print<br />

edition: Science and Technology Jun 29 th 2013<br />

1. In the fragment, “The ordinary-looking models (…)<br />

likely to be encountered on roads” (ref. 5), the<br />

demonstrative “These” refers to<br />

a) cameras.<br />

b) models.<br />

c) signs.<br />

d) obstacles.<br />

e) systems.<br />

Work after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful as<br />

smoking, study finds<br />

Conal Urquhart and agencies<br />

July 28, 2012<br />

Working after eight months of pregnancy is as harmful<br />

for babies as smoking, according to a new study. Women<br />

who worked after they were eight months pregnant had<br />

babies on average around 230g lighter than those who<br />

stopped work between six and eight months.<br />

The University of Essex research – which drew on data<br />

from three major studies, two in the UK and one in the<br />

US – found the effect of continuing to work during the<br />

late stages of pregnancy was equal to that of smoking<br />

while pregnant. Babies whose mothers worked or<br />

smoked throughout pregnancy grew more slowly in the<br />

womb.<br />

Past research has shown babies with low birth weights<br />

are at higher risk of poor health and slow development,<br />

and may suffer from a variety of problems later in life.<br />

Stopping work early in pregnancy was particularly<br />

beneficial for women with lower levels of education, the<br />

study found – suggesting that the effect of working<br />

during pregnancy was possibly more marked for those<br />

doing physically demanding work. The birth weight of<br />

babies born to mothers under the age of 24 was not<br />

affected by them continuing to work, but in older mothers<br />

the effect was more significant.<br />

The researchers identified 1,339 children whose mothers<br />

were part of the British Household Panel Survey, which<br />

was conducted between 1991 and 2005, and for whom<br />

data was available. A further sample of 17,483 women<br />

who gave birth in 2000 or 2001 and who took part in the<br />

Millennium Cohort Study was also examined and showed<br />

similar results, along with 12,166 from the National<br />

46


Survey of Family Growth, relating to births in the US<br />

between the early 1970s and 1995.<br />

One of the authors of the study, Prof. Marco<br />

Francesconi, said the government should consider<br />

incentives _____1_____ employers to offer more flexible<br />

maternity leave to women who might need a break<br />

before, _____2_____ after, their babies were born. He<br />

said: “We know low birth weight is a predictor of many<br />

things that happen later, including lower chances of<br />

completing school successfully, lower wages and higher<br />

mortality. We need to think seriously about parental<br />

leave, because – as this study suggests – the possible<br />

benefits of taking leave flexibly before the birth<br />

_____3_____ quite high.”<br />

The study also suggests British women may be working<br />

for _____4_____ now during pregnancy. While 16% of<br />

mothers questioned by the British Household Panel<br />

Study, which went as far back as 1991, worked up to one<br />

month before the birth, the figure was 30% in the<br />

Millennium Cohort Study, whose subjects were born in<br />

2000 and 2001.<br />

(www.guardian.co.uk)<br />

2. In the excerpt from the first paragraph – than those<br />

who stopped work between six and eight months –, the<br />

word those refers to<br />

a) smoking.<br />

b) babies.<br />

c) months.<br />

d) women.<br />

e) pregnancy.<br />

LGBT rights in Brazil<br />

Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) people<br />

in Brazil enjoy most of the same legal protections<br />

available to non-LGBT people.<br />

On May 5, 2011, the Supreme Federal Court voted in<br />

favor of allowing same-sex couples the same 112 legal<br />

rights as married couples. 2 The decision was approved<br />

by 10–0 with one abstention, and it will give same-sex<br />

couples in stable partnerships the same financial and<br />

social rights enjoyed by those in opposite-sex<br />

relationships.<br />

1 The list of various LGBT rights in Brazil has expanded<br />

since the end of the military dictatorship in 1985, and the<br />

creation of the new constitution of Brazil of 1988. In<br />

2009, a survey conducted in 10 Brazilian cities found<br />

that 7.8% of men identified as gay, with bisexual males<br />

accounting for another 2.6% of the total population (for a<br />

total of 10.4%). The Brazilian lesbian population was<br />

4.9% of females, with bisexual women reaching 1.4%<br />

(for a total of 6.3%). There are no nation-wide statistics.<br />

According to the Guinness World Records, the São<br />

Paulo Gay Pride Parade is the world's largest LGBT<br />

Pride celebration, with 4 million people in 2009. Brazil<br />

had 60.002 same-sex couples in the same home,<br />

according to the Brazilian Census of 2010 (IBGE). The<br />

South American country has 300 active LGBT<br />

organizations. –<br />

Adapted from http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LGBT_rights_in_Brazil.<br />

Acess on August 22nd, 2012.<br />

3. In the sentence “The decision was approved by 10–0<br />

with one abstention, and it will give same-sex couples in<br />

stable partnerships the same financial and social rights<br />

enjoyed by those in opposite-sex relationships” (ref. 2),<br />

the word those could be substituted by<br />

a) social rights.<br />

b) financial rights.<br />

c) people.<br />

d) rights.<br />

What is World Challenge?<br />

World Challenge is a global competition and its<br />

objective is to find projects or small businesses that have<br />

shown innovation and made a difference to the local<br />

community. Since it began, in January 2004, World<br />

Challenge has received lots of nominations from all over<br />

the world. These include, for example, projects that have<br />

helped farmers in Peru or improved the lives of people in<br />

the slums of Colombia. Each year thousands of people<br />

vote to say who they think deserves to win. One of the<br />

2007 nominees was from a rural community in the<br />

Brazilian Amazon. Marajo Island is the largest fresh<br />

water island in the world, and for years the 200,000<br />

people who live there have worked in the fishing<br />

industry during the dry season, when the river is full of<br />

fish. But during the rainy season the fish disappear. That<br />

is also the time when the Andiroba trees deposit their<br />

seeds. These seeds are carried by the rivers and many<br />

end up on the beaches of Marajo. For years the<br />

fishermen from Marajo have considered these seeds a<br />

problem but a Brazilian company saw an opportunity to<br />

make money out of them. In 2004, this company<br />

organized a cooperative to collect the seeds and extract<br />

their oil for the cosmetics industry. Life on the island has<br />

47


improved for many families since 2004. This project has<br />

made a huge difference for the families of the 1,000<br />

people working in the business. - (Based on:<br />

www.theworldchallenge.co.uk. 03/11/2010.)<br />

engineering at the University of Illinois at Urbana-<br />

Champaign, a lead author of the study, published in the<br />

journal Science. - (www.independent.co.uk. Adaptado.)<br />

4. In “These include, for example, projects that have<br />

helped farmers in Peru”, the underlined word refers to<br />

a) slums.<br />

b) people.<br />

c) nominations.<br />

d) communities.<br />

5. In the excerpt of the fourth paragraph – This is a way<br />

to truly integrate them. – the word this refers to<br />

a) two different worlds.<br />

b) electronics.<br />

c) biology.<br />

d) control a voice activated device.<br />

e) blurring of electronics and biology.<br />

How computers will soon get under our skin<br />

48<br />

By Steve Connor, Science Editor<br />

12 August 2011<br />

It may soon be possible (…)<br />

The “epidermal electronic system” relies on a highly<br />

flexible electrical circuit composed of snake-like<br />

conducting channels that can (…)<br />

A simple stick-on circuit can monitor a person’s heart<br />

rate and muscle movements as well as conventional<br />

medical monitors, but with the benefit of being<br />

weightless and almost completely undetectable.<br />

Scientists said it may also be possible to build a circuit<br />

for detecting throat movements around the larynx in<br />

order to transmit the information wirelessly as a way of<br />

recording a person’s speech, even if they are not making<br />

any discernible sounds.<br />

Tests have already shown that such a system can be used<br />

to control a voice-activated computer game, and one<br />

suggestion is that a stick-on voicebox circuit could be<br />

used in covert police operations where it might be too<br />

dangerous to speak into a radio transmitter. “The<br />

blurring of electronics and biology is really the key point<br />

here,” said Yonggang Huang, professor of engineering at<br />

Northwestern University in Evanston, Illinois. “All<br />

established forms of electronics are hard, rigid. Biology<br />

is soft, elastic. It’s two different worlds. This is a way to<br />

truly integrate them.”<br />

Engineers have built test circuits mounted on a thin,<br />

rubbery substrate that adheres to the skin. The circuits<br />

have included sensors, light-emitting diodes, transistors,<br />

radio frequency capacitors, wireless antennas,<br />

conductive coils and solar cells. “We threw everything in<br />

our bag of tricks on to that platform, and then added a<br />

few other new ideas on top of those, to show that we<br />

could make it work,” said John Rogers, professor of<br />

PSYCHOLOGY OF MONEY<br />

Want Happiness? Don’t Buy More Stuff — Go on<br />

Vacation. When it comes to spending money on things or<br />

experiences, the research is clear: doing brings more<br />

happiness than owning.<br />

By Gary Belsky & Tom Gilovich | July 21, 2011<br />

Given that it’s vacation season for many folks, we<br />

thought it a good time to devote this Mind Over Money<br />

post to a brief discussion of what personal finance is<br />

ultimately all about. Some people, of course, really enjoy<br />

counting their money, deriving great satisfaction simply<br />

from watching their bottom line grow, often quite<br />

removed from any thought of what they might do with<br />

their riches. But for most of us, money is just a token for<br />

what we can do with it — pay the mortgage or rent, send<br />

kids to college, buy a TV or travel to Italy. And for<br />

nearly all of us, money is finite; there isn’t enough to do<br />

all we want, so we must be selective. That raises a<br />

crucial question: if we want to maximize the happiness<br />

or satisfaction we get from our money, how should we<br />

spend it?<br />

6. No primeiro parágrafo do texto, o pronome<br />

demonstrativo this empregado em — this Mind Over<br />

Money post — refere-se a<br />

a) post.<br />

b) mind.<br />

c) money.<br />

d) vacation.<br />

e) discussion.


NOT SO PERFECT AFTER ALL<br />

For the past four decades or so, Botswana has been<br />

Africa’s golden boy. The former British possession has<br />

grown as fast as almost any country in the world. It has<br />

built an enviable reputation for good governance and<br />

political stability. It has a decent record on civil liberties<br />

and a relatively free press. Once one of the world´s<br />

poorest countries, it now ranks among the richer middleincome<br />

ones. A lot has to do with the discovery of<br />

diamonds, of which it is the world´s biggest producer,<br />

soon after independence in 1996. But unlike many other<br />

mineral-rich countries, it has invested wisely. It has been<br />

ranked as Africa’s least corrupt country.<br />

But for the past two months it has been shaken by its first<br />

nationwide public-sector strike. Botswana´s 2m people,<br />

generally a deferential lot, were shocked when their<br />

normally unarmed police used tear-gas and rubber<br />

bullets to disperse rioting secondary-school pupils after<br />

they went on the rampage in April. The government<br />

closed all state schools, though they have since reopened.<br />

The affair started as an ordinary pay dispute. Permitted<br />

for the first time to join trade unions under a new law,<br />

the country’s 120,000 public-sector workers promptly<br />

demanded a 16% pay rise after a three-year wage freeze.<br />

The government, pleading poverty following a slump in<br />

the diamond market during the global recession, offered<br />

just 5% conditional on future economic growth. Eager to<br />

flex their muscles, the newly formed unions stood their<br />

ground. But the government, the country´s biggest<br />

employer, accounting for 40% of formal jobs, also<br />

refused to budge.<br />

On April 18th the unions called an all-out strike claiming<br />

that 80% responded. Even at its peak, says the<br />

government, no more than half of its employees walked<br />

out, leaving most ministries and services operating more<br />

or less normally. But the government has dealt with the<br />

dispute with a heavy hand, firing 1,400 striking health<br />

workers, including some 50 doctors, claiming they were<br />

providing an “essential service” and as such were banned<br />

under the constitution from striking. Worn down by<br />

almost two months without pay, the unions have agreed<br />

to accept the government´s revised unconditional 3%<br />

offer, provided all sacked workers are reinstated. This<br />

the government is refusing to do. - The Economist, 11-<br />

06-11.<br />

7. In the last sentence of the 4 th paragraph, “This” in<br />

“This the government is refusing to do” most likely<br />

refers to the act of<br />

a) authorizing a 16% pay increase for Botswana’s<br />

public-sector workers.<br />

b) increasing the number of workers in the public<br />

sector.<br />

c) giving certain public-sector workers their jobs back.<br />

d) offering a wage increase of more than 3% to<br />

Botswana’s 120,000 public-sector workers.<br />

e) paying the public-sector workers for the time that<br />

they were on strike.<br />

As we all know, electricity is a fundamental need. On a<br />

daily basis, we consume electricity even without us<br />

knowing it. Just a simple task such as listening to your<br />

music player consumes electricity. Today, most of our<br />

electric generators and power plants are fed with fossil<br />

fuels such as petroleum and coal. However, due to the<br />

exponential increase of power demand, fossil fuel<br />

supplies are slowly being depleted. Not only that, but<br />

also burning fossil fuels has given off greenhouse gases<br />

and other unwanted byproducts. Because of this, the<br />

search for alternative energy sources is now a necessity.<br />

One of the most promising alternative energy sources<br />

today is Wind Powered Generators. So, what is a windpowered<br />

generator? Basically it is the use of wind as a<br />

mechanical force needed to power an electric generator.<br />

Utilizing wind as an energy source is not exactly a new<br />

idea. The ancient Persians were the first to use wind to<br />

pump water, cut wood, and grind food and others by<br />

building windmills. Even today you can find windmills<br />

still being used on some farms. It was the use of wind as<br />

an electric source that came into existence much later.<br />

The first practical wind powered generators were built in<br />

1970, but yet we rarely see them in widespread use<br />

today, why? Let’s look at the advantages and<br />

disadvantages of the wind powered generator. Disponível em:<br />

http://mysolarcellhome.org/articles/pros-and-cons-of-wind-powered-generators.<br />

8. All the statements below, with the exception of one,<br />

make use of "that" as a relative pronoun or a conjunction.<br />

Select THE EXCEPTION.<br />

a) The major disadvantage of wind powered generators<br />

is that wind power varies greatly from one place to<br />

another and from day to day and season to season.<br />

b) Another advantage is that it can be implemented<br />

using several small turbines connected together.<br />

49


50<br />

c) Sometimes wind may be strong enough to supply<br />

energy, but that strength cannot be maintained due<br />

to changes in weather patterns.<br />

d) Another disadvantage is that the structure of most<br />

practical wind powered generators is huge and<br />

bulky.<br />

e) Basically it is the use of wind as a mechanical force<br />

that is needed to power an electric generator.<br />

Moral Harassment<br />

What is moral harassment?<br />

Many researchers are now trying to define and<br />

understand psychological or moral harassment at work.<br />

Among these, we have retained a definition from a<br />

renowned expert in the field, French psychiatrist Marie-<br />

France Hirigoyen, here freely translated:<br />

"If a person or a group of individuals treats you in a<br />

manner that is hostile, whether through actions, words<br />

or in writing, and if those actions affect your dignity,<br />

your physical or psychological well-being, as well as<br />

causing a deterioration in your workplace or even<br />

jeopardizing your employment, you are the victim of<br />

psychological harassment."<br />

How to recognize moral harassment?<br />

According to German psychologist Dr. Heinz Leymann,<br />

the following are some of the effects and behaviours of<br />

moral harassment (for which he uses the term<br />

"mobbing"):<br />

Effects on the victim's possibilities to communicate<br />

(management gives you no possibility to communicate,<br />

you are silenced, verbal attack against you regarding<br />

work assignments, verbal threats, verbal activities in<br />

order to reject you, etc.)<br />

Effects on the victim's possibilities to maintain social<br />

contacts (colleagues do not talk with you any longer or<br />

you are even forbidden by management to talk to them,<br />

you are isolated in a room far away from others, you are<br />

"sent to Coventry", etc.)<br />

Effects on the victim's possibilities to maintain his<br />

personal reputation (gossiping about you, others<br />

ridicule you, others make fun about a handicap or your<br />

ethnic heritage, or your way of moving or talking, etc.)<br />

Effects on the victim's occupational situation (you are<br />

not given any work assignment at all, you are given<br />

meaningless work assignments, etc.)<br />

Effects on the victim's physical health (you are given<br />

dangerous work assignments, others threaten you<br />

physically or you are attacked physically, you are<br />

sexually harassed in an active way, etc.)<br />

What are the consequences of moral harassment at<br />

work?<br />

On The Victim And Witnesses<br />

Moral harassment can lead to an untimely end to a<br />

career. The following example shows how such a course<br />

of events can lead to an abrupt, premature departure:<br />

Emotional instability: anguish, discouragement,<br />

frustration, feelings of helplessness, a loss of selfesteem,<br />

of ambition, of motivation. Physical health problems:<br />

tiredness, headaches, lack of sleep, intestinal and other<br />

physical discomforts. Mental health problems:<br />

depression, professional burn-out, suicidal thoughts.<br />

Loss of credibility: reputation destroyed, victim’s<br />

professionalism questioned. Job loss: disability leave,<br />

resignation or dismissal. Incapacity to go back to<br />

regular work: abandoning the job market. Involuntary<br />

witnesses may feel uneasy, insecure and powerless. […]<br />

(Source: http://www.prevention-violence.com/en/int-111.asp)<br />

9. O termo these no texto refere-se:<br />

a) a assédio moral ou psicológico.<br />

b) às vítimas de assédio.<br />

c) aos pesquisadores do assunto.<br />

d) aos locais onde ocorrem assédio.<br />

e) aos praticantes de assédio.<br />

Up from the bottom of the pile<br />

Something rather exciting is happening in Latin America<br />

Aug 16th 2007<br />

Much of the news coming out of Latin America<br />

in recent years has been of radical populists proclaiming<br />

"revolution" or, as Venezuela's Hugo Chávez would have<br />

it, "21st century socialism". In their widely propagated<br />

caricature, a tiny white elite in Latin America oppresses<br />

an indigenous majority whose poverty has been<br />

exacerbated by the free-market reforms imposed by the<br />

IMF and the United States.<br />

So it might be hard to believe that in many<br />

countries in the region, and especially in Brazil and<br />

Mexico, Latin America's two giants, things are in fact<br />

going better today than they have done since the mid-<br />

1970s. The region is in its fourth successive year of<br />

economic growth averaging a steady 5%. In most places


inflation is in low single digits. And for the first time in<br />

memory, growth has gone hand-in-hand with a currentaccount<br />

surplus, holding out hope that it will not be<br />

scotched by a habitual Latin American balance-ofpayments<br />

crunch.<br />

What is more, financial stability and faster<br />

growth are starting to transform social conditions with<br />

astonishing speed. The number of people living in<br />

poverty is falling, not only because of growth but also<br />

thanks to the social policies of reforming democratic<br />

governments. The incomes of the poor are rising faster<br />

than those of the rich in Brazil (where income inequality<br />

is at its least extreme for a generation) and in Mexico.<br />

In both these countries a new lower-middle<br />

class is emerging from poverty. Low inflation, achieved<br />

through more disciplined public finances and trade<br />

liberalisation, has brought falling interest rates. Credit<br />

has at last returned. So these new consumers are buying<br />

cars and DVD players or taking out mortgages. No<br />

wonder Latin Americans are in an optimistic mood:<br />

earlier this year a poll by the Pew Global Attitudes<br />

Project found a greater increase in personal satisfaction<br />

in Brazil and Mexico over the past five years than in any<br />

of the other 45 countries it surveyed.<br />

(www.economist.com/PrinterFriendly.cfm?story_id=9653053. Adaptado.)<br />

10. In the following excerpt of the third paragraph of<br />

the text - "The incomes of the poor are rising faster than<br />

those of the rich in Brazil (where income inequality is at<br />

its least extreme for a generation) and in Mexico" - the<br />

word "those" refers to<br />

a) the poor.<br />

b) the rich.<br />

c) the incomes.<br />

d) rising faster.<br />

e) Brazil and Mexico.<br />

TEENS LIFE QUALITY AFFECTED BY A LACK OF<br />

SLEEP<br />

According to a new 2 survey of teenagers across the U.S.,<br />

many of them are losing out on quality of life because of<br />

a lack of sleep.<br />

The poll by the National Sleep Foundation<br />

(NSF) found that as consequence of insufficient sleep,<br />

teens are falling asleep in class, lack the energy to<br />

exercise, feel depressed and are driving while feeling<br />

3 drowsy.<br />

The 1 poll results support previous studies by<br />

Brown Medical School, and Lifespan affiliates Bradley<br />

Hospital and Hasbro Children's Hospital, which found<br />

that adolescents are not getting enough sleep, and<br />

suggest that 13 this can lead to a number of physical and<br />

emotional impairments.<br />

Mary A. Carskadon, PhD, with Bradley<br />

Hospital and Brown Medical School, 6 chaired the<br />

National Sleep Foundation poll taskforce and has been a<br />

leading authority on teen sleep for more than a decade.<br />

Carskadon, director of the Bradley Hospital<br />

Sleep and Chronobiology Sleep Laboratory and a<br />

professor of psychiatry and human behavior at Brown<br />

Medical School, says the old adage 12 'early to bed, early<br />

to rise' presents a real 4 challenge for adolescents.<br />

Her research on adolescent circadian rhythms<br />

indicates that the internal clocks of adolescents undergo<br />

maturational changes making them different from 14 those<br />

of children or adults.<br />

But teens must still meet the demands of earlier<br />

school start times that make it nearly impossible for them<br />

to get enough sleep.<br />

Carskadon's work has been instrumental in<br />

influencing school start times across the country.<br />

Carskadon's newest finding indicates that, in<br />

addition to the changes in their internal clocks,<br />

adolescents experience slower sleep pressure, which may<br />

contribute to an overall shift in teen sleep cycles to later<br />

hours.<br />

Judy Owens, MD, a national authority on<br />

children and sleep, is the director of the pediatric sleep<br />

disorders center at Hasbro Children's Hospital and an<br />

associate professor of pediatrics at Brown Medical<br />

School, and says the results are especially important in<br />

light of the fact that 90% of the parents polled 7 believed<br />

that their adolescents were getting enough sleep during<br />

the week.<br />

She says the message to parents is that teens are<br />

8 tired; but parents can help by eliminating sleep stealers<br />

such as 9 caffeinated drinks and TV or computers in the<br />

teen's bedroom, as well as enforcing reasonable bed<br />

times.<br />

A major, report last year by Carskadon, Owens,<br />

and Richard Millman, MD, professor of medicine at<br />

Brown Medical School, indicated that adolescents 10 aged<br />

13 to 22 need 9 to 10 hours of sleep each night.<br />

51


52<br />

According to the National Center on Sleep<br />

Disorders Research at the National Institutes of Health,<br />

school-age children and teenagers should get at least 9<br />

hours of sleep a day.<br />

Other studies have also shown that young<br />

people between 16 and 29 years of age were the most<br />

likely to be involved in 5 crashes caused by the driver<br />

falling asleep.<br />

The NIH also says without enough sleep, a<br />

person has trouble focusing and responding quickly and<br />

there is growing evidence linking a chronic lack of sleep<br />

with an 11 increased risk of obesity, diabetes, heart<br />

disease and infections. http://www.news-medical.net/?id=16969 -<br />

03/7/06.<br />

11. Os vocábulos "this" (ref. 13) e "those" (ref. 14)<br />

referem-se, respectivamente,<br />

a) aos problemas físicos dos adolescentes - ao fato de<br />

que crianças são diferentes de adolescentes.<br />

b) à sugestão dos pesquisadores - ao ritmo circadiano<br />

de adolescentes.<br />

c) a que adolescentes não estão dormindo<br />

suficientemente - aos "relógios" internos de crianças<br />

ou adultos.<br />

d) ao estudo feito previamente sobre o sono - às<br />

circunstâncias da pesquisa.<br />

e) à qualidade de vida dos adolescentes - às mudanças<br />

experimentadas por crianças e adultos.<br />

FORCE OF NATURE<br />

"It seems like a hippie entrepreneur's dream<br />

come true: an ecostore with cash registers powered by<br />

rooftop Wind turbines, skylights instead of light bulbs<br />

and photovoltaic solar cells on the roof to help power the<br />

bakery's oven. It's so environmentally friendly that even<br />

the toilet water is collected from raindrops outside. 2 Only<br />

this is not some pipe dream of a fringe activist. The<br />

vision comes from Tesco, the world's third largest<br />

retailer. Tesco is pumping £100 million into<br />

environmental technologies to reduce the amount of<br />

energy they use by 50 percent, compared with 2000<br />

levels, by 2010. 3<br />

In addition to building 80 new<br />

ecostores across Britain over the next year - the greenest<br />

of which will be constructed of recycled materials and<br />

will burn food waste for electricity - they're also making<br />

small changes that could have big effects. They're paying<br />

customers not to use plastic bags, which they expect will<br />

cut consumption by 25 percent in two years.<br />

Tesco is not the only commercial firm that has<br />

taken an interest in saving the planet, and making a<br />

killing 4 besides. Renewable Energy Corp., a Norwegian<br />

solar-energy company, had the world's largest-ever<br />

renewable energy IPO in May. It was 15 times<br />

oversubscribed and raised more than $1 billion, valuing<br />

REC at nearly $7 billion. You wouldn't mistake REC's<br />

CEO Erik Thorsen for a New Age Joni Mitchell. "I don't<br />

have anything against helping the environment," says<br />

Thorsen. 5 "But the main driver for us is profit."<br />

Something weird is happening in the once<br />

marginal world of environmentalism. The green cause is<br />

no longer the preserve of woolly-minded liberals and<br />

fringe activists. Its tenets are being actively pursued by<br />

business leaders, stockholders and investment managers.<br />

In the popular mind-set, natural disasters 1 such as New<br />

Orleans's Hurricane Katrina, floods in Eastern Europe<br />

and swirling desert sands in Beijing are now linked to a<br />

change in climate that threatens our way of life and our<br />

grandchildren's future. Europe's second record-breaking<br />

heat wave in three years - with the hottest July in U.K.<br />

history and more than 40 dead in France and Spain 6 - has<br />

only cemented this relationship. Environmental concerns<br />

have grown so widespread that no politician can ignore<br />

them. (Adapted from Newsweek, August 14, 2006)<br />

12. The word "THIS" in "- has only cemented THIS<br />

relationship" (ref. 6), refers to<br />

a) 40 dead in France and Spain.<br />

b) the hottest July in U.K. history.<br />

c) natural disasters and climate changes.<br />

d) politicians and our future generations.<br />

e) the heat wave and floods in Europe.<br />

THE VANISHING ART OF BRAZIL'S INDIANS<br />

By Alan Riding - The New York Times. Saturday April 30, 2005<br />

PARIS - Long before Jean-Jacques Rousseau idealized<br />

the "noble savage" in the late 18th century, the Brazilian<br />

Indian was entrenched in the French imagination. As<br />

early as 1505, just five years after the Portuguese<br />

discovered Brazil, the first Indian was brought to France.<br />

Then, in 1550, 50 Indians were imported to people a<br />

reconstructed Indian village in Normandy as a curiosity<br />

to entertain the royal court.<br />

But for French thinkers, the Indians also displayed<br />

unique qualities, notably the innocence of their<br />

nakedness, their generosity, their indifference to


possessions and, yes, their cleanliness. And this led first<br />

Montaigne and later Montesquieu, Diderot and Rousseau<br />

to meditate afresh on the human condition. Then, in the<br />

mid-20th century, another Frenchman, Claude Lévi-<br />

Strauss, helped found modern anthropology through<br />

research carried out among Brazilian Indians.<br />

Now, in a sense, the Indians have returned to France, in a<br />

new exhibition called "Indian Brazil: The Arts of the<br />

Amerindians of Brazil". The show, which has been<br />

drawing crowds to the Grand Palais in Paris, runs<br />

through June 27 and also includes objects collected by<br />

Lévi-Strauss in the 1930s. It is the centerpiece of a lively<br />

program of Brazilian art, music, dance and movies called<br />

Year of Brazil in France.<br />

Still, compared with displaying, say, Mayan treasures,<br />

this is not an easy show to present. In 1500, Brazil's<br />

Indians were Stone Age hunters and fishermen living in<br />

small villages and never constituting what might be<br />

termed a civilization. They were certainly exotic, but<br />

they displayed no obvious wealth.<br />

As it happens, in recent decades, archaeologists have<br />

found evidence of more settled communities near the<br />

mouth of the Amazon, some dating back 12,000 years.<br />

Ceramic works, some 1,000 years old, have also been<br />

excavated. Thus, "Indian Brazil" opens with a surprising<br />

collection of pre-Columbian urns: some large vases<br />

decorated with abstract designs, several resembling<br />

human figures, others evoking real or imagined animals.<br />

The rest of this exhibition reflects a culture still alive,<br />

with objects distant from us in spirit, but not in time. Yet,<br />

just as those made of wood, bark, reeds, feathers, and<br />

animal skins are fragile, even ephemeral, so is this<br />

culture. The ancient stone sculptures of Mesoamerica<br />

will be around for centuries; the arts of Brazil's Indians<br />

may not.<br />

13. Releia o último parágrafo do texto e com base na<br />

seguinte frase, responda à questão:<br />

"Yet, just as those made of wood, bark, reeds, feathers,<br />

and animal skins are fragile, even ephemeral, so is this<br />

culture".<br />

A palavra THOSE refere-se a<br />

a) exhibition.<br />

b) ancient stone sculptures.<br />

c) wood, bark, reeds, feathers and animal skins.<br />

d) objects.<br />

e) culture.<br />

Cause and Effect: Acne, a Visible Outbreak of Stress<br />

By Eric Nagourney<br />

Acne has long been known to cause stress. Now, a new<br />

study offers evidence that has long been suspected - that<br />

stress causes acne - may also be true.<br />

Researchers at Stanford put the question to the test by<br />

examining students with acne problems on two<br />

occasions: once during a relatively stress-free time and<br />

again during an exam period. They also administered<br />

standardized questionnaires intended to assess stress<br />

levels. The researchers, whose report appears in The<br />

Archives of Dermatology, found that "changes in acne<br />

severity correlate highly with increasing stress."<br />

For people who use acne medicine, the lesson may be to<br />

pay close attention to what is going on in their lives, said<br />

the senior researcher, Dr. Alexa B. Kimball. "If they<br />

know that a stressful time is coming up," Dr. Kimball<br />

said, "that's an important time to be particularly<br />

compliant with their medicine." Doctors treating acne<br />

patients may also want to take stressful conditions into<br />

account in deciding when to time a change in<br />

prescription, she said. The findings are based on a study<br />

of 22 students - 15 men and 7 women - with serious acne<br />

problems. Acne affects 85 percent of the population at<br />

some point in life. Why stress may cause the skin to<br />

erupt is unclear. Some research suggests that it may<br />

provoke a greater release of hormones associated with<br />

acne. The researchers also looked at whether changes in<br />

peoples' daily lives - in sleep, for example, or eating<br />

habits - played a role. Even when these were factored<br />

out, the study said, the students' acne became worse. The<br />

role of stress in acne should not be surprising, Dr.<br />

Kimball said. She noted that some patients responded<br />

well to biofeedback, which is intended to reduce stress.<br />

Stress has also been linked to numerous other medical<br />

problems and has been shown to affect wound healing.<br />

The New York Times. nytimes.com. August 5, 2003<br />

14. In the last sentence of the fourth paragraph, Even<br />

when these were factored out, the study said, the<br />

students' acne became worse., the word these refers to<br />

a) changes in people's lives.<br />

b) eating habits.<br />

c) the researchers.<br />

d) hormones associated with acne.<br />

e) the students who participated of the study.<br />

53


The New York Times on the web<br />

The Rush to Enhancement: Medicine Isn't Just for the<br />

Sick Anymore<br />

By Sherwin B. Nuland<br />

Until the mid-1960s, medical research was<br />

primarily driven by the desire to solve the problems of<br />

sick people. Although Aristotle was what might be<br />

termed today a pure laboratory investigator, with no<br />

thought of the clinical usefulness of his findings, the vast<br />

majority of those physicians later influenced by his<br />

contributions to biology were trying to solve the<br />

mysteries of human anatomy and physiology for the<br />

distinct purpose of combating sickness. The discovery of<br />

blood circulation in the 17th century, the elucidation of<br />

the anatomical effects of disease in the 18th, the<br />

introduction of antisepsis and anesthesia in the 19th, the<br />

development of antibiotics and cardiac and transplant<br />

surgery in the 20th- all of these were the direct results of<br />

physicians and others having recognized a specific group<br />

of challenges that stood in the way of making sick people<br />

better. Armed with knowledge of the disease processes,<br />

they entered their laboratories to address specific clinical<br />

issues. Their goal was improving the lot of actual<br />

patients, often their own.<br />

The rise of molecular biology since the late<br />

1950s has had the gradual and quite unforeseen effect of<br />

turning the eyes of medical scientists increasingly toward<br />

the basic mechanisms of life, rather than disease and<br />

death. Of course, this has always been the orientation of<br />

all non-medical biologists, studying growth,<br />

reproduction, nutrition or any of the other characteristics<br />

shared by all living things.<br />

But now the boundaries have become blurred,<br />

between research that will alter the approach to disease<br />

and research that will alter the approach to life itself.<br />

While until very recently the bedside usually determined<br />

what was done in the medical research laboratory, the<br />

findings coming out of the laboratory nowadays are just<br />

as likely to tell the clinician what he can do at the<br />

bedside. The tail often wags the dog. In fact, the tail is<br />

becoming the dog.<br />

(Texto condensado e adaptado. Encontra-se na íntegra no endereço http://<br />

nytimes.com / library / review / 051098medicine-review.html)<br />

15. Na frase do segundo parágrafo, "Of course, this has<br />

always been the orientation of all non-medical<br />

biologists...", a palavra "this" refere-se a<br />

a) research in molecular biology.<br />

b) gradual and unforeseen effect.<br />

c) medical scientists.<br />

d) study of basic mechanisms of life.<br />

e) study of disease and death.<br />

After six months of bathing and washing my<br />

clothes in the little creek winding around camp, the time<br />

had come for me to leave the Amazon jungle. As my<br />

plane headed toward the runway, I thought of the<br />

interminable and ever-changing sounds of the forest, of<br />

the strong rains heard arriving miles away; of the howler<br />

monkeys, whose calls could so easily be confused with<br />

strong winds; of the powerful singing of the "forest<br />

captain" birds, and of the buzz and whir of the millions<br />

of insects. But most of all, I thought of the vast areas of<br />

virgin forest that now were wasteland.<br />

I had just participated in a project that was to<br />

determine the minimum size of forest fragment<br />

necessary to save native species of animals and plants<br />

from extinction. With this information, scientists could<br />

then work to form preservation areas in the forest<br />

fragments left behind by cattle ranchers who, until some<br />

years ago, had received subsidies from the government<br />

to "develop" the Amazon region. Today most of these<br />

ranches are abandoned: scrub grass and ruined houses<br />

remain as a sorry reminder of a wrongheaded<br />

governmental policy.<br />

According to the Brazilian government,<br />

Amazonia contains 185,000 km 2 of deforested and<br />

abandoned land. Yet the government still has not learned<br />

that deforested land in the Amazon region is largely<br />

unsuitable for agriculture, and according to the World<br />

Wildlife Fund for Nature (WWF), during the last 6 years<br />

the government's agrarian reform program has authorized<br />

the clearing of 23,000 km 2 of native forest. The country<br />

(and its ecosystem) could have been better served by<br />

giving landless peasants title to some of the countless<br />

hectares of unproductive farmland around the country.<br />

The "Biological Dynamics of Forest Fragments"<br />

project, in which I took part, was until 1989 called the<br />

"Minimum Critical size of Ecosystems". It was initiated<br />

by ecologist Dr. Thomas Lovejoy in 1979 and was<br />

originally funded by the WWF in partnership with<br />

Brazil's National Institute for Research in the Amazon<br />

(INPA).<br />

(FROM Speak Up, February 2000)<br />

54


16. The word THIS in "with this information scientists<br />

could then work" refers to the<br />

a) utilization of many valuable native species<br />

b) necessity of urgently saving birds from extinction<br />

c) size of the forest needed for wildlife reserves<br />

d) destruction of thousands of native species<br />

Chemistry of a killer: Is it in brain?<br />

By Anita Manning<br />

USA TODAY<br />

1 What makes one out-of-control teen-ager grow<br />

up to live a normal life while another turns to murder?<br />

2 A growing body of research suggests the answer<br />

may lie in a part of the brain that controls planning,<br />

reasoning and impulse control. Studies are revealing<br />

physiological differences between the brains of normal<br />

people and those of people who kill.<br />

3 "There is clearly a biological predisposition to<br />

violence," says psychologist Adrian Raine of the<br />

University of Southern California."We know there are<br />

murderers who don't have the usual signs - a history of<br />

child, abuse, poverty, domestic violence, broken homes -<br />

1 and yet they commit violence. Research suggests the<br />

cause 2 may lie internally, in terms of abnormal biological<br />

functioning."<br />

4 Raine led studies comparing the brains of 41<br />

murderers with 3 those of 41 nonviolent people matched<br />

by age and gender. He found that "murderers have<br />

poorer functioning of the prefrontal cortex, the part of<br />

the brain that sits above eyes, behind the forehead. It's a<br />

part of the brain that controls regulating behaviors - the<br />

part that says 'wait a minute.' "<br />

5 In another study, Raine divided the murderes<br />

into two groups: 4 those from healthy, stable family<br />

backgrounds and those from abusive, dysfunctional<br />

homes. "It's the murderers from the good home<br />

environment who have the poorest brain functioning," he<br />

says. (USA TODAY, April 29, 1999. 2A.)<br />

17. Os pronomes "those" (ref.3) e "those" (ref.4)<br />

referem-se, respectivamente, a<br />

a) people - murderers.<br />

b) brains - studies.<br />

c) people - studies.<br />

d) murderers - people.<br />

e) brains - murderers.<br />

55


CAPÍTULO VII - PRONOMES RELATIVOS<br />

Os Pronomes Relativos são usados em inglês para empregar who em vez de whom.<br />

relacionar uma oração com outra, dando um sentido<br />

Significado: Que<br />

único a duas orações distintas.<br />

1 - Um pronome relativo é usado para iniciar a descrição<br />

de um substantivo. (Esta discrição é chamada de Omissão: Se for complemento<br />

adjective clause ou uma relative clause.)<br />

Antecedente: Pessoa<br />

The lady who made your dress is waiting outside. (O<br />

substantivo/sujeito é The Lady. Pronome relativo é Who.<br />

Adjective clause que identifica o substantivo/sujeito.)<br />

E.g.<br />

I saw the dog which ate the cake. (O substantivo a ser<br />

identificado é o cão.)<br />

Where is the man who found the map ?<br />

Sua escolha do pronome relativo é determinada pelo fato<br />

de ele se referir a uma pessoa ou uma coisa..<br />

2 - Os pronomes relativos podem exercer a função de<br />

sujeito ou objeto do verbo principal. Lembre-se de que<br />

quando o pronome relativo for seguido por um verbo, ele<br />

exrce função de sujeito. Caso o pronome relativo for<br />

seguido por um substantivo ou pronome, ele exerce<br />

função de objeto.<br />

- Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo<br />

exercer a função de sujeito do verbo, usa-se who ou that.<br />

The boy who / that arrived is blond. (O menino que<br />

EXERCISES: Who<br />

chegou é loiro.)<br />

(…)<br />

- Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome<br />

relativo exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who,<br />

whom, that ou pode-se omitir (Zero Clause) o pronome<br />

relativo. Contudo, essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando<br />

o relativo exercer função de objeto.<br />

Pronomes Relativos:<br />

1 - WHO<br />

Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo<br />

exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who, whom,<br />

that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo. Contudo,<br />

essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando o relativo exercer<br />

função de objeto.<br />

Lembre-se de que na linguagem informal pode-se<br />

56<br />

Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)<br />

The student who saw the accident is here.<br />

Peter is the psychologist who she told you about.<br />

Nos exemplos A&B, o pronome relativo aparece<br />

antecedendo os verbos (see - find), exercendo assim, a<br />

função de sujeito destes verbos. Não podendo ser<br />

omitidos da frase. Porém, no exemplo C, o verbo TELL<br />

tem o seu próprio sujeito (she), o que indica que o<br />

pronome relativo funciona como objeto deste verbo.<br />

Podendo ser omitido da sentença sem alterar seu<br />

significado<br />

Baron opines that reports on the "obesity<br />

epidemic" or Avian Flu are valid stories but often don't<br />

include information that will help viewers live healthier<br />

lifestyles. "There needs to be information about nutrition,<br />

weight management, smoking cessation, exercise,<br />

lowering blood pressure and cholesterol, and preventing<br />

and screening cancer and heart disease", he says.<br />

Luckily, there are plenty of trusted sources for<br />

medical news and information that can be just as<br />

convenient as the 10 p.m. newscast. Two Web sites to<br />

check out are that of the American Academy of Family<br />

Physicians at www.familydoctor.org, and WebMD. But<br />

he stresses that all medical conditions should be properly<br />

assessed by an actual doctor.<br />

"More than anything, I believe that people need<br />

to have a good relationship with a primary care physician


whom they trust, who takes the time to answer questions,<br />

and who cares enough to stay informed", he says.<br />

(www.forbes.com/2006/07/26/questionablehealthnews_cx_sy_0727htow_print.html)<br />

1. No trecho do último parágrafo do texto "...and who<br />

cares enough to stay informed,..." a palavra WHO referese<br />

a) ao Dr. Baron.<br />

b) às pessoas.<br />

c) ao médico.<br />

d) aos telespectadores.<br />

e) ao físico.<br />

English as an international language<br />

About one hundred years ago many educated people<br />

4learned and spoke French when they 5met people from<br />

other countries. Today most people speak English when<br />

they meet foreigners. It has become the new international<br />

language. There are more people who speak English as a<br />

second language than people who speak English as a first<br />

language. Why is this?<br />

There are many reasons why English has become so<br />

popular. One of them is that English has become the<br />

language of business. Another important reason is that<br />

popular American culture (like movies, music, and<br />

McDonald's) has quickly spread throughout the world. It<br />

has 6brought its language with it.<br />

Is it good that English has spread to all parts of the world<br />

so quickly? I don't know. It's important to have a<br />

language that the people of the earth have in common.<br />

Our world has become very global and we need to<br />

communicate with one another. 2On the other hand,<br />

English is a fairly complicated language to learn and it<br />

brings 3its culture with it. Do we really need that?<br />

Scientists have already 7tried to create an artificial<br />

language that isn't too difficult and doesn't include any<br />

one group's culture. It is called Esperanto. But it hasn't<br />

become popular. But maybe the popularity of English<br />

won't last that long either. Who knows? There are more<br />

people in the world 1who speak Chinese than any other<br />

language. Maybe someday Chinese will be the new<br />

international language.<br />

www.5minuteenglish.com<br />

Accessed on June 19th<br />

2. The word “who” (ref. 1) refers to:<br />

a) world<br />

b) chinese<br />

c) language<br />

d) scientists<br />

e) people<br />

Fire at Antarctica station kills 2 Brazilian sailors<br />

Two Brazilian sailors died and one was injured Saturday<br />

after a fire broke out at a naval research station in<br />

Antarctica, authorities reported. The fire occurred at the<br />

Comandante Ferraz Station on King George Island, said<br />

Adm. Julio Soares de Moura Neto, commander of the<br />

Brazilian Navy. The three sailors were trying to<br />

extinguish a fire that broke out in the engine room of the<br />

facility. Brazilian military police are investigating the<br />

cause. The station is home to researchers who conduct<br />

studies on the effects of climate change in Antarctica and<br />

its implications on the planet, according to the Ministry<br />

of Science and Technology and Innovation. Researchers<br />

at the base also study marine life and the atmosphere.<br />

Adaptado de http://articles.cnn.com, consulta em 26/02/2012.<br />

3. In the sentence “The station is home to researchers<br />

who conduct studies...”, the word who refers to<br />

a) station.<br />

b) researchers.<br />

c) home.<br />

d) studies.<br />

e) Ministry of Science and Technology and Innovation.<br />

"Human Computer Interaction (HCI) is concerned with<br />

every aspect of the relationship between computers and<br />

people. The annual meeting of the British Computer<br />

Society's HCI group is recognized as one of the main<br />

venues for discussing recent trends and issues. A broad<br />

range of HCI related topics are covered, including user<br />

interface design, user modelling, tools, hypertext,<br />

CSCW, and programming. Both research and<br />

commercial perspectives are considered, making the<br />

event essential for all researchers, designers and<br />

manufacturers who need to keep abreast of developments<br />

in HCI. "<br />

(Catálogo de Publicações da Oxford University Press, Engineering, April to<br />

June)<br />

57


4. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde ao referente do<br />

pronome relativo em destaque a seguir:<br />

Both research and commercial perspectives are<br />

considered, making the event essential for all<br />

researchers, designers and manufacturers WHO need to<br />

keep abreast of developments in HCI.<br />

a) research and commercial perspectives<br />

b) developments in HCI<br />

c) interface design, user modelling, tools,<br />

d) hypertext, CSCW, and programming<br />

e) recent trends and issues<br />

f) all researchers, designers and manufacturers<br />

2- WHICH<br />

Quando o antecedente for coisa/animal e o pronome<br />

relativo exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se<br />

which, that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo.<br />

Contudo, essa omissão só pode ocorrer quando o relativo<br />

exercer função de objeto.<br />

Significado: Que<br />

Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)<br />

Omissão: Se for complemento<br />

Antecedente: Animal ou coisa<br />

E.g.<br />

Those are the dogs which came from Argentina.<br />

Did you see the new car which he bought last week ?<br />

No exemplo A, o pronome relativo aparece antecedendo<br />

ao verbo (COME), exercendo assim, a função de sujeito<br />

deste verbo. Não podendo ser omitido da frase. Porém,<br />

no exemplo B, o verbo (BUY) tem o seu próprio sujeito<br />

(he), o que indica que o pronome relativo funciona como<br />

objeto deste verbo. Podendo ser omitido da sentença sem<br />

alterar seu significado.<br />

58<br />

Which<br />

EXERCISES<br />

Will we ever… understand why music makes us feel<br />

good?<br />

19 April 2013<br />

Philip Ball<br />

No one knows why music has such a potent effect on our<br />

emotions. But thanks to some recent studies we have a<br />

few intriguing clues. Why do we like music? Like most<br />

good questions, this one works on many levels. We have<br />

answers on some levels, but not all.<br />

We like music because it makes us feel good. Why does<br />

it make us feel good? In 2001, neuroscientists Anne<br />

Blood and Robert Zatorre at McGill University in<br />

Montreal provided an answer. Using magnetic resonance<br />

imaging they showed that people listening to pleasurable<br />

music had activated brain regions called the limbic and<br />

paralimbic areas, which are connected to euphoric<br />

reward responses, like those we experience from sex,<br />

good food and addictive drugs. Those rewards come<br />

from a gush of a neurotransmitter called dopamine. As<br />

DJ Lee Haslam told us, music is the drug.<br />

(www.bbc.com. Adaptado.)<br />

5. No trecho do segundo parágrafo – which are<br />

connected to euphoric reward responses –, a palavra<br />

which refere-se a<br />

a) pleasurable music.<br />

b) sex, good food and addictive drugs.<br />

c) limbic and paralimbic areas.<br />

d) magnetic resonance imaging.


e) euphoric reward responses.<br />

TO BLOG OR NOT TO BLOG<br />

But last year the blog experienced a Cinderellalike<br />

transformation due to a young Iraqi architecture<br />

graduate writing under the pseudonym Salam Pax. His<br />

blog, "Where is Raed?", providing an eyewitness account<br />

of life in Baghdad during and after the final months of<br />

the Saddam regime, became extremely popular for a<br />

huge international audience. It finally gave the web log,<br />

according to Richard Clark, the editor of "Web User",<br />

the UK's best-selling internet magazine, the prominence<br />

it deserves. Salam Pax has created a precedent many<br />

people hope will be followed. But in reality, few blogs<br />

provide insight on global events. For many bloggers, the<br />

objective is simply to entertain.<br />

In the vast world of blogs - which now includes<br />

photoblogs for amateur photographers and moblogs,<br />

updated in real time with photos from mobile phones -<br />

Richard Clark's own personal favorites are chosen for<br />

their literary appeal. His regular reads include a cynical<br />

account of working life as a manager in a call centre, an<br />

Australian student's views on British culture and the<br />

difficulties of a British woman in Belgium with what she<br />

claims is an intensely annoying boyfriend. To find the<br />

blogs that amuse you, he recommends following the<br />

links on the page of a popular blog: most bloggers<br />

compulsively link to other blogs, but there are also lots<br />

of sites that list blogs according to popularity.<br />

(FROM: "Speak Up", April 2004. Adapted)<br />

5. The word WHICH in "which now includes..." (ref. 1)<br />

refers to<br />

a) real time photographers.<br />

b) photos from mobile phones.<br />

c) photoblogs for amateurs.<br />

d) the vast world of blogs.<br />

MERCURIAL SUPERCONDUCTOR SHOWS AN<br />

ACCEPTABLE FACE<br />

by Maria Burke<br />

IN New Scientist 21 August 1993, pp.16<br />

IN March, a new high-temperature superconductor based<br />

on mercury was made by a Russian scientist. Now a<br />

team of American scientists has discovered that is<br />

possesses a property unique among such materials: it is<br />

easy to fabricate, making it very attractive commercially.<br />

Most high-temperature superconductors, which are based<br />

on yttrium or bismuth, have properties WHICH depend<br />

on how the particles are aligned. So in order to produce<br />

the best results, all the particles must be made to point in<br />

the same direction, a process which is time-consuming<br />

and expensive.<br />

For example, bismuth-based superconductors are usually<br />

made in a complex rolling, drawing and heating process,<br />

which limits the shapes that can be made. But Jennifer<br />

Lewis and her colleagues at the University of Illinois and<br />

the Argone National Laboratory found that the magnetic<br />

properties of the mercury superconductor do not depend<br />

on the way in which its particles are aligned. This was<br />

true at magnetic fields of about 1<br />

tesla - similar to normal operating conditions - but not at<br />

very low fields. The researchers embedded particles of'<br />

the material, which also contains atoms of barium,<br />

copper and oxygen, in an epoxy matrix.<br />

Easier fabrication would be a substantial money-saver<br />

for industry. However, the synthesis of the new<br />

superconductor is a little dangerous because it involves<br />

mercury, a hazardous substance.<br />

Lewis and her colleagues have prepared a paper soon to appear in the journal<br />

Physical Review B.<br />

6. O pronome relativo WHICH, destacado no texto,<br />

refere-se a:<br />

a) altas temperaturas<br />

b) propriedades<br />

c) supercondutores<br />

d) partículas<br />

e) ítrio e bismuto<br />

BRAZIL PRESIDENT: ETHANOL PRODUCTION<br />

BOOM WON'T HARM AMAZON<br />

(AP) Rio de Janeiro - Brazil's president said his<br />

nation's booming ethanol business won't hurt the<br />

Amazon rain forest, dismissing criticism that the<br />

alternative fuel could cause deforestation. Silva, referring<br />

to concerns raised during his European visit last week,<br />

said Monday that it is unjustified to think that increased<br />

production of sugar cane for ethanol could prompt more<br />

jungle clearing. He said that Amazon weather conditions<br />

aren't favorable for the sugar cane used to produce<br />

ethanol.<br />

59


While there are few sugarcane-ethanol<br />

plantations in the Amazon, environmentalists have<br />

voiced concerns that a global ethanol boom could<br />

accelerate rain forest destruction if trees are cleared to<br />

make room for crops. Some soy plantations in central<br />

Brazil are being transformed to sugarcane ethanol<br />

operations and environmentalists say that could lead soy<br />

farmers to move into the Amazon for their crop, which is<br />

also in high demand worldwide, particularly from China.<br />

Cuba's Fidel Castro and Venezuela's Hugo<br />

Chavez have irked Brazilians by arguing that ethanol<br />

production would cause hunger by shifting food crops to<br />

energy use - an allegation Silva denies. But they have not<br />

focused on environmental complaints.<br />

Brazilian ethanol makers produced 17 billion<br />

liters (4.5 billion gallons) last year, and exported 3.4<br />

billion liters (900 million gallons). Billions of dollars are<br />

pouring into the nation to increase production. Brazil is<br />

the world's N0. 1 sugar producer and exporter, and the<br />

leading exporter of ethanol made from sugarcane. It also<br />

is the world's second-largest ethanol producer, trailing<br />

the United States, and is ramping up production of<br />

soybean-based biodiesel.<br />

(www.iht.com/articles/ap/2007/07/10/business. Adaptado.)<br />

7. No trecho do segundo parágrafo do texto - "Some<br />

soy plantations in central Brazil are being transformed to<br />

sugarcane ethanol operations and environmentalists say<br />

that could lead soy farmers to move into the Amazon for<br />

their crop, which is also in high demand worldwide,<br />

particularly from China." - a palavra "which" refere-se<br />

a) ao etanol de cana.<br />

b) aos produtores de soja.<br />

c) à soja.<br />

d) à Amazônia.<br />

e) à China.<br />

3-THAT<br />

Observe que o pronome THAT pode ser usado tanto<br />

como substituto de WHO, WHICH ou WHOM em todos<br />

os exemplos vistos até agora.<br />

Embora, quando usarmos uma oração apositiva, ou o<br />

pronome preposicionado, o THAT não será usado.<br />

Significado: Que<br />

Função: Sujeito ou complemento (objeto)<br />

60<br />

Omissão: Se for complemento<br />

Antecedente: Pessoa, animal, coisa ou a mistura de tudo.<br />

E.g.<br />

The group that arrived this morning was from Argentina.<br />

Maria Luiza doesn’t know that his father is badly sick at<br />

Samu, does she ?<br />

Where is the pin number that I asked you to keep ?<br />

Definitely this is not the kind of result that I’d like to see.<br />

A PATCH FOR LOVE<br />

EXERCISES: That<br />

Hormone-delivering patches could help endangered<br />

animals breed<br />

1 For years, people have been able to wear<br />

patches (skin adhesives like band-aids) that help them<br />

quit smoking, prevent seasickness or replace hormones<br />

in their aging bodies. But now patches might help out<br />

when it comes to the birds and the bees - especially the<br />

birds. Rebecca L. Holberton, a biologist at the University<br />

of Mississippi, is developing a patch 1that can safely<br />

deliver hormones to encourage reproduction in<br />

endangered birds.<br />

2 Free of surgical complications that may affect<br />

other methods, the patch delivers hormones directly<br />

through the skin and is light and easy to make: it is<br />

derived from Band-Aids. The hormone is mixed with<br />

vegetable oil and added to the gauze. The completed<br />

patch is attached just under the wing; it falls off three to<br />

four days later.<br />

3 In 1975 the New Zealand Department of<br />

Conservation gathered kakapos from their habitats and<br />

transported them to islands that are now regulated for<br />

nonnative predators. In 1980, with the discovery of a<br />

female still alive, breeding efforts began. But 2regardless<br />

of all the booming, foghornlike calls of the males, the<br />

females are interested in food first, sex later. They care<br />

for their chicks alone and will often hold off breeding<br />

unless fruit is abundant. When the birds are too<br />

concerned about food to mate, the patch might change<br />

their attitude. "It could possibly be used whenever the<br />

food crop is bad," Holberton remarks.<br />

(From Scientific American, August 1999, p.14)


8. A palavra THAT (ref. 1) poderá ser substituída por:<br />

a) who.<br />

b) whose.<br />

c) which.<br />

d) whom.<br />

e) where.<br />

Research shows that sunscreens may not be as effective<br />

as hoped at preventing sunburn. Users may1 be spending<br />

long hours in the sun with a false sense of security, and<br />

though2 lotions may protect against sunburning UVB<br />

rays, it does little to block out the potentially more<br />

dangerous UVA rays. Another worry3 is the long-term<br />

effects of the chemicals contained in the suntan lotion<br />

themselves. To make spending time outdoors safer, a<br />

company called Frogskin, Inc., located in Scottsdale,<br />

Arizona, is marketing a line of clothing called 4Frogware<br />

that5, wet or dry, protects the user from the damaging<br />

effects of the sun more effectively than sunscreens.<br />

6"Our T-shirts give you the same amount of<br />

protection from the sun that a heavy sweat shirt would",<br />

says Jan Steinberg, president of Frogskin. "But who<br />

wants to wear a sweat shirt in the water?" A typical<br />

cotton T-shirt, for instance, has a sun protection factor<br />

(SPF) of 5; a Frogskin T-shirt has a SPF of 30.<br />

Frogwear, says the maker, blocks out 98.5% of all UVB<br />

rays and 97% of all UVA rays. The fabric, which is<br />

lighter than cotton but more durable, also helps keep you<br />

cool, by wicking perspiration away from the skin. 7In<br />

addition, Frogwear absorbs very little water when wet<br />

and dries quickly. Prices range8 from $ 18 for a hat to $<br />

50 for a sports jacket.<br />

Newsweek, September 18, 1994<br />

9. The word THAT (ref.:5) can be replaced with...<br />

a) what.<br />

b) whose.<br />

c) which.<br />

d) who.<br />

e) whichever.<br />

Why Bilinguals Are Smarter<br />

Speaking two languages 5rather than just one has<br />

obvious practical benefits in an increasingly globalized<br />

world. But in recent years, scientists have begun to show<br />

that 10the advantages of bilingualism are even more<br />

fundamental than being able to converse with 11a wider<br />

range of people. Being bilingual, it turns out, makes you<br />

smarter. It can have a profound effect on your brain,<br />

improving cognitive skills not related to language and<br />

even protecting from dementia in old age.<br />

This view of bilingualism is 1remarkably different from<br />

12the understanding of bilingualism through much of the<br />

20th century. Researchers, educators and policy makers<br />

long considered a second language to be an interference,<br />

cognitively speaking, that delayed a child’s academic<br />

and intellectual development. They were not wrong<br />

about the interference: there is ample evidence that in a<br />

bilingual’s brain both language systems are active even<br />

when he is using only one language, thus creating<br />

situations in which one system obstructs the other. But<br />

this interference, researchers are finding out, isn’t so<br />

much a handicap as a blessing in disguise. It forces the<br />

brain to resolve internal conflict, giving the mind a<br />

workout that strengthens its cognitive muscles.<br />

Bilinguals, 2for instance, seem to be more adept than<br />

monolinguals at solving certain kinds of mental puzzles.<br />

In a 2004 study by the psychologists Ellen Bialystok and<br />

Michelle Martin-Rhee, bilingual and monolingual<br />

preschoolers were asked to sort blue circles and red<br />

squares presented on a computer screen into two digital<br />

bins — one marked with a blue square and the other<br />

marked with a red circle. In the first task, the children<br />

had to sort the shapes by color, placing blue circles in the<br />

bin marked with the blue square and red squares in the<br />

bin marked with the red circle. Both groups did this with<br />

comparable ease. Next, the children were asked to sort<br />

by shape, which was more challenging because it<br />

required placing the images in a bin marked with a<br />

conflicting color. 13The bilinguals were quicker at<br />

performing this task.<br />

6The collective evidence from a number of such studies<br />

suggests that the bilingual experience improves the<br />

brain’s 3so-called executive function — a command<br />

system that directs the attention processes that we use for<br />

planning, solving problems and performing various other<br />

mentally demanding tasks. These processes include<br />

ignoring distractions to stay focused, switching attention<br />

willfully from one thing to another and holding<br />

information in mind — like remembering a sequence of<br />

directions while driving.<br />

14Why does the fight between two simultaneously active<br />

language systems improve these aspects of cognition?<br />

Until recently, researchers thought 7the bilingual<br />

advantage was centered primarily in an ability for<br />

61


inhibition that was improved by the exercise of<br />

suppressing one language system: this suppression, it<br />

was thought, would help train the bilingual mind to<br />

ignore distractions in other contexts. But that explanation<br />

increasingly appears to be inadequate, since studies have<br />

shown that bilinguals perform better than monolinguals<br />

4even at tasks that do not require inhibition, like<br />

threading a line through an ascending series of numbers<br />

scattered randomly on a page.<br />

The bilingual experience appears to influence the brain<br />

from infancy to old age (and 8there is reason to believe<br />

that it may also apply to those who learn a second<br />

language later in life).<br />

In a 2009 study led by Agnes Kovacs of the International<br />

School for Advanced Studies in Trieste, Italy, 7-monthold<br />

babies exposed to two languages from birth were<br />

compared with peers raised with one language. In an<br />

initial set of tests, the infants were presented with an<br />

audio stimulus and then shown a puppet on one side of a<br />

screen. Both infant groups learned to look at that side of<br />

the screen in anticipation of the puppet. But in a later set<br />

of tests, when the puppet began appearing on the<br />

opposite side of the screen, the babies exposed to a<br />

bilingual environment quickly learned to switch their<br />

anticipatory gaze in the new direction while the other<br />

babies did not.<br />

Bilingualism’s effects also extend into the twilight years.<br />

In a recent study of 44 elderly Spanish-English<br />

bilinguals, scientists led by the neuropsychologist Tamar<br />

Gollan of the University of California, San Diego, found<br />

that individuals with a higher degree of bilingualism —<br />

measured through a comparative evaluation of<br />

proficiency in each language — were more resistant than<br />

others to the beginning of dementia and other symptoms<br />

of Alzheimer’s disease: the higher the degree of<br />

bilingualism, the later the age of occurrence.<br />

Nobody ever doubted the power of language. 9But who<br />

would have imagined that the words we hear and the<br />

sentences we speak might be leaving such a deep<br />

imprint?<br />

Adapted from http://www.nytimes.com/2012/03/18/opinion/sunday/thebenefitsof-bilingualism.html<br />

10. The relative pronoun THAT can be omitted in all the<br />

sentences below, EXCEPT<br />

a) The collective evidence from a number of such studies<br />

suggests that the bilingual experience improves the<br />

brain’s so-called executive function. (ref. 6)<br />

62<br />

b) [...] the bilingual advantage was centered primarily<br />

in ability for inhibition that was improved by the<br />

exercise of suppressing one language system. (ref. 7)<br />

c) [...] there is reason to believe that it may also apply<br />

to those who learn a second language later in life.<br />

(ref. 8) [...]<br />

d) But who would have imagined that the words we<br />

hear and the sentences we speak might be leaving<br />

such a deep imprint? (ref. 9)<br />

Couple Sells Ads to Pay for Wedding<br />

Monday, August 16, 1999 (Reuters) - Talk about a<br />

marriage of love and money.<br />

1 Tom Anderson and Sabrina Root paid for their<br />

$14,000 wedding this weekend by selling advertising<br />

space at the ceremony and reception.<br />

2 Everything from the wedding rings to a week at<br />

a penthouse in Cancun, Mexico, were donated after<br />

Anderson got 24 companies to sponsor the nuptials in<br />

exchange for having their names appear six times from<br />

the invitations to the thank-you cards.<br />

3 Anderson, 24, a bartender, spent his own money<br />

for his wife's $1,400 engagement ring while Root, 33, a<br />

hair stylist, paid $1,600 for the dress.<br />

4 The 1groom got the idea of corporate<br />

sponsorships 3while working in a small struggling<br />

animation studio that often had to barter for services.<br />

5 "So I was in a sales mode, and I got to<br />

thinking", he told the Philadelphia Inquirer, 2which ran a<br />

photo of the couple sitting among their corporatesponsored<br />

wedding "gifts" in its Sunday edition.<br />

6 The bride's perfume came from a local<br />

distributor, and coffee was provided gratis from a<br />

neighborhood supplier.<br />

7 Advertisers had their names appear on the<br />

invitations and thank-you cards, on cards at the buffet,<br />

on scrolls at the dinner table, in an ad placed in a local<br />

independent newspaper and in a verbal "thank you" that<br />

followed the first toast.<br />

8 The Inquirer said the groom had bought two<br />

addresses on the Internet's World Wide Web, namely:<br />

sponsoredwedding.com and weddingsponsors.com.


11. The word "which" (ref.2) can be substituted by<br />

a) that.<br />

b) who.<br />

c) whose.<br />

d) where.<br />

e) when.<br />

"C. P. Snow, the British scientist and novelist, sounded<br />

the alarm in the 1950 about the dangers of two cultures:<br />

"Literary intellectuals at one pole, at the other scientists.<br />

"Since then, microchips, satellites and nuclear power<br />

have become realities that define everyday life; yet many<br />

supposedly well-educated people do not understand how<br />

they work. Despite the growing use of computers in<br />

classrooms, American universities are still graduating<br />

millions of technological illiterates."<br />

12. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde ao<br />

referente do pronome relativo, em destaque, a seguir:<br />

Since then, microchips, satellites and nuclear power have<br />

become realities THAT define everyday life<br />

a) every day<br />

b) life<br />

c) intelectuals<br />

d) realities<br />

e) scientists<br />

Smog is a fact of life in most cities, but several Italian<br />

municipalities think they’ve found a way to beat it. A<br />

new type of sidewalk brick breaks down carbon<br />

monoxide, a poisonous byproduct of automobile engines<br />

that also contributes to global warming.<br />

13. The word that has been omitted between “think” (l.<br />

2) and “they’ve found” (l. 2) is<br />

a) what.<br />

b) when.<br />

c) which.<br />

d) that.<br />

e) whose.<br />

Despite a continuing reduction in the size of the nation's<br />

Armed Forces, 200,000 young men and women are still<br />

enlisting annually. But the reduction, along with an<br />

increasing need for men and women who can operate<br />

high-tech equipment, has significantly changed the<br />

military's recruitment strategies. Military recruiters have<br />

grown familiar with the kinds of sophisticated<br />

advertising techniques and computerized geographic and<br />

market analysis that are routinely used to sell<br />

commercial products. As a result, recruiters can focus<br />

on the communities 'that' are likely to yield the most<br />

qualified applicants.<br />

14. No texto, 'that' refere-se a<br />

a) strategies.<br />

b) applicants.<br />

c) recruiters.<br />

d) communities.<br />

e) young men and women.<br />

DOES AMERICA HAVE A SOUL?<br />

1 Since the publication of "Care of the soul" four<br />

years ago, I've traveled the country giving talks, signing<br />

books, and having conversations on talk radio. I have<br />

learned there are large numbers of Americans (maybe<br />

not the majority) who are passionate about, or at least<br />

interested in, shaping their lives to be humane,<br />

individual, socially tolerant and contributing, and<br />

spiritual by some definition. They are hungry for<br />

whatever it is that makes life worth living and are<br />

concerned about their own souls and the soul of their<br />

country.<br />

2 One moment in my travel stands out. I was<br />

giving a talk in a large auditorium in New England when<br />

a woman sitting in the balcony stood up and told the<br />

story of having just quit her job. She had young children<br />

and was full of anxiety about her financial future, but she<br />

knew the work she had been doing was hurting her soul,<br />

so she made the tough decision to take the leap and hope<br />

for something better. The audience reacted to her story<br />

with wild foot-stomping, whistles, screams, and<br />

prolonged applause. I was shocked by their intensity,<br />

their obvious identification with her plight, but I have<br />

since witnessed these emotions in other parts of the<br />

country. From Mother Jones magazine.<br />

63


15. In the passage "large numbers of Americans (maybe<br />

not the majority) WHO are passionate about" (par.1) the<br />

word WHO could be replaced by<br />

a) which.<br />

b) whom.<br />

c) that.<br />

d) whose.<br />

e) the word cannot be replaced.<br />

4-WHOM<br />

Quando o antecedente for pessoa e o pronome relativo<br />

exercer a função de objeto do verbo, usa-se who, whom,<br />

that ou pode-se omitir (-) o pronome relativo.<br />

O pronome relativo WHOM só pode ser usado com a<br />

função de OBJETO do verbo. Portanto, evita-se seu uso<br />

nas sentenças em que o relativo antecede a um verbo.<br />

Este pronome de ser usado obrigatoriamnte nas<br />

sentenças em que o pronome relativo está<br />

PREPOSICIONADO, como no exemplo C, abaixo.<br />

Significado: Que<br />

Função: Complemento (objeto)<br />

Omissão: Se for complemento<br />

Antecedente: Pessoa apenas<br />

E.g.<br />

Nildaima is the stewardess whom I needed to see.<br />

Those lawyers are the ones whom she sent to court.<br />

This is the writer from whom we got the book as an<br />

example.<br />

EXERCISES: Whom.<br />

16. “Here are some realities of the working world that<br />

often surprise people who are beginning their first job”<br />

(l. 4-6) About “that” and “who”, it’s correct to say:<br />

a) “that” can be replaced by “who”.<br />

b) “who” could be replaced by whom.<br />

c) “that” refers to people.<br />

d) which could substitute for both of them.<br />

e) both “that” and “who” cannot be omitted.<br />

64<br />

5-WHOSE<br />

O pronome relativo whose (cujo, cuja, cujos, cujas)<br />

estabelece uma relação de posse, e é usado com qualquer<br />

antecedente. Esse pronome é sempre seguido por um<br />

substantivo e nunca pode ser omitido.<br />

Este pronome em muitos dos casos, pode concordar com<br />

o termo consequente da sentença, não exercendo assim, a<br />

função anafórica, muito comum com pronomes.<br />

Significado: Cujo (a) (s)<br />

Função: Relacionar posse (s)<br />

Omissão: Nunca é omitido<br />

Antecedente: Qualquer coisa ou pessoa<br />

E.g.<br />

The chemist whose lab was set on fire lives near my<br />

house.<br />

English teachers whose pronunciation is not good<br />

shouldn’t teach without a previous test.<br />

A RACIAL GAP<br />

EXERCISES: Whose<br />

Blacks undergo lifesaving lung-cancer surgery at a lower<br />

rate than whites. What can be done?<br />

Doctors have long known that lung cancers,<br />

which kills 160.000 Americans each year, takes a heavier<br />

toll among black Americans, particularly black men,<br />

than among whites. In part that's because 34% of black<br />

men in the U.S. smoke cigarettes, compared with 28% of<br />

white men. (Black women tend to smoke less than white<br />

women). It also has to do with differences in income and<br />

access to medical care. But there has always been a<br />

lingering suspicion that some of the gap might be due to<br />

either overt or subconscious discrimination. A study in<br />

"New England Journal of Medicine" appears to bolster<br />

that disturbing conclusion.<br />

Unlike other cancers, lung cancer is extremely<br />

hard to detect in its earliest, most treatable stages. Even<br />

so, about 20% of lung-cancer patients are found to have<br />

a tumor whose biological characteristics and small size<br />

give them a good chance of being cured if the malignant


growth is surgically removed.<br />

(Time, October 25th, 1999)<br />

17. In the sentence, "about 20% of lung cancer patients<br />

are found to have a tumor WHOSE biological<br />

characteristics..." the capital word refers to<br />

a) patients<br />

b) blacks.<br />

c) tumor.<br />

d) lung cancer.<br />

e) about 20%.<br />

18.<br />

and written a letter to her. I started writing to her when I<br />

was 10 and she was living at Lake Ranch in the interior<br />

of British Columbia. Her letters were full of what Uncle<br />

Willi was doing. He was a cowboy and he rode quarter<br />

horses every day, moving cattle and watching out for<br />

rattle-snakes.<br />

Her correspondence was like a novel 1whose main<br />

characters were my family, and I still have every letter.<br />

My letters were full of school in Victoria and family and<br />

ballet. I learned to 2pack mine with 3whatever I thought<br />

was important. She would write back with questions and<br />

slowly I learned how to tell a story. I also learned about<br />

the paraphernalia of letter writing, keeping my address<br />

book current, having a ready supply of paper, envelopes<br />

and stamps.<br />

(KOVACH, P. R. Special delivery. The globe and the mail, Canada, July 12,<br />

2011. – Texto adaptado.)<br />

19. O pronome whose (ref. 1) refere-se<br />

a) à escola.<br />

b) a romance.<br />

c) às personagens.<br />

d) à família.<br />

e) à carta.<br />

6-WHERE<br />

O pronome relativo where (onde, em que, no que, no<br />

qual, na qual, nos quais, nas quais) é usado para se referir<br />

a lugar ou lugares.<br />

Este pronome relativo somente aceita ser substituido ou<br />

poderá substituir a expressão IN WHICH.<br />

"A man named", no primeiro quadrinho, é equivalente a<br />

a) a man whose name is.<br />

b) a man that the name is.<br />

c) a man who the name is.<br />

d) a man whom the name is.<br />

e) a man that is name.<br />

Special delivery<br />

The other day in our mailbox there was a letter from<br />

Auntie Anne. She is nearing 80 and does not know how<br />

important Facebook has become. She is not interested in<br />

Twittering and does not see the use of Internet. She is<br />

addicted to pen and paper.<br />

Every other week for the past 30 years I have sat down<br />

Significado: Onde…<br />

Função: Referencial<br />

Omissão: Não<br />

Antecedente: lugar<br />

Zênite is the cursinho where most of the brilliant<br />

students are.<br />

Vitória da Conquista is the city where Mister has been<br />

living since 90s.<br />

Zênite is the cursinho in which most of the brilliant<br />

students are.<br />

Vitória da Conquista is the city in which Mister has been<br />

65


66<br />

living since 90s.<br />

EXERCISES: Where.<br />

KIDS AND TV: PARENTS DON'T PRACTICE WHAT<br />

EXPERTS PREACH<br />

One-third of the youngest children in the United<br />

States - babies through age 6 - 20live in homes where the<br />

television is on almost all the time, says a study that<br />

2highlights the immense disconnect between what<br />

pediatricians advise and what parents allow.<br />

TV in the bedroom is not even that rare for the<br />

youngest children anymore. Almost one child in five<br />

under 2 has a set, even though the American Academy of<br />

Pediatrics advises against any TV watching at that age.<br />

Eight in 10 children younger than 6 watch TV,<br />

play video games or use the computer on a typical day.<br />

They average about two hours of screen time, compared<br />

with 48 minutes when they are being read to, the<br />

14Kaiser Family Foundation concludes in a study<br />

released Wednesday.<br />

The number of youngsters glued to the screen<br />

has not changed much since the foundation's first report<br />

on the topic in 2003. However, in this follow-up, Kaiser<br />

asked parents - in a survey and in focus-group sessions -<br />

why they and their children use TV and other electronic<br />

media the way 8they do.<br />

Instead, a generation of parents raised on TV is<br />

largely encouraging the early use of television, video<br />

games and computers by their own children, often<br />

starting in infancy.<br />

These parents say TV teaches how to share and<br />

the ABCs when they do not have the time. Television<br />

3provides time for parents to cook or take a shower.<br />

1They use screen time as a reward or, paradoxically, to<br />

help kids wind down at bedtime.<br />

7Despite studies that link bedroom TVs to kids'<br />

sleep problems, the most common reason cited for giving<br />

children their own set was that 9it freed up other TVs so<br />

parents or their other children could watch shows of their<br />

choice.<br />

The report by 15the California-based<br />

foundation, 10which analyzes health care 4issues, comes<br />

at a time of great debate about the impact of TV and<br />

other multimedia on youngsters. Just last week,<br />

16specialists called together by the National Institutes of<br />

Health urged more research on how electronic media<br />

affect children at different ages.<br />

Those specialists sigh at the notion that parents<br />

could not get by without TV. "People have made dinner<br />

for millennia, but we've only had television for 50<br />

years," said Dr. Dimitri Christakas of the University of<br />

Washington. "Television's not inherently good or bad. ...<br />

The real 5goal now has to be not to de-technologize<br />

childhood, but how to optimize children's experiences<br />

with 11it."<br />

The pediatrics group recommends no TV or<br />

other electronic media for kids younger than 2 - advice<br />

that just 26 percent of parents followed, Kaiser found -<br />

and no more than two hours of total "screen time" daily<br />

for older children.<br />

17The organization is not anti-TV, said 18Dr.<br />

Daniel Broughton of the Mayo Clinic, an academy<br />

member who co-wrote the recommendations. But before<br />

age 2 is the time of the brain's most rapid development,<br />

and interaction - the live give-and-take that TV cannot<br />

provide - is crucial during that period, he said.<br />

Some studies also link TV watching at younger<br />

ages to youngsters' attention disorders. After a child<br />

reaches 2, the idea is to 6balance a little TV with riding<br />

bikes, playing with friends, household chores and the<br />

other activities of childhood, Broughton said.<br />

"We want parents to watch with their kids," he<br />

added. 13One reason is that viewing ethnic stereotypes<br />

or bad behavior on TV can become instructive, when<br />

parents explain why children should not copy what<br />

12they saw.<br />

Adapted from http://edition.cnn.com/2006/HEALTH/parenting. May 24, 2006<br />

20. In the expression "(...) live in homes where the<br />

television is on almost all the time" (ref. 20), "where"<br />

could be rephrased CORRECTLY with:<br />

a) Live in homes in which the television is on almost<br />

all the time.<br />

b) Live in homes that the television is on almost all the<br />

time.<br />

c) Live in homes which the television is on almost all<br />

the time.<br />

d) Live in homes the television is on almost all the<br />

time.<br />

e) Live in homes in that the television is on almost all<br />

the time.


Brazil is setting up Telecenters. These come in all shapes<br />

and forms. 2Their main goal is to provide training and<br />

shared access to the modern information and<br />

communication technologies. A single computer<br />

connected to the Internet that provides free or paid public<br />

access to its capabilities is an embryonic telecenter.<br />

Conversely, an advanced telecenter can act as a business<br />

incubator, a distance-work facility and a cultural and<br />

educational center. Telecenters can be private<br />

enterprises, state owned or community based.<br />

Combinations of these models are flourishing around<br />

Brazil. The preferred model adopted by the Federal<br />

government is the same one adopted by the São Paulo<br />

City Government. The government uses its own<br />

buildings to create telecenters in areas 1where the need is<br />

particularly great. The program is run by the government<br />

officials, along with all equipment purchases and support<br />

services for maintenance of the telecenter network. The<br />

community being served is invited to participate in the<br />

telecenter's steering committee. The main challenge to<br />

this model is government transition.<br />

- Adapted from .<br />

8 – WHAT<br />

(o que) pode ser usado como pronome relativo e pode<br />

exercer função de sujeito ou objeto.<br />

I don't know what happened yesterday. (Não sei o<br />

que aconteceu ontem.)<br />

What is this? (O que é isto?)<br />

ORAÇÕES SUBORDINADAS - SUBORDINATE<br />

CLAUSES<br />

As orações subordinadas (subordinate clauses), também<br />

chamadas de orações dependentes (dependent clauses),<br />

exercem uma função sintática em relação a uma outra<br />

oração, chamada de oração principal, que requer<br />

complemento para que seu significado seja completo.<br />

Desse modo, as orações subordinadas estão sempre<br />

ligadas a outra oração, visto que sozinhas também não<br />

possuem um sentido completo em si. Em inglês, há dois<br />

tipos de orações subordinadas: Relative or Adjective<br />

Clauses e Adverbial Clauses.<br />

Orações Relativas - Relative / Adjetive Clauses<br />

21. In reference 1, the pronoun WHERE refers to<br />

a) São Paulo city.<br />

b) Brazil.<br />

c) buildings.<br />

d) telecenters.<br />

e) areas.<br />

7- WHEN<br />

O pronome relativo when (quando, em que, no qual, na<br />

qual, nos quais, nas quais) é usado referindo-se a dia(s),<br />

mês, meses, ano(s), etc.<br />

Significado: Quando…<br />

Função: Referencial de tempo.<br />

Omissão: Naõ é bom ser omitido<br />

Antecedente: Datas, meses, dias…<br />

I will always remember the day when we met each other.<br />

(Sempre me lembrarei do dia em que nos conhecemos.)<br />

We will get married when you get a job. (Nós iremos<br />

casar quando você conseguir um emprego.)<br />

As orações relativas (relative/adjective clauses) realizam<br />

a mesma função de um adjetivo: complementam um<br />

substantivo ou um pronome da oração principal, que é<br />

chamado de antecedente. Para adicionarmos informações<br />

ao antecedente, usamos ospronomes<br />

relativos (who, whom, whose, which e that). Há dois<br />

tipos de orações relativas: as restritivas (defining relative<br />

clauses) e as explicativas (non-defining relative clauses).<br />

A escolha do pronome relativo dependerá do tipo de<br />

oração (restritiva ou explicativa) e da função que<br />

exercem (sujeito, objeto ou ideia de posse). A partir de<br />

agora, estudaremos cada uma das orações relativas<br />

separadamente:<br />

Defining Relative Clauses - Orações Restritivas<br />

Essas orações definem ou diferenciam o antecedente, ou<br />

seja, elas servem para definir sobre quem ou sobre o que<br />

estamos falando. Observe suas características:<br />

Não são antecedidas de vírgula.<br />

Do you know the student who is talking to Luis Àvila?<br />

(Você conhece o estudante que está falando com o<br />

Àvila?)<br />

67


I was invited to a party which was not very excited.<br />

(Fui convidado para uma festa que não estava muito<br />

animada.)<br />

I was introduced to a woman who can speak six<br />

languages. (Conheci uma mulher que sabe falar seis<br />

idiomas.)<br />

Christopher Columbus was the<br />

man who discovered America.<br />

(Cristóvão Colombo foi o homem que descobriu a<br />

América.)<br />

Gustavo is the journalist who writes for the Times.<br />

(Gustavo é o jornalista que escreve para o Times.)<br />

The man who lives next door is my grandfather. (O<br />

homem que mora na casa ao lado é meu avô.)<br />

Orações Apositivas. (EXPLICATIVAS)<br />

Non-defining Relative Clauses - Orações Explicativas<br />

Fornecem informações adicionais, mas não essenciais<br />

sobre o antecedente. Observe suas características:<br />

As orações explicativas (non-defining) são usadas entre<br />

vírgulas. Pode haver apenas uma vírgula quando a<br />

oração relativa for a segunda.<br />

John's mother, who lives in Scotland, has six<br />

grandchildren. (A mãe do João, que mora na Escócia,<br />

tem seis netos.)<br />

Tony's sister, who smokes like a chimney, is a painter.<br />

(A irmã do Tony, que fuma como um chaminé, é<br />

pintora.)<br />

You should take up swimming, which is a good sport.<br />

(Você deveria dedicar-se à natação, que é um bom<br />

esporte.)<br />

As orações adjetivas podem ser omitidas, uma vez que<br />

contêm informações adicionais que não são necessárias<br />

para a compreensão da oração.<br />

1. WHO Deve ser usado se o antecedente for pessoa.<br />

2. WHICH Deve ser usado se o antecedente não for<br />

pessoa<br />

68<br />

E.g.<br />

Her son, who lives in Campinas, sold me the camera.<br />

Bats, which in their majority are black, like to<br />

hunt at night.<br />

OBSERVAÇÃO IMPORTANTE.<br />

No caso de orações apositivas o pronome usado NÃO<br />

poderá ser omitido nem substituído por THAT.<br />

EXERCISES<br />

Apart from being about murder, suicide, torture, fear and<br />

madness, horror stories are also concerned with ghosts,<br />

vampires, succubi, incubi, poltergeists, demonic pacts,<br />

diabolic possession and exorcism, witchcraft,<br />

spiritualism, voodoo, lycanthropy and the macabre, plus<br />

such occult or quasi occult practices as telekinesis and<br />

hylomancy. Some horror stories are serio-comic or<br />

comic- grotesque, but none the less alarming or<br />

frightening for that.<br />

From late in the 18th c. until the present day – in short,<br />

for some two hundred years – the horror story (which is<br />

perhaps a mode rather than an identifiable genre) in its<br />

many and various forms has been a diachronic feature of<br />

British and American literature and is of considerable<br />

importance in literary history, especially in the evolution<br />

of the short story. It is also important because of its<br />

connections with the Gothic novel and with a multitude<br />

of fiction associated with tales of mystery, suspense,<br />

terror and the supernatural, with the ghost story and the<br />

thriller and with numerous stories in the 19th and 20th c.<br />

in which crime is a central theme.<br />

The horror story is part of a long process by which<br />

people have tried to come to terms with and find<br />

adequate descriptions and symbols for deeply rooted,<br />

primitive and powerful forces, energies and fears which<br />

are related to death, afterlife, punishment, darkness, evil,<br />

violence and destruction.<br />

Writers have long been aware of the magnetic attraction<br />

of the horrific and have seen how to exploit or appeal to<br />

particular inclinations and appetites. It was the poets and<br />

artists of the late medieval period who figured out and<br />

expressed some of the innermost fears and some of the


ultimate horrors (real and imaginary) of human<br />

consciousness. Fear created horrors enough and the<br />

eschatological order was never far from people’s minds.<br />

Poets dwelt on and amplified the ubi sunt motif and<br />

artists depicted the spectre of death in paint, through<br />

sculpture and by means of woodcut. The most potent and<br />

1frightening image of all was that of hell: the abode of<br />

eternal loss, pain and damnation. There were numerous<br />

“visions” of hell in literature.<br />

Gradually, imperceptibly, during the 16th c. hell was<br />

“moved” from its traditional site in the center of the<br />

earth. It came to be located in the mind; it was a part of a<br />

state of consciousness. This was the 2beginning of the<br />

growth of the idea of a subjective, inner hell, a<br />

psychological hell; a personal and individual source of<br />

horror and terror, such as the chaos of a disturbed and<br />

tormented mind, the pandaemonium of psychopathic<br />

conditions, rather than the abode of lux atra and<br />

3everlasting pain with its definite location in a<br />

measurable cosmological system.<br />

The horror stories of the late 16th and early 17th c. (like<br />

the ghost stories) are provided for us by the playwrights.<br />

The Elizabethan and Jacobean tragedians were deeply<br />

interested in evil, crime, murder, suicide and violence.<br />

They were also very interested in states of extreme<br />

5suffering: pain, fear and madness. They found new<br />

modes, new metaphors and images, for presenting the<br />

horrific and in doing so they created simulacra of hell.<br />

One might cite perhaps a thousand or more<br />

instances from plays in the period c. 1580 to c. 1642 in<br />

which hell is an all- purpose, variable and diachronic<br />

image of horror whether as a place of punishment or as a<br />

state of mind and spirit. Horrific action on stage was<br />

commonplace in the tragedy and revenge tragedy of the<br />

period. The satiety which Macbeth claimed to have<br />

experienced when he said: “I have supp’d full of<br />

horrors;/ Direness, familiar to my slaughterous thoughts,<br />

/Cannot once start me…” was representative of it.<br />

During the 18th c. (as during the 19th ), in orthodox<br />

doctrine taught by various “churches” and sects, hell<br />

remained a place of eternal fire and punishment and the<br />

abode of the Devil. For the most part writers of the<br />

Romantic period and thereafter did not re-create it as a<br />

visitable place. However, artists were drawn to<br />

“illustrate” earlier conceptions of hell. William Blake did<br />

102 engravings for Dante’s Inferno. John Martin<br />

illustrated Paradise Lost and Gustave Doré applied<br />

himself to Dante and Milton. The actual hells of the 18th<br />

and 19th c. were the gaols, the madhouses, the slums and<br />

bedlams and those lanes and alleys where vice, squalor,<br />

depravity and unspeakable misery created a social and<br />

moral chaos: terrestrial counterparts to the horrors of<br />

Dante’s Circles.<br />

Gothic influence traveled to America and affected<br />

writers such as Edgar Allan Poe, whose tales are short,<br />

intense, sensational and have the power to inspire horror<br />

and terror. He depicts extremes of fear and insanity and,<br />

through the operations of evil, gives us glimpses of hell.<br />

Poe’s long-term influence was immeasurable (and in the<br />

case of some writers not altogether for their good), and<br />

one can detect it persisting through the 19th c.; in, for<br />

example the French symbolistes (Baudelaire published<br />

translations of his tales in 1856 and 1857), in such<br />

British writers as Rossetti, Swinburne, Dowson and R. L.<br />

Stevenson, and in such Americans as Ambrose Bierce,<br />

Hart Crane and H.P. Lovecraft.<br />

Towards the end of the 19th c. a number of British and<br />

American writers were 4experimenting with different<br />

modes of horror story, and this was at a time when there<br />

had been a steadily growing interest in the occult, in<br />

supernatural agencies, in psychic phenomena, in<br />

psychotherapy, in extreme psychological states and also<br />

in spiritualism.<br />

The enormous increase in science fiction since the 1950s<br />

has diversified horror fiction even more than might at<br />

first be supposed. New maps of hell have been drawn<br />

and are being drawn; new dimensions of the horrific<br />

exposed and explored; new simulacra and exempla<br />

created. Fear, pain, suffering, guilt and madness (what<br />

has already been touched on in miscellaneous “hells”)<br />

remain powerful and emotive elements in horror stories.<br />

In a chaotic world, which many see to be on a disaster<br />

course, through the cracks, “the faults in reality”, we and<br />

our writers catch other vertiginous glimpses of “chaos<br />

and old night”, fissiparating images of death and<br />

destruction.<br />

From: CUDDON, J. A. The Penguin Dictionary of Literary Terms and Literary<br />

Theory. London: Penguin, 1999.<br />

22. In the sentences In a chaotic world, which many see<br />

to be on a disaster course, through the cracks”, “the<br />

faults in reality”, we and our writers catch other<br />

vertiginous glimpses of “chaos and old night”, “The<br />

satiety which Macbeth claimed to have experienced (… )<br />

was representative of it.” and “…people have tried to<br />

come to terms with and find adequate descriptions and<br />

symbols for deeply rooted, primitive and powerful<br />

69


70<br />

forces, energies and fears which are related to death,<br />

afterlife, punishment, darkness, evil, violence and<br />

destruction.” one finds relative clauses classified<br />

respectively as<br />

a) defining, non-defining, defining.<br />

b) non-defining, defining, non-defining.<br />

c) defining, non-defining, defining.<br />

d) non-defining, defining, defining.<br />

23. In the sentence “Gothic influence traveled to<br />

America and affected writers such as Edgar Allan Poe,<br />

whose tales are short, intense, sensational and have the<br />

power to inspire horror and terror.” one may find at least<br />

one<br />

a) noun clause.<br />

b) adjective clause.<br />

c) time clause.<br />

d) contrast clause<br />

European drama has a less continuous history<br />

than epic and poetry; it has sometimes flourished and<br />

sometimes declined. The first surviving drama was in<br />

Greek, performed in Athens in the 5c BC: the work of<br />

Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides (tragedy) and of<br />

Aristophanes (comedy). The main Latin contribution was<br />

the comedy of Terence and Plautus in the 2c BC. The<br />

later Roman Republic and the Empire produced no<br />

significant drama; Seneca (c.4 BC-AD 65) wrote<br />

tragedies based on the Greek model which were intended<br />

for reading to a select audience and not for the public<br />

stage. The later Roman theatre became increasingly<br />

devoted to elaborate and often decadent spectacle. The<br />

Christians opposed it and in the 6c the barbarian<br />

invasions brought it to an end. The revival of the theatre<br />

began in the 11c with the introduction of brief<br />

dramatized episodes into the Mass on the occasion of<br />

major festivals. These gradually developed into complete<br />

plays, performed in public places by the trade guilds and<br />

known as mystery plays or mysteries. These were<br />

succeeded in the 15c by morality plays, allegorical<br />

presentations of human virtues and vices in conflict.<br />

The high point of drama in English came in the<br />

late 16c and early 17c, with such writers as Shakespeare<br />

(especially with his tragedies), Marlowe, Jonson, and<br />

Webster. In the later 17c, the Restoration theatre was<br />

mainly devoted to the witty and often scurrilous comedy<br />

of manners and intrigue. The French classical theatre had<br />

its great period at the same time, with the tragedies of<br />

Corneille and Racine, and the comedies of Moliere. A<br />

long decline in Britain, briefly broken by the 18c<br />

comedies of the Anglo- Irish playwrights Oliver<br />

Goldsmith and Richard Sheridan, ended in a revival at<br />

the end of the 19c by the Irish dramatists Oscar Wilde<br />

and George Bernard Shaw. Prominent playwrights of the<br />

20c include such experimenters in the theatre of the<br />

absurd as Harold Pinter and Samuel Beckett. The latter<br />

belongs as much to the French theatre, which has<br />

produced plays of challenge and 1QUESTIONING by<br />

Jean-Paul Sartre, Jean Giraudoux, and Eugene Ionesco.<br />

Dramatists in the 20c US have looked at the predicament<br />

of modern humanity in a complex, pluralistic society,<br />

notably Eugene O'Neill, Tennessee Williams, and Arthur<br />

Miller. Some of the foremost modern plays are those of<br />

Henrik Ibsen in Norway, August Strindberg in Sweden,<br />

and Ivan Turgenev and Anton Chechov in Russia.<br />

Dramatists are affected, like all writers, by the<br />

presuppositions and fashions of their time and place.<br />

Medieval drama derives from the 2PREVAILING<br />

popular Catholic Christianity, Elizabethan and Jacobean<br />

drama reflects contemporary views of status, honour, and<br />

revenge, Victorian drama displays the manners and<br />

attitudes of the new middle class. Conventions also<br />

affect the structure of plays. In the 16c and 17c,<br />

European drama was often obedient to the demand for<br />

the three unities, adding the unity of place to the unities<br />

of time and action attributed to Aristotle. Dramatists in<br />

English usually disregarded these restraints, supported<br />

the main plot with a subplot, and ranged widely through<br />

time and space. The practice of reading a play instead of<br />

seeing it produced is comparatively late; the majority of<br />

early plays were not printed, and the texts which<br />

appeared were often careless and poorly produced. When<br />

Jonson had his collected plays carefully printed as his<br />

Works (1616), he aroused some ridicule but helped<br />

establish the play as a literary text, probably<br />

3INFLUENCING the publication of Shakespeare's plays<br />

in the First Folio (1623). The printed play became in its<br />

own right a branch of literature, with the result that<br />

theatrical and textual scholarship has been applied to the<br />

work of early dramatists. As time passed, playwrights<br />

gave more consideration to the reader. Stage directions<br />

evolved from laconic indications of entrances and exits<br />

to detailed descriptions of scenes and actions, including<br />

sketches of the appearance and nature of the characters.<br />

The effect is sometimes of an excerpt from a novel in the<br />

present tense. Dramatists in general have become more<br />

self-explanatory and less inclined to entrust their work<br />

solely to the reactions of a live audience.


Although great variety in dramatic structure is<br />

possible, most plays have a connected plot that develops<br />

through conflict to a climax followed by resolution. Even<br />

when the story is known to the audience, the dramatist<br />

creates a mood of tension and suspense by the responses<br />

of characters to the changing situation. The factors apply<br />

to both tragedy and comedy. The suspense can be<br />

terrifying or mirthful and the resolution one of sadness or<br />

relief. Because the play is witnessed in short and<br />

continuous time, the dramatist needs to be economical,<br />

4TELESCOPING events that in reality would develop<br />

over a longer period and 5INTRODUCING meetings<br />

and juxtapositions that might seem remarkable outside<br />

the theatre. Divisions into acts and scenes may mark the<br />

passage of time and emphasize major developments. A<br />

play requires continuous action, not necessarily vigorous,<br />

but moving into new situations and relationships. Long<br />

set speeches and philosophical discourses are seldom<br />

effective.<br />

In spite of the fact that some types of drama,<br />

such as ritual performances and representations of myth,<br />

deliberately avoid a human focus, characterization is the<br />

device in most dramas. Characters may be depicted as<br />

great people, leaders of the community and powerful in<br />

its destiny, or, as is often the case in modern drama, as<br />

ordinary persons. They must be quickly presented to the<br />

audience and become familiar in a short time. They are<br />

created through the words they speak, their actions in the<br />

play, and what other characters report of them. Leading<br />

characters are supported by minor roles, and the quality<br />

of a dramatist is shown partly by skill in making such<br />

roles credible and individual.<br />

Early drama was written in verse, ranging from<br />

the poetry of ancient Greek tragedy and Shakespeare to<br />

the colloquial rhythms of the medieval mysteries. The<br />

type of verse changes from one period to another. Blank<br />

verse was dominant in 16c and early 17c English drama,<br />

the heroic couplet in Restoration tragedy, and the<br />

alexandrine in French classical drama. Prose dialogue<br />

was also used by Shakespeare and his contemporaries,<br />

and by the end of the 17c was the normal medium for<br />

English drama. In the 20c, there was a revival of verse<br />

drama. It was short-lived, however, partly through the<br />

decline of popular interest in poetry and partly through<br />

the failure of the dramatists to develop an idiom that<br />

could be sustained without 6BECOMING artificial and<br />

forced. Modern prose dialogue has tended to become<br />

more colloquial and naturalistic, in contrast to the<br />

stylized diction of early 19c prose drama. In the 20c,<br />

some writers have given close attention to specific<br />

dialects and registers: Synge listened to Irish peasant<br />

speech and Clifford Odets to conversation in New York<br />

bars. However, dramatic dialogue can never simply<br />

reproduce normal speech. The repetitions, hesitations,<br />

and redundancies of normal conversation would be<br />

intolerable on the stage.<br />

From: McArthur, Tom (ed.). The Oxford Companion to the English Language.<br />

Oxford: OUP, 1998.<br />

24. In the sentences: "Seneca (c.4 BC-AD 65) wrote<br />

tragedies based on the Greek model WHICH WERE<br />

INTENDED FOR READING TO A SELECT<br />

AUDIENCE AND NOT FOR THE PUBLIC STAGE".<br />

and "... most plays have a connected plot THAT<br />

DEVELOPS TRHOUGH CONFLICT" the parts in<br />

capital words should be classified respectively as<br />

a) non-defining relative clause and nondefining relative<br />

clause.<br />

b) defining relative clause and nondefining relative<br />

clause.<br />

c) defining relative clause and defining relative clause.<br />

d) non-defining relative clause and defining relative<br />

clause.<br />

APÓS PREPOSIÇÃO.<br />

1. WHOM Deve ser usado se o antecedente for<br />

pessoa<br />

2. WHICH Deve ser usado se o antecedente não<br />

for pessoa<br />

E.g.<br />

Jesus is the One through whom God<br />

made the universe.<br />

That’s the building near which I live.<br />

OBSERVAÇÃO IMPORTANTE.<br />

Quando o pronome relativo (WHOM ou WHICH)<br />

estiver precedido por<br />

uma preposição, ele NÃO poderá ser omitido nem<br />

substituído por THAT.<br />

71


USO ESPECIAL DE THAT<br />

APÓS:<br />

Um superlativo<br />

This is the most interesting book that I have ever read.<br />

These are the oldest computers that I have ever seen.<br />

Um pronome indefinido como: much, many, all, few,<br />

etc..<br />

Most of the students are out, there are only a few that<br />

came.<br />

Pronomes relativos (em diferentes casos)<br />

Sua escolha do pronome relativo não é apenas<br />

determinada pelo fato de ele se referir a pessoas ou<br />

coisas. Ele também é determinado pelo papel que o<br />

pronome relativo desempenha na sentença.<br />

Por exemplo:<br />

People<br />

Subjective Objective Possessive<br />

or<br />

Case Case Case<br />

Things<br />

People who<br />

(The<br />

boy who ran<br />

g the bell)<br />

whom<br />

(The<br />

boy whom yo<br />

u met)<br />

whose<br />

(The<br />

boy whose bik<br />

e was stolen)<br />

Things which<br />

(The<br />

candle whic<br />

which<br />

(The<br />

candle which<br />

whose<br />

(The<br />

candle whose<br />

h melted) you made) wick had<br />

snapped)<br />

People<br />

or<br />

Things<br />

that<br />

(The<br />

dog that bit<br />

the<br />

postman)<br />

that<br />

(The<br />

dog that the<br />

postman<br />

hates)<br />

whose<br />

(The<br />

dog whose bar<br />

k sounds like<br />

cough)<br />

Preposições com WHICH e WHOM<br />

Quando WHOM ou WHICH é o objeto de uma<br />

preposição, você pode começar a sentença adjetiva com<br />

a preposição (em oposição ao pronome relativo). Por<br />

exemplo:<br />

1. The council will meet Professor Dobbs, from<br />

whom they expect an apology.<br />

(O conselho se reunirá com o Professor Dobbs, de quem<br />

espera um pedido de desculpas.)<br />

2. My greatest concern was the tide, against which<br />

we stood little chance.<br />

(Minha maior preocupação era a maré, contra a qual<br />

tinhamos poucas chances.)<br />

Não é um erro deixar a preposição no final da cláusula,<br />

mas esteja ciente de que alguns leitores podem pensar<br />

que parece um pouco informal, especialmente se a<br />

preposição também termina a frase.<br />

Portanto, na escrita formal, para tentar evitar que termina<br />

uma frase com uma preposição. No entanto, se isso faz<br />

com que sua frase soa pomposa, então tente reformular a<br />

sua frase ou apenas deixe a sua preposição no final.


CAPÍTULO VIII – RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS<br />

Um pronome recíproco expressa uma ação mútua ou um<br />

relacionamento.<br />

Em <strong>Inglês</strong>, os pronomes recíprocos são:<br />

• Each other<br />

• One another<br />

1. Jack and Jill hate each other. (Jack e Jill odeiam um ao<br />

outro.) - (Note: Jack hates Jill, and Jill hates Jack. The<br />

action is reciprocated.)<br />

2. The crayfish starting attacking one another.The team<br />

members played their hearts out for one another.<br />

3. They gave each other presents.<br />

Each Other ou One Another?<br />

Aqui está uma resposta rápida: Se o antecedente<br />

representa duas coisas, usar each other. Se são mais do<br />

que dois, use one another.<br />

Aqui está uma explicação mais longa:<br />

Um pronome recíproco é utilizado quando pelo menos<br />

uma coisa retribui a ação de um outro (ou seja, faz a<br />

mesma coisa de volta). Como resultado, o antecedente de<br />

um pronome recíproco (ou seja, o que remete a) é<br />

sempre algo plural. Por exemplo:<br />

1. Our dog and cat love each other. (Aqui, o antecedente<br />

de each other é o nosso cão e gato, que é plural.) •<br />

2. They love each other. (Aqui, o antecedente de each<br />

other é THEY, que é plural. Neste exemplo, que se refere<br />

ao nosso cão e gato.)<br />

Each Other's – não - Each Others'<br />

Os pronomes each other e one another são entidades<br />

singulares (apesar de ter antecedentes plural). Portanto,<br />

ao mostrar posse, o apóstrofo vem antes do S. Esta é uma<br />

regra 100%.<br />

4. Do you two admire each other's courage? (Note: Each<br />

other é tratado como singular. Portanto, o apóstrofo<br />

possessivo é colocado antes do S.)<br />

5. Do you three admire one another's courage? (Note:<br />

One another é tratado como singular. Portanto, o<br />

apóstrofo possessivo é colocado antes do S.)<br />

73


CAPÍTULO IX - CASO POSSESSIVO (GENITIVE CASE)<br />

O Caso Possessivo ocorre com:<br />

1. Nomes de Pessoas<br />

2. Nomes de Animais<br />

3. Espaços de Tempo<br />

4. Lugares<br />

5. Organizações<br />

6. Não ocorre com coisas e objetos.<br />

e.g. Paul’s and Mary’s eyes are light blue.<br />

5. Nomes próprios terminados em S: Segue regra<br />

normal ( ‘S ).<br />

Porém se for um nome clássico é suficiente o ( ‘ ).<br />

e.g. Prince Charles’ friends are very elegant.<br />

Moses’ Law is followed by the Jews.<br />

Para construirmos uma frase com o caso possessivo<br />

precisaremos primeiro saber se os elementos usados<br />

estão classificados nos itens acima entre os números de 1<br />

a 5. Se for possível, então começaremos a fazer o caso<br />

possessivo colocando em primeiro lugar o POSSUIDOR<br />

seguido de ( ‘ ) ou ( ‘S) e depois o OBJETO<br />

POSSUÍDO.<br />

E.g.<br />

I know my teacher’s<br />

name<br />

They want Mary’s<br />

address.<br />

You need a<br />

rest.<br />

REGRAS:<br />

day’s<br />

Conquista’s streets are very<br />

narrow.<br />

Zénite’s classrooms are very<br />

comfortable.<br />

1. Plural terminado em S: Quando a palavra for um<br />

plural terminado em S basta acrescentar ( ‘ ).<br />

e.g. My parents’ new house is so beautiful.<br />

2. Plural não terminado em S: Segue a regra geral.<br />

e.g. My children’s names are Monaliza and Karoline.<br />

3. Posse coletiva: Apenas o úiltimo nome recebe o ( ‘S ).<br />

e.g. Paul and Mary’s mother is from Argentina.<br />

4. Posse individual: Todos os possuidores recebem ( ‘S ).<br />

ATENÇÃO:<br />

Não se usa o artigo definido THE antes de possessivos<br />

ou nomes próprios.<br />

Usando apóstrofos incorretamente com Plurais.<br />

Não adicione um apóstrofo para uma palavra só porque a<br />

palavra termina com a letra s. Este é um erro comum, e é<br />

um crime gramatical. (Em outras palavras, os leitores<br />

vão pensar que você é ruim, se você continuar fazendo<br />

isso.)<br />

Este erro é mais comumente visto quando as pessoas<br />

formam o plural dos substantivos, mas isso acontece com<br />

verbos também;<br />

Examples: e.g., He eat's pies.<br />

I like pig's. Dog's look up to us.<br />

Cat's look down on us.<br />

Usar apóstrofos em expressões de tempo.<br />

(Coprretamente)<br />

Apóstrofos podem ser usados em expressões de tempo<br />

(também chamados de expressões temporais) como:<br />

day's pay and two weeks' notice s.<br />

A grande questão com estes é onde colocar o apóstrofo.<br />

A decisão é muito simples: o apóstrofo vai antes do S<br />

para uma única unidade de tempo (por exemplo, one<br />

day's pay) e depois do S quando é mais do que um (por<br />

exemplo, two days' pay).<br />

74


Examples:<br />

Usando apóstrofos para Posse.<br />

I never did a day's work in my life. It was all<br />

fun. (Thomas Edison, 1847-1931) Eu nunca fiz um dia<br />

de trabalho na minha vida. Era tudo diversão. (Thomas<br />

Edison, 1847-1931)<br />

<br />

<br />

Apóstrofos são usados para mostrar posse. Por exemplo:<br />

The dog's kennel<br />

The dogs' kennel<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

It's not worth it for just two minutes' pleasure. Não vale a<br />

pena isso, por apenas dois minutos de prazer.<br />

It's not always about time. Nem sempre é sobre o tempo.<br />

I live a stone's throw away. Eu vivo a poucos passos de<br />

distância.<br />

A grande questão é se a colocar o apóstrofo antes do S<br />

ou depois dos S. A regra básica é a seguinte: o apóstrofo<br />

vai antes do S para um único possuidor (por exemplo,<br />

one dog's kennel - o canil de um cão) e após os S quando<br />

é mais do que um possuidor (e.g., two dogs' kennel)<br />

Usando apóstrofos para substituir letras.<br />

Um apóstrofo pode ser utilizado para substituir uma ou<br />

mais letras (por exemplo,., isn't, - can't). A nova palavra<br />

formada é chamado uma contracção. Contrações não são<br />

normalmente utilizadas em correspondência formal.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Nestes exemplos, o cão e os cães são os possuidores.<br />

Eles não têm nada a ver com o canil. Essa palavra pode<br />

ser singular ou plural. Não faz diferença alguma para<br />

onde vai o apóstrofo. Por exemplo:<br />

One dog's dinner<br />

One dog's dinners<br />

Two dogs' dinner<br />

<br />

<br />

When I was born I was so surprised I didn't talk for a<br />

year and a half. (Gracie Allen, 1906-1964) Quando eu<br />

nasci eu fiquei tão surpreso que não falei por um ano e<br />

meio.<br />

Life is something that happens when you can't get to<br />

sleep. (Fran Lebowitz) A vida é algo que acontece<br />

quando você não consegue dormir.<br />

<br />

Two dogs' dinners<br />

Esta regra parece bastante simples, mas há exceções. A<br />

exceção mais notável é quando o plural não termina em<br />

S (por exemplo, children, women, people, men -<br />

crianças, mulheres, pessoas, homens).<br />

Estas palavras têm o apóstrofo antes do S (mesmo que<br />

sejam plurais). Por exemplo:<br />

children's toys<br />

As contrações são mais comumente usadas na escrita<br />

informal para refletir como nós falamos. Estas duas<br />

contrações são vilões notórios gramática: it's & you're.<br />

Usando apóstrofos em Plurais incomuns<br />

<br />

women's hat<br />

EXERCISES<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

A primeira coisa a dizer sobre esse assunto é que<br />

apóstrofos não são normalmente utilizados para mostrar<br />

os plurais, e muitos de seus leitores vão odiá-lo, se você<br />

usar um apóstrofo para esta finalidade. No entanto, há<br />

momentos em que ele ajuda, usando um apóstrofo para<br />

mostrar um plural. Por exemplo:<br />

There are two i's in skiing.<br />

You use too many but's in your writing.<br />

Claro, existem outras maneiras de escrever estas<br />

sentenças. Por exemplo:<br />

There are two Is in skiing.<br />

You use too many "but"s in your writing.<br />

CURIOSITY: a path toward knowledge?<br />

4<br />

Curiosity's virtue is its greed. It wonders, often<br />

indiscriminately, about everything it focuses on.<br />

Curiosity carries you, limited by time and space, beyond<br />

the immediate. It knows no boundaries, and it pushes<br />

you to learn about everything that's still unknown or<br />

unfamiliar to you. 1 It can as easily direct itself to the<br />

ancient Egyptians as to the wriggling pond-life under<br />

your microscope. But that's also its vice, for it's usually<br />

directed to very particular interests - say, to ballet or to<br />

bugs. You therefore have to make strenuous efforts to<br />

extend its range, so that your wonder about ballet<br />

75


ecomes knowledge about dance, or so that your<br />

fascination with bugs turns into a lifelong love affair<br />

with the entire natural world.<br />

When you were a child, your eagerness to learn<br />

defined your behavior. You were full of wonder about<br />

everything - touching, holding, maybe wrecking<br />

anything that came into your reach. And as soon as you<br />

could talk you were full of questions: 2 why is the sky<br />

blue? why is up up? why can't tomorrow be yesterday?<br />

You found everything "curiouser and curiouser", as<br />

Alice found it in Wonderland. Adults tried to answer<br />

your endless questions (even if you sometimes drove<br />

them crazy with them), for they knew that by rewarding<br />

your natural inquisitiveness and by satisfying your<br />

excitement to know, they'd help you to learn and, equally<br />

important, to acquire a taste for learning throughout your<br />

life.<br />

Yet you must keep this in mind about<br />

knowledge: it isn't the same thing as information.<br />

Knowledge is information that has been given<br />

organization, meaning, and use. 3 Facts exist by<br />

themselves. Knowledge is a human creation.<br />

5 Hydrogen and chlorine are elements of nature.<br />

That's a fact. Your understanding that, when combined,<br />

these two elements create new substances, such as<br />

hydrochloric acid, which has certain characteristics that<br />

hydrogen and chlorine independently don't have,<br />

constitutes knowledge.<br />

Knowledge differs from information as music<br />

differs from sound. An orchestra warming up doesn't<br />

make music; it makes only noise. It makes music when<br />

the conductor takes over and each performer follows the<br />

score in cooperation with one another. Music is sound<br />

given form and significance. Similarly, knowledge is<br />

information given structure and meaning. The facts in<br />

your head become knowledge when you put them<br />

together so that they're related to one another and, put<br />

together, take on meaning that is large than the mere<br />

facts alone. Nothing has meaning by itself. Information<br />

has to gain meaning from the application of human<br />

thought. To attain knowledge, you must struggle<br />

endlessly to derive meaning from information.<br />

Curiosity can be every student's best friend. It's<br />

the inner signal of what your mind and spirit want to<br />

know at any particular time. You ask questions and<br />

pursue your curiosity for a single reason: to create<br />

knowledge. (Adapted from BANNER, Jr., M.J. and CANNON, H.C. The<br />

elements of learning. New Haven: Yale Press,.)<br />

1. Mark the option in which the apostrophe S is used as<br />

in "curiosity's virtue" (ref. 4).<br />

a) "it's the inner signal";<br />

b) "that's still unknown";<br />

c) "it's usually directed";<br />

d) "that's a fact";<br />

e) "student's best friend".<br />

Most tourists in Rio spend most of their time<br />

downtown or in the city's "Zona Sul", or southern zone,<br />

where the "Rua dos Oitis" is located. But in the 50 weeks<br />

of the year not devoted to "Carnaval" or New Year's Eve,<br />

it can be easy to 1 miss the party. It takes some guidance<br />

to develop the sense of where the "Cariocas" will be<br />

exercising their native "joie de vivre".<br />

A working knowledge of Portuguese is an easy<br />

in, but even lacking that, with a little advance work and a<br />

few English-speaking Brazilian contacts you can get<br />

involved .......... the action and have an idea of the real<br />

scene.<br />

I received my initial orientation at home in New<br />

York, from acquaintances and friends of friends. Many<br />

Brazilians, gregarious by nature, are happy enough to<br />

help steer a traveler, especially if they think they may be<br />

coming north sometime to collect .......... a return of the<br />

favor. 3 Local advice is also comforting, of course, given<br />

Rio's reputation for crime. 4 While the danger does not<br />

seem to 2 dampen 5 anyone's partying spirit, violence is<br />

much feared and the threat is much discussed .......... the<br />

locals.<br />

Frequent travelers to Rio may share 6 tips too.<br />

Before and after its peak travel season, the city attracts a<br />

number of regular visitors seduced by the charm of the<br />

Brazilians and the culture of their proudest city. These<br />

repeaters readily brave long flights, like the 12-hour trip<br />

from New York with not a single nonstop to be found.<br />

(Adapted from: KUGEL, Seth. The New York Times, 20 Feb.)<br />

2. The use of 'S is the same in ANYONE'S PARTYING<br />

SPIRIT (ref. 5) and in<br />

a) Everyone's invited for Carnival in Rio.<br />

b) The American's luggage was checked carefully.<br />

c) My friend Jeremy's arrived.<br />

d) Nobody's pleased with the situation.<br />

e) The Mexican tourist's coming tomorrow.<br />

76


Texto 1: Teen depression<br />

Depression is defined as an illness when the<br />

feelings of sadness, hopelessness, and despair persist and<br />

interfere with a child or adolescent's ability to function.<br />

Though the term "depression" can describe a<br />

normal human emotion, it also can refer to a mental<br />

health illness. Depressive illness in children and teens is<br />

defined when the feelings of depression persist and<br />

interfere with a child or adolescent's ability to function.<br />

Depression is common in teens and younger<br />

children. About 5 percent of children and adolescents in<br />

the general population suffer from depression at any<br />

given point in time. Children under stress, who<br />

experience loss, or who have attentional, learning,<br />

conduct or anxiety disorders are at a higher risk for<br />

depression. Teenager girls are at especially high risk, as<br />

are minority youth. Depressed youth often have<br />

problems at home. In many cases, the parents are<br />

depressed, as depression tends to run in families. Over<br />

the past 50 years, depression rises, so does the teen<br />

suicide rate.<br />

It is important to remember that the behavior of<br />

depressed children and teenagers may differ from the<br />

behavior of depressed adults. The characteristics vary,<br />

with most children and teens having additional<br />

psychiatric disorders, such as behavior disorders or<br />

substance abuse problems.<br />

Mental health professionals advise parents to be<br />

aware of signs of depression in their children. Some of<br />

these signs may be: frequent sadness, tearfulness, crying;<br />

hopelessness; decreased interest in activities or inability<br />

to enjoy previously favorite activities; persistent<br />

boredom; low energy; social isolation; poor<br />

communication; poor concentration; extreme sensitivity<br />

to rejection or failure, and increased irritability, anger, or<br />

hostility; among others.<br />

(Extraído de: www.focusas.com/Depression.html)<br />

Texto 2: Adolescent Depression: Helping depressed<br />

teens<br />

It's not unusual for young people to experience<br />

"the blues" or feel "down in the dumps" occasionally.<br />

Adolescence is always an unsetting time, with the many<br />

physical, emotional, psychological and social changes<br />

that accompany this stage of life.<br />

Unrealistic academic, social, or family<br />

expectations can create a strong sense of rejections and<br />

can lead to deep disappointment. When things go wrong<br />

at schools or at home, teens often overreact. Many young<br />

people feel that life is not fair or that things "never go<br />

their way." They feel "stressed out" and confused. To<br />

make matters worse, teens are bombarded by conflicting<br />

messages from parents, friends and society. Today's<br />

teens see more of what life has to offer - both good and<br />

bad - on television, at school, in magazines and on the<br />

Internet. They are also forced to learn about the threat of<br />

AIDS, even if they are not sexually active or using drugs.<br />

Teens need adult guidance more than ever to<br />

understand all the emotional and physical changes they<br />

are experiencing. When teens' moods disrupt their ability<br />

to function on a day-to-day basis, it may indicate a<br />

serious emotional or mental disorder that needs attention<br />

- adolescent depression. Parents or caregivers must take<br />

action.<br />

Depressions can be difficult to diagnose in teens<br />

because adults may expect teens to act moody. Also,<br />

adolescents do not always understand or express their<br />

feelings very well. They may not be aware of the<br />

symptoms of depression and may not seek help.<br />

(Extraído de www.nmha.org/infoctr/factsheets/24.cfm)<br />

3. De acordo com o texto 1, indique a alternativa que<br />

expressa o mesmo significado da expressão em destaque<br />

na sentença:<br />

It is important to remember that THE BEHAVIOR OF<br />

DEPRESSED CHILDREN may change.<br />

a) the depressed children's behavior<br />

b) the behavior's depressed children<br />

c) the behavior of the depressed children's<br />

d) the children's depressed behavior<br />

e) the depressed behavior's children<br />

It's Not the Carbs, Stupid<br />

In the mid-19 th century, William Banting first<br />

popularized the low carbohydrate weight-loss plan that<br />

has once again grabbed the media's collective attention.<br />

Banting was a well-meaning London undertaker who<br />

grew so fat in middle age that he could not descend a<br />

staircase face first, for fear of being toppled by his<br />

copious paunch. His friend and physician, the noted<br />

British aural surgeon William Harvey, prescribed a<br />

regimen focused on meat, small amounts of fruit and<br />

77


78<br />

liberal lashings of Claret, sherry and Madeira, which<br />

helped Banting drop 35 pounds in 38 weeks.<br />

(BY ELLEN RUPPEL SHELL Newsweek, August 5, )<br />

4. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do<br />

caso possessivo, como no substantivo "media" em "the<br />

media's collective attention".<br />

a) mens' garment.<br />

b) womens' wear.<br />

c) mental's disturbance.<br />

d) children's clothes.<br />

e) disappointment's feeling.<br />

Woody Allen's 'Sweet and Lowdown' has received great<br />

critical acclaim, 1 not least in the perceptive review of it<br />

by Jonathan Romney. 2 But not even he has discussed the<br />

aspect of the film I found the most intriguing.<br />

That 'Interiors' was made as a tribute to Bergman was<br />

immediately recognised, but no review I have seen has<br />

pointed out that 'Sweet and Lowdown' reflects not only<br />

Allen's love of jazz, but also his love for Fellini. In this<br />

case, the homage takes the form of appropriating and<br />

reworking the plotline of 'La Strada (1954)'.<br />

Samantha Morton's superb performance as the mute<br />

Hattie in Allen's film has caused comparisons to be made<br />

with the blind heroine of Chaplin's 'City Lights (1931)',<br />

but it's even more relevant to recall that Giulietta<br />

Masina's Gelsomina in 'La Strada' was also<br />

Chaplinesque. Both Hattie and Gelsomina are loveable<br />

characters with more than a touch of simple-mindedness,<br />

and each is exploited by a travelling performer, the man<br />

they love. What makes this more than a passing parallel<br />

is the fact that both films 3 lead to the same conclusion, a<br />

scene in which the man comes to the belated realisation<br />

that the woman he abandoned had been the love of his<br />

life, and also discovers that he has lost her.<br />

If I found 'Sweet and Lowdown' immensely fascinating<br />

without being wholly satisfying, it was because I was at<br />

once convinced that it is a variation on a film which<br />

cannot be matched, and which for me is Fellini's greatest.<br />

(Fonte: Sight and Sound,)<br />

5. 0 possessivo, usado como em "Woody Allen's Sweet<br />

and Lowdown", está correto em todas as alternativas<br />

abaixo, EXCETO em<br />

a) There was a two hours' delay at the airport in<br />

London.<br />

b) Anthony Burgess's A Clockwork Orange is a<br />

milestone in modern literature.<br />

c) In our last holidays we had to cope with our young<br />

relatives' weird ideas.<br />

d) Elizabeth I's interest on sea voyages brought<br />

development to England.<br />

e) Maggie and Millie's eyebrows are so thin you can<br />

hardly see them.<br />

6. Complete the sentence with the CORRECT<br />

alternative:<br />

__________________ father is in Europe.<br />

a) The Mary's and George's<br />

b) Mary's and George<br />

c) Mary and George's<br />

d) Mary's and Georges's<br />

e) The Mary and George's<br />

7. Complete com a opção correta. Os exercícios a seguir<br />

referem-se ao Genitive Case.<br />

1. On weekends we like to have dinner at<br />

________________. (Jack'/Jack's)<br />

2. ___________________ dog is very well-mannered.<br />

(Camila and Ana's/Camila's and Ana')<br />

3. I've examined ____________________ grades.<br />

(Claudio' and Tom's/Claudio's and Tom's)<br />

4. Have you seen ___________________ sister?<br />

(Vinicius's/Vinicius')<br />

5. Have you seen the ___________________ toys?<br />

(child's/children's)<br />

6. ____________________ father is an old friend of<br />

mine. (James'/James's)<br />

7. ____________________ father is a world-known<br />

musician. (John's and Paul's/John and Paul's)<br />

8. Reescreva as orações usando o Caso Genitivo ('s, s'):<br />

a) The explanation of the teacher wasn't so clear.<br />

_______________________________________<br />

b) The car of Charles is a brand new one.<br />

_______________________________________


c) Did you know that the nationality of Richard Burton<br />

is Welsh?<br />

_______________________________________<br />

d) The dresses of the princess are so beautiful.<br />

_______________________________________<br />

e) The documents of Mary and John have been lost.<br />

_______________________________________<br />

10. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à tradução<br />

mais adequada da frase a seguir:<br />

a) My mother's maid has just bought the dog's meat.<br />

b) Minha mãe e a empregada acabam de comprar a<br />

carne do cachorro.<br />

c) A empregada de minha mãe acaba de comprar a<br />

carne do cachorro.<br />

d) Minha mãe acabou de fazer a carne do cachorro.<br />

e) Minha mãe fará compras com a empregada e o<br />

cachorro.<br />

f) Minha mãe é empregada e comprou carne de<br />

cachorro.<br />

f) The ball of the boys was American.<br />

_______________________________________<br />

One of the great themes of American history emerges<br />

from the epochal story of Americans confronting and<br />

1 coming to terms with a huge wild country. Quite unlike<br />

the Old World, where people had occupied the land for<br />

as long as history could recall, and where adjustment to<br />

environment came so 4 gradually as to be almost<br />

imperceptible, Americans' encounter with their land was<br />

abrupt and violent, consuming much of the nation's<br />

energies, and 5 powerfully gripping its collective<br />

imagination. 3 It has been said that America is a nation<br />

with abundance of geography but a shortage of history,<br />

and there is some truth in both statements. It took less<br />

than four hundred years to subdue more than three<br />

million square miles of territory; in fact, Americans<br />

occupied the bulk of their national domain within the last<br />

century and a half. Even today, much of the United<br />

States remains only semipopulated and semitamed. 2 It is<br />

no wonder that the struggle to conquer America's<br />

physical geography looms so large in the nation's<br />

memory. Just as Americans have reshaped the face of<br />

their land, the people themselves have been shaped and<br />

reshaped by constant intimate encounters with that land.<br />

11. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a<br />

lacuna.<br />

The__________uncle was dead.<br />

a) writer.<br />

b) bwriters.<br />

c) writer of.<br />

d) writer's.<br />

e) writers of the.<br />

9. The phrases "Americans' encounter" the nation's<br />

energies" and "America's physical geography" are<br />

examples of<br />

a) passive voice.<br />

b) the infinitive.<br />

c) the gerund,<br />

d) the genitive.<br />

e) indirect speech.<br />

79


CAPÍTULO X – SIMPLE PRESENT TENSE – VERBS<br />

Verbo é a classe de palavras que nomeia, descreve um<br />

estado ou uma ação. A maioria dos verbos em <strong>Inglês</strong> é<br />

dividida em verbos regulares (regular verbs) e verbos<br />

irregulares (irregular verbs).<br />

Os verbos irregulares são os que não são conjugados<br />

da mesma maneira que os regulares e para os quais<br />

não existe uma regra geral; para cada verbo irregular<br />

há uma regra. Em <strong>Inglês</strong>, toda a sentença precisa ter<br />

um verbo, pelo menos.<br />

Começaremos a estudar os verbos a partir do Verbo<br />

"to be", que é um dos verbos mais básicos em língua<br />

inglesa.<br />

Verbo to be - Verb to be<br />

O verbo to be significa ser e estar em português e,<br />

além desses dois significados, este verbo é muito<br />

usado no sentido de ficar(tornar-se). Observe os usos<br />

e as formas deste verbo:<br />

- USOS:<br />

Usa-se o verbo to be:<br />

1. Para identificar e descrever pessoas e objetos:<br />

• Richard is my friend. (Ricardo é meu amigo.)<br />

• I am Italian. (Eu souItaliano.)<br />

• I'm from Spain. (Eu sou da Espanha.)<br />

• It is a computer. (Isto éum computador.)<br />

2. Nas expressões de tempo, idade* e lugar:<br />

• It was raining this morning. (Hoje de manhã estava<br />

chovendo.)<br />

• It is sunny today. (Hoje o dia estáensolarado.)<br />

• I am twenty years old. (Tenho vinte anos.)<br />

cojugada no presente afirmativo sofre acréscimo de “S”.<br />

Se o verbo terminar em S, SH, CH, X, O ou Z,<br />

acrescenta-se “ES”. (para a 3ª pessoa do singular<br />

apenas). Se o verbo termina em Y antecedido por uma<br />

consoante, o Y é retirado e as letras “IES” são<br />

acrescentadas. (Para a 3ª pessoa do singular apenas).<br />

E.g.<br />

1. I live in Vit. Da Conquista with my family.<br />

2. He needs to stay with us tonight.<br />

3. She goes to school twice a week.<br />

4. The teacher studies hard every day.<br />

5. The teachers study hard every day.<br />

Obs. O verbo TO HAVE tem uma forma especial para a<br />

3ª pessoa do singular no presente afirmativo que é: HAS.<br />

E.g.<br />

1. He has a beautiful car.<br />

2. The Solar System has nine planets<br />

Muitos verbos expressam ações físicas<br />

Aqui estão algumas frases com os verbos destacados.<br />

(Esses verbos expressam<br />

She sells pegs and lucky heather. - (Neste exemplo, a<br />

palavra SELL é um verbo. Ele exprime a actividade<br />

física de vender.).)<br />

1. The doctor wrote the prescription. - (Neste exemplo, a<br />

palavra WROTE é um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade<br />

física para escrever.)<br />

2. Alison bought a ticket. - (A palavra BOUGHT é um<br />

verbo. Ela expressa a atividade física para comprar.)<br />

80<br />

SIMPLE PRESENT:<br />

O Simple Present (Presente do Indicativo em português)<br />

é formado a partir do infinitivo sem TO, exceto para o<br />

verbo TO BE (e estruturas compostas com este verbo) e<br />

verbos ANÔMALOS. A 3ª pessoa do singular quando<br />

Verbos que expressam atividade mental também.<br />

Como nós vimos no início, os verbos não expressam<br />

necessariamente ações físicas como os acima. Eles<br />

podem expressar ações mentais.


1. She considers the job done. - (A palavra considers é<br />

um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade mental a considerar.)<br />

2. Peter guessed the right number. - (A palavra GUESS é<br />

um verbo. Ela expressa a atividade mental de adivinhar.)<br />

ATENÇÃO:<br />

Observe que os verbos conjugados na terceira pessoa do<br />

singular não são acrescidos de S, pois isso só ocorre nas<br />

frases afirmativas.<br />

Presente Simples:<br />

Forma Interrogativa:<br />

Faz-se a interrogativa com a ajuda dos auxiliares DO e<br />

DOES, que é o auxiliar da 3ª pessoa do singular.<br />

Veja quadro.<br />

DO<br />

DOES<br />

DO<br />

ATENÇÃO:<br />

I<br />

YOU<br />

HE<br />

SHE<br />

IT<br />

WE<br />

YOU<br />

THEY<br />

WORK ?<br />

STUDY ?<br />

SWIM ?<br />

SING ?<br />

HURT ?<br />

GO ?<br />

UNDERSTAND ?<br />

STAY ?<br />

Observe que os verbos conjugados na terceira pessoa do<br />

singular não são acrescidos de S, pois isso só ocorre nas<br />

frases afirmativas.<br />

Forma Negativa :<br />

Faz-se a forma negativa com a ajuda dos auxiliares DO<br />

NOT (DON”T) e DOES NOT (DOESN”T).<br />

Veja mais alguns exemplos nas três formas.<br />

1. Do you live near here ?<br />

2. Does your sister study English ?<br />

3. We don’t know how to speak Chinese.<br />

4. They want us to stay with them.<br />

5. People like to go to the beach on Summer.<br />

ATENÇÃO:<br />

As palavras DO e DOES quando são utilizadas em<br />

sentenças afirmativas, apresentarão uma função<br />

ENFÀTICA ao verbo principal das sentenças.<br />

Dando uma atenção especial ao sentido positivo da frase.<br />

Poderemos substituir DO e DOES nas sentenças pelo<br />

equivalente enfático, REALLY.<br />

Mister does love his son Misterzinho.<br />

Mister really love his son Misterzinho.<br />

The Beatles.<br />

Help me if you can I'm feeling down<br />

And I do appreciate you being 'round<br />

Help me get my feet back on the ground<br />

Won't you please, please, help me, help me, help me?<br />

Veja quadro.<br />

I<br />

YOU<br />

HE<br />

SHE<br />

IT<br />

DO NOT (DON’T)<br />

DOES NOT (DOESN’T)<br />

WORK<br />

STUDY<br />

SWIM<br />

SING<br />

HURT<br />

Presente Simples:<br />

Definição:<br />

Usaremos o Presente Simples quando se tratar de um<br />

hábito, algo que acontece com frequência considerável,<br />

ações genéricas, um fenômeno natural ou uma verdade<br />

cientificamente comprovada.<br />

Veja mais alguns exemplos:<br />

WE<br />

YOU<br />

THEY<br />

DO NOT (DON’T)<br />

GO<br />

UNDERSTAND<br />

STAY<br />

We study English in a private school.<br />

They go to the club almost every Sunday.<br />

It always rains in the Rain Forest.<br />

The moon moves around the Earth.<br />

81


The Earth doesn’t have a flat form.<br />

ATENÇÃO:<br />

Quando expressarmos uma verdade univesal (The earth<br />

goes around the sun) – ou verdade cientificamente<br />

comprovada (Water boils at at 71 Celcius on the Everest)<br />

– é importantíssimo que o façamos no Simple Present<br />

Tense.<br />

Presente Simples:<br />

Verbo TO BE e ANÔMALOS<br />

TO BE:<br />

Este verbo é sem dúvida o mais irregular da língua<br />

inglesa. Ele tem uma conjugação especial no presente e<br />

no passado, tem sua própria forma negativa dispensando<br />

assim os auxiliares e também tem sua própria forma<br />

interrogativa. Veja quadro.<br />

Interro<br />

Affirmative Negative<br />

PESSOA<br />

gative<br />

Form<br />

Form<br />

Form<br />

1ª<br />

am<br />

I am I’m I<br />

I am not Am I ?<br />

Singular<br />

not<br />

2ª<br />

are You<br />

you<br />

You are You’re You<br />

Are<br />

Singular<br />

not aren’t<br />

?<br />

3ª<br />

is<br />

He is He’s He<br />

He isn’t Is he ?<br />

Singular<br />

not<br />

3ª<br />

is<br />

She<br />

she<br />

She is She’s She<br />

Is<br />

OU<br />

Singular<br />

not OU isn’t<br />

?<br />

3ª<br />

is<br />

It is It’s It<br />

It isn’t Is it ?<br />

Singular<br />

not<br />

1ª<br />

are We<br />

We are We’re We<br />

Are we ?<br />

Pural<br />

not aren’t<br />

2ª<br />

are You<br />

you<br />

You are You’re You<br />

Are<br />

Pural<br />

not aren’t<br />

?<br />

3ª<br />

are They<br />

they<br />

They are They’re They<br />

Are<br />

Plural<br />

not aren’t<br />

?<br />

Como você pode observar este verbo dispensa os<br />

auxiliares DO, DOES, DON’T e DOESN’T, usados nos<br />

exemplos anteriores. O mesmo ocorrerá no passado<br />

simples, que será um dos nossos próximos assuntos.<br />

Veja o verbo TO BE no presente simples.<br />

82<br />

E.g.<br />

1. He is American from New York.<br />

2. She isn’t a good student.<br />

3. Are you a good soccer player ?<br />

4. Are they teachers or students ?<br />

5. Monica and Elizabeth aren’t from the same city.<br />

6. What is your name ?<br />

7. It is hot today, isn’t it ?<br />

ANÔMALOS:<br />

Os anômalos são verbos que não podem ser<br />

cojugados em todos os tempos. Cada um tem o seu<br />

próprio tempo verbal e podem se auxiliarem numa<br />

sentença.<br />

Os anômalos de tempo presente tais como:<br />

CAN. MAY, e MUST, assim como o verbo TO BE não<br />

precisam dos auxiliares DO, DOES, DON’T e<br />

DOESN’T, já mencionados.Todavia os anômalos é um<br />

assunto que trataremos mais tarde.<br />

Presente Simples:<br />

Advérbios de Freqüência: Os advérbios de frequência<br />

bem que podiam ser estudados num outro capítulo, mas<br />

como eles vão nos ajudar a entender melhor o que é o<br />

presente simples, resolvi usar aqui alguns exemplos com<br />

esses advérbios que geralmente acompanham o presente<br />

simples.<br />

Alguns Advérbios de Frequência:<br />

1 Always Sempre<br />

1. 2 Frequently Freqüentemente<br />

2. 3 Generally Geralmente<br />

3. 4 Usually Habitualmente<br />

4. 5 Often Freqüentemente<br />

5. 6 Sometimes Às vezes<br />

6. 7 Seldom Raramente<br />

7. 8 Rarely Raramente<br />

8. 9 Never Nunca


ATENÇÃO:<br />

Esses advérbios devem ser usados entre o sujeito e o<br />

verbo principal de cada oração. Exceto SOMETIMES,<br />

que também pode ser usado no início ou final de cada<br />

oração.<br />

Se o verbo for TO BE o advérbio deve aparecer<br />

depois deste.<br />

Examine os anúncios para responder à questão.<br />

Vejamos ainda, mais alguns exemplos de Presente<br />

Simples.<br />

1. They always have lunch after 1:00 o’clock.<br />

2. Iane Mikaelle is usually late for class.<br />

3. People often go to the club on Saturdays.<br />

4. Sometimes I watch TV in the afternoon.<br />

5. My parents never stay home on Sundays.<br />

6. Crislenon sometimes studies late in the evening.<br />

EXERCISES<br />

2. Nos anúncios, as palavras use, you, need, electricity e<br />

wisely são exemplos, respectivamente, de<br />

a) substantivo, pronome, verbo, substantivo e advérbio.<br />

b) verbo, pronome, verbo, substantivo e advérbio.<br />

c) substantivo, adjetivo, verbo, substantivo e adjetivo.<br />

d) verbo, pronome, verbo, adjetivo e adjetivo.<br />

e) substantivo, pronome, substantivo, adjetivo e advérbio.<br />

1. De acordo com o anúncio,<br />

a) The event is addressed to Brazilian students who<br />

live abroad.<br />

b) The event will happen on the weekend and will last<br />

all day long.<br />

c) The invitation to the event is made through an<br />

imperative sentence.<br />

d) The most important cultural event in the Brazilian<br />

culture is carnival.<br />

3. Consider the sentence below and the suggestions to<br />

complete it.<br />

The best translations into Portuguese for<br />

1. “be prepared” (panel 2) is estamos preparados.<br />

2. with this full backpack (panel 3) is com esta mochila<br />

cheia.<br />

83


3. Just so long as we don‘t get hungry (panel 4) is Só<br />

enquanto não sentirmos fome.<br />

Which of the suggestions above can be considered<br />

correct according to the text?<br />

a) Only 1.<br />

b) Only 2.<br />

c) Only 3.<br />

d) Only 2 and 3.<br />

e) 1, 2 and 3.<br />

- Make the most of your assets. For example: 20 Don’t<br />

cover freckles, says Tiffany. “They’re awesome. They’re<br />

you. So make the most of them.”<br />

- Photographers always ask you to [put your] ‘chin<br />

down’ — it makes one look more flattering that way.<br />

Even slightly raised eyebrows work too.<br />

- Avoid wearing sunglasses for a photo; they’re like<br />

stuffing your hands in your pockets — you come across<br />

as having something to hide.<br />

- Go for B&W shots 23 if you’re looking for classic and<br />

flattering.<br />

http://www.khaleejtimes.com/weekend/inside.asp?xfile=/data/weekend/2011/janu<br />

ary/weekend_january7.xml&section=weekend<br />

Profile Perfect<br />

By Karen Ann Monsy | January 7, 2011<br />

4. A alternativa cujo fragmento apresenta o mesmo<br />

modo verbal dos segmentos sublinhados em "Avoid the<br />

stiff smile! Go for the 'after laugh' smile instead" (ref.<br />

19) é<br />

a) "Don't cover freckles" (ref. 20).<br />

b) "all over the place, aren't you?" (ref. 1).<br />

c) "but they should" (ref. 21).<br />

d) "Tiffany cautioned" (ref. 22).<br />

e) "if you're looking for classic and flattering" (ref. 23).<br />

Tears dry on their own<br />

Amy Winehouse.<br />

All I can ever be to you,<br />

Is a darkness that we knew<br />

And this regret I got accustomed to<br />

Once it was so right<br />

When we were at our high,<br />

Waiting for you in the hotel at night<br />

Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Orkut — 1 all over the<br />

place, aren’t you? Now find out how 3 a single snap can<br />

say it all.<br />

Here are a few tips from Tiffany for 8 how best to<br />

create that memorable profile shot:<br />

- 19 Avoid the stiff smile! Go for the ‘after laugh’ smile<br />

instead — 12 it always works best.<br />

- Magic hours for outdoor photography: early morning or<br />

18 in the evening just before, during or after sunset.<br />

I knew I hadn’t met my match<br />

But every moment we could snatch<br />

I don’t know why I got so attached<br />

It’s my responsibility,<br />

And you don’t owe nothing to me<br />

But to walk away I have no capacity<br />

He walks away<br />

84


The sun goes down,<br />

He takes the day but I’m grown<br />

And in your way<br />

In this blue shade<br />

My tears dry on their own.<br />

I don’t understand<br />

Why do I stress a man,<br />

When there’s so many bigger things at hand<br />

We could have never had it all<br />

We had to hit a wall<br />

So this is inevitable withdrawal<br />

Even if I stopped wanting you,<br />

A perspective pushes through<br />

I’ll be some next man’s other woman soon<br />

[…]<br />

I wish I could say no regrets<br />

And no emotional debts<br />

’Cause as we kissed goodbye the sun sets<br />

So we are history<br />

The shadow covers me<br />

The sky above a blaze<br />

That only lovers see<br />

A cyber attack blocked traffic to the website of the<br />

Brazilian presidency and two other government sites on<br />

Wednesday, authorities said.<br />

The Brazilian branch of the Lulz Security hacking<br />

collective claimed responsibility for the attacks.<br />

Lulz members have claimed responsibility for recent<br />

attacks on the site of electronics giant Sony, along with<br />

the CIA web page and the U.S. Senate computer system.<br />

The Brazilian president’s office said in a statement that<br />

attacks on the website of the presidency, along with the<br />

nation’s internal revenue service and a government<br />

portal began around 12:30 a.m. and lasted until 3 a.m.<br />

The government said it stopped the hackers from<br />

obtaining data from the websites, but that the attacks<br />

made them inaccessible for about an hour.<br />

Hours later, people who claimed to be Lulz members<br />

said on Twitter that they had taken down the website of<br />

oil company Petrobras, whose website was down<br />

Wednesday afternoon. Petrobras would not confirm<br />

whether the problems with its website were caused by an<br />

attack.<br />

On a Twitter page in the name of the Brazilian branch of<br />

Lulz, posters justified the apparent attack on the<br />

Petrobras website by complaining about the price of<br />

gasoline in Brazil.<br />

“Wake up Brazil! We no longer want to buy gas at 2.75<br />

to 2.78 reals ($1.73 to $1.75) and export for half of that<br />

price!” stated one tweet from the group.<br />

Adapted from: http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/americas/brazilpresidency-website-hacked-jammed-in-attack-claimed-by-lulzcollective/2011/06/22/AGb53KgH_story.html<br />

(http://letras.terra.com.br. Adaptado.)<br />

6. Which verb form is used in the sentence: “Wake up<br />

Brazil!”.<br />

5. Em qual alternativa todas as palavras, conforme<br />

utilizadas na letra da música, são formas verbais?<br />

a) Accustomed, away, knew, met, was.<br />

b) Ever, hand, match, waiting, were.<br />

c) Accustomed, hand, know, owe, was.<br />

d) Away, ever, met, snatch, waiting.<br />

e) Attached, knew, met, owe, were.<br />

a) Futuro.<br />

b) Passado simples.<br />

c) Presente Perfeito.<br />

d) Imperativo.<br />

e) Presente Contínuo.<br />

Brazil presidency website hacked, jammed in attack<br />

claimed by Lulz collective<br />

85


86<br />

7. Texto 3<br />

Considerando as ideias presentes no texto e os aspectos<br />

da língua inglesa, é CORRETO afirmar que<br />

a) the governor is trying to help the prisoners to<br />

improve the bad conditions of the prison.<br />

b) the term over-crowding expresses the idea that there<br />

are just a few people or things in one place.<br />

c) the prisoner is saying that he wishes he could talk to<br />

the governor about the difficult conditions in prison.<br />

d) the sentence Don’t talk to me about prison overcrowding…<br />

in the affirmative form would be “Talk<br />

to me about prison over-crowding…”<br />

The art of difference<br />

Mutuality in recognizing and negotiating difference is<br />

crucial for people to deal with their past and the future; it<br />

is also essential in the process of creating a culture of<br />

responsibility. How can this be achieved and what is the<br />

role of art in this process?<br />

1<br />

A vision based on ideologies solves both challenges of<br />

sharing – the interpretation of the past and the<br />

projections of the future. But ideologies are somehow<br />

“total”, if not totalitarian, because there is not much<br />

space for serious public negotiation. Individuals, then,<br />

lose their integrity or are restricted to their private<br />

spheres and, in the end, their memories become part of<br />

the dominant identity discourse, their aspirations are<br />

delegated. Even in less obvious systems of ideological<br />

rule, where individual subscription to the official story<br />

line seems to be consciously voluntary and collective<br />

memories are willingly encouraged for the sake of<br />

collective identities, the negotiation of difference is often<br />

not welcome: exclusion happens quickly 2 and nonconformist<br />

doubts produce suspicion.<br />

A democratic vision – shared aspirations for the future,<br />

based on negotiated interpretations of the past that<br />

respect diversity – is necessarily found in complex<br />

processes of private and public discourse and<br />

participatory and inclusive culture. Yet, politics tends to<br />

reduce complexity and engineer the balance between the<br />

individual and the collective rather than invest in<br />

processes of negotiation. We have learned, 11 though, that<br />

this social engineering is a phantasm, largely limited and<br />

limiting, and, even if successful, often creates paranoid<br />

and fatal structures of homogeneity by trying to mould<br />

memories and hopes.<br />

Humankind has gathered impressive knowledge about<br />

the limitations of the human will and the failures of such<br />

“engineering”. 12 Nevertheless, despite this, and maybe<br />

even because of it, we cannot give up trying the<br />

3 impossible: to create conditions for equality and<br />

solidarity for individuals to flourish. These conditions<br />

should be accompanied by narratives of a just, fair and<br />

free commonwealth of all. If history and memory seem<br />

to make this dream an 4 unlikely scenario, can art play<br />

this part?<br />

The role of art is precisely to keep inspiration alive, to<br />

deconstruct ideology, to 5 recall the necessary dream of<br />

freedom, of the individual and of the common good<br />

beyond the “either/or” and beyond simplicity. In this<br />

sense, art in general prevents false hopes, and thus<br />

generates hope in the most paradoxical way: the only<br />

way of hoping that reaches beyond the private sphere<br />

without some kind of ideological distortion.<br />

What makes art so unique? And why? Because the best<br />

narratives of art are purpose-free, uniquely noninstrumental,<br />

simply human. Art narrates what we don’t<br />

understand in 7 enlightened ways. Artists in particular<br />

offer a wealth of 6 unseen perspectives and 8 unexpected<br />

pathways of human exploration. Art makes us aware that<br />

all memories are personal, despite the power of<br />

collective narratives. Arts and culture empower people to<br />

think freely, to imagine the 9 unimagined, to feel<br />

responsible across borders and boundaries. Hopefully,<br />

the narratives of the future will be 10 intercultural – and<br />

art will be the ally in the art of difference that needs to be<br />

further developed. “Art is about difference, art is<br />

difference”, as stated by Igor Dobricic*. And it is


difference that will be at the origin of the new bonding<br />

narratives of confidence.<br />

Gottfried Wagner<br />

alliancepublishing.org. *Igor Dobricic – dramaturgo sérvio<br />

8. The ideas expressed in a text might be perceived as<br />

true because of the choice and repetition of a specific<br />

tense.<br />

The verb tense that makes the ideas in the text seem true<br />

is:<br />

a) future perfect<br />

b) simple present<br />

c) present perfect<br />

d) present progressive<br />

Leia a tira para responder à(s) questão(ões) a seguir.<br />

deliberate pace of the Chinese human spaceflight<br />

program so far, it is clear that China has spent a<br />

considerable amount of money to acquire this new<br />

capability—nearly $2 billion. In addition to developing a<br />

spacecraft and launching four previous unmanned<br />

missions, China has also built a new rocket, a new<br />

launch pad, and a large assembly building for integrating<br />

all of the equipment, as well as various other support<br />

facilities, such as a tracking station in Namibia and<br />

several tracking ships. Recovery forces such as<br />

helicopters and aircraft cost additional money. China<br />

may also demonstrate the value of spaceflight at<br />

diverting domestic attention from government<br />

oppression and corruption. 5 But the Chinese government<br />

is going to do this anyway with other events, such as the<br />

2008 Olympics.As for China’s industrial policy, the<br />

United States long ago learned that the spin-off argument<br />

is a weak one; although developing 7 spacecraft does<br />

produce some useful technologies, it is generally<br />

inefficient. If you want a faster computer chip, then<br />

develop one; there is no need to go to the Moon to do so.<br />

The only demonstrated payoff of human spaceflight is<br />

prestige. (Dwayne A. Day. Available in<br />

http://www.thespacereview.com/article/137/1. Retrieved on July 23,. Adapted.)<br />

10. “[…] spacecraft does produce some useful<br />

technologies […]” (ref. 7). The underlined word is used,<br />

in this context, to:<br />

a) indicate an interrogative sentence structure.<br />

b) emphasize the meaning of the verb “produce.”<br />

c) express the third person of the verb “to do.”<br />

d) weaken the meaning of the word “produce.”<br />

9. No trecho do primeiro quadrinho – she’s sick and<br />

tired of smelling beer –, ’s pode ser reescrito como<br />

a) is.<br />

b) was.<br />

c) goes.<br />

d) does.<br />

e) has.<br />

SHALL WE DANCE?<br />

planets SPIN.<br />

lightning leaps.<br />

atoms dance.<br />

and so do we.<br />

The Benefits of a New Space Race<br />

(…)<br />

(…)<br />

Human spaceflight is enormously expensive, even in<br />

places where labor is cheap. Despite the slow and<br />

Skirts bloom at a square dance in Albany, Oregon.<br />

"It's friendship set to music," says Marilyn Schmit, who<br />

met her husband on a square dance date 16 years ago.<br />

By Cathy Newman NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC SENIOR WRITER NATIONAL<br />

GEOGRAPHIC - JULY 2006<br />

87


11. The present tense of the verbs in the text subtitle<br />

("Planets spin ... and so do we") is used to express<br />

a) future events<br />

b) non-repeated actions<br />

c) temporary agenda<br />

d) unexpected actions<br />

e) permanent truths<br />

SILENT WEAPONS<br />

Technological Hurdles for Terrorists<br />

To be successful, a terrorist or terrorist organization has<br />

to overcome formidable technical challenges. First, the<br />

terrorist has to obtain a sufficiently lethal strain of a<br />

disease pathogen. Second, he must know how to handle<br />

and store the pathogen correctly and safely. Third, he<br />

must know how to produce it in bulk. Tiny amounts of a<br />

microorganism are lethal enough to ravage a field of<br />

crops, a herd of animals, or a city of people, assuming<br />

the pathogen is delivered precisely to the target.<br />

However, 2 biological agents do not survive well outside<br />

the laboratory. In reality only a fraction of the biological<br />

agent would reach the target population, so vastly larger<br />

amounts would be needed to launch a catastrophic<br />

attack.<br />

Considering the array of technological hurdles involved,<br />

it is surprising that few terrorist attacks with biological<br />

weapons have been attempted. What is more, those<br />

attempts produced few casualties. Recently, anthraxlaced<br />

letters killed five people in the United States. That<br />

is tragic enough, but the 1 casualties were fewer than<br />

might have occurred from a small explosive or even a<br />

pistol. Researchers calculate that since 1975, in 96<br />

percent of the attacks worldwide in which chemical<br />

agents were used no more than three people were killed<br />

or injured.<br />

Awake! September 22.<br />

12. In the sentence, "...biological agents do not survive<br />

well..."(ref. 2), the use of the present tense implies<br />

a) doubt.<br />

b) condition.<br />

c) probability.<br />

d) objectivity.<br />

e) certainty.<br />

88<br />

LIES ARE SO COMMONPLACE, THEY ALMOST<br />

SEEM LIKE THE TRUTH<br />

1. Everyone lies. Little lies, perhaps, which may not<br />

cause serious problems, but still they are lies. We fudge<br />

on how old we are, how much we weigh, what we are<br />

paid. Some people tell their children that Santa Claus<br />

will come on Christmas Eve.<br />

2. Consider the last time you got a phone call from<br />

someone you didn't want to talk to. Did you perhaps<br />

claim falsely that you were just on your way out the<br />

door? That your newborn (you're childless) needed you?<br />

Terry L. Goodrich. Seattle Post-Intelligencer; October 29, C1<br />

13. In the sentence "Everyone lies" (par.1), the present<br />

tense is being used to express a fact that will never<br />

change in time (historical present). In which of the<br />

alternatives below is the present tense being used to<br />

express a similar idea?<br />

a) It is hot and sunny today.<br />

b) Water freezes at 0 ° Celsius.<br />

c) My plane leaves at 5pm tomorrow.<br />

d) My cousin studies Computer Science.<br />

e) Joe is late for work today.<br />

The Paradox of Our Times<br />

by Jeff Dickson<br />

The paradox of our times in history is that<br />

We have taller buildings, but shorter tempers;<br />

Wider freeways, but narrower viewpoints.<br />

We spend more, but have less;<br />

We buy more, but enjoy it less.<br />

We have bigger houses and smaller families;<br />

More conveniences, but less time.<br />

We have more degrees, but less sense;<br />

More knowledge, but less judgment;<br />

More experts, but more problems;<br />

More medicine, but less wellness.


We drink too much, smoke too much, spend too<br />

recklessly;<br />

Laugh too little, drive too fast, get too angry too quickly,<br />

Stay up too late, get too tired,<br />

Read too seldom, watch TV too much,<br />

And pray too seldom.<br />

We have multiplied our possessions, but reduced our<br />

values.<br />

We talk too much, love too seldom, and hate too often.<br />

We’ve learned how to make a living, but not a life;<br />

We’ve added years to life, not life to years.<br />

We’ve been all the way to the moon and back,<br />

But have trouble crossing the street to meet a new<br />

neighbor.<br />

We’ve conquered outer space, but not inner space;<br />

We’ve cleaned up the air, but polluted the soul;<br />

We’ve split the atom, but not our prejudice.<br />

We have higher incomes, but lower morals;<br />

We’ve become long on quantity, but short on quality.<br />

These are the times of tall men, and short character;<br />

Steep profits, and shallow relationships.<br />

These are the times of world peace, but domestic<br />

warfare;<br />

More leisure, but less fun;<br />

More kinds of food, but less nutrition.<br />

These are days of two incomes, but more divorce;<br />

Of fancier houses, but broken homes.<br />

It is a time when there is much in the show window<br />

And nothing in the stockroom;<br />

A time when technology can bring this letter to you,<br />

And a time when you can choose either to make a<br />

difference<br />

Or just hit delete.<br />

(www.motivateus.com/stories/paradox.htm - July 2012.)<br />

14. In the line, “we talk too much, love too seldom, and<br />

hate too often”, what kind of adverb is seldom?<br />

a) Manner.<br />

b) Frequency.<br />

c) Degree.<br />

d) Place.<br />

FLORIDA PANTHER, THE EVERGLADES<br />

The Everglades, often called a "river of grass," is a<br />

unique subtropical habitat for plants and wildlife<br />

A Florida panther rests 4<br />

quietly in the<br />

Everglades of southwestern Florida. 1 Although protected<br />

by the Endangered Species Act, only 30 Florida panthers<br />

are believed to survive in the Everglades 5 victims of<br />

disease and shrinking habitat as well as illegal hunting<br />

and automobiles. 2 With the species' fate hanging in the<br />

balance, some Florida panthers are being captured for a<br />

special breeding program.<br />

The Everglades, 3 often called a "river of grass",<br />

6 stretches more than 300 kilometers from the headwaters<br />

of the Kissimmee River to the Florida Keys, with a<br />

600,000-hectare national park at its core. Made up of<br />

saw grass, tree islands, marshes and sloughs, the<br />

Everglades is a unique subtropical habitat for plants and<br />

wildlife. It is also an ecosystem under pressure from<br />

outside development, pollution (especially agricultural<br />

runoff) and the diversion of water for use by the state's<br />

growing population. State and federal conservation<br />

authorities are now taking action to restore the<br />

Everglades. Environment: The Next Frontier, a<br />

publication of the U. S. Information Agency.<br />

15. A palavra "often" (ref. 3) pode ser substituída, sem<br />

mudança de sentido, por<br />

a) never.<br />

b) hardly ever.<br />

c) also.<br />

d) frequently.<br />

e) always.<br />

89


A RACIAL GAP<br />

Blacks undergo lifesaving lung-cancer surgery at a lower<br />

rate than whites. What can be done?<br />

Doctors have long known that lung cancers,<br />

which kills 160.000 Americans each year, takes a heavier<br />

toll among black Americans, particularly black men,<br />

than among whites. In part that's because 34% of black<br />

men in the U.S. smoke cigarettes, compared with 28% of<br />

white men. (Black women tend to smoke less than white<br />

women). It also has to do with differences in income and<br />

access to medical care. But there has always been a<br />

lingering suspicion that some of the gap might be due to<br />

either overt or subconscious discrimination. A study in<br />

"New England Journal of Medicine" appears to bolster<br />

that disturbing conclusion.<br />

Unlike other cancers, lung cancer is extremely<br />

hard to detect in its earliest, most treatable stages. Even<br />

so, about 20% of lung-cancer patients are found to have<br />

a tumor whose biological characteristics and small size<br />

give them a good chance of being cured if the malignant<br />

growth is surgically removed.<br />

(Time, October 25th, 1999)<br />

16. The opposite of "always" in the sentence "There has<br />

always been a lingering suspicious that some of the<br />

gap...", is<br />

a) already.<br />

b) yet.<br />

c) still<br />

d) hardly ever.<br />

e) never.<br />

Gypsies are a wandering people. They may find a house<br />

to live in for the winter, but in spring they 1 usually pack<br />

up and begin traveling again. They used to travel in vans<br />

pulled by horses, but 5 nowadays most of them use trucks<br />

and trailers. They travel in groups called "caravans".<br />

When they find a place to camp, they gather their vans<br />

together. Sometimes they put up tents. Out of the vans<br />

comes everything needed to set up camp. In the evening<br />

6 they gather around a campfire to sing and play music, to<br />

dance and tell stories, and to laugh together. They may<br />

stay in one camp for many nights or they may pack up<br />

and leave 2 after one night. Sometimes you may see<br />

Gypsies 7 telling fortunes at a fair. Some even own their<br />

own carnivals.<br />

90<br />

Thousands of years ago the first Gypsies came<br />

3 from India. Since then they have spread all over the<br />

world. In England they were called Egyptians because<br />

some of them had come to England from Egypt. Later on<br />

the word Egyptian was shortened to Gypsy.<br />

The Gypsies have a special language all their<br />

own, called "Romany". Very few people who are not<br />

Gypsies can speak it. It is taught by a father to his<br />

children. There are even many Gypsies who cannot<br />

speak Romany. They speak the language of the country<br />

they travel in. The Gypsies do not have 4 any special<br />

religion. Different groups of them belong to different<br />

faiths all over the world.<br />

(BONHIVERT, Edith & Ernest. Questions Children Ask, Chicago, Standard<br />

Education Society, Inc., 1992, page 164.)<br />

17. Marque a opção que contém a classificação<br />

gramatical CORRETA:<br />

a) usually (ref.1) - advérbio<br />

b) after (ref.2) - pronome<br />

c) from (ref.3) - conjunção<br />

d) any (ref.4) - substantivo<br />

INFORMATION REVOLUTION<br />

1 In Ray Bradbury's Fahrenheit 451 - 2 which was<br />

written in the early 1950s, just after televisions and<br />

computers first appeared - people relate most intimately<br />

with electronic screens and don't like to read. They are<br />

happy when firemen burn books.<br />

2 Bradbury's novel no longer seems set in a<br />

distant future. Thanks to growth in computer capacity,<br />

television and computers are merging into digital streams<br />

of sounds, images, and text that make it possible to<br />

become absolutely brilliant with information.<br />

3 To know where information technologies are<br />

taking us is impossible. The law of unintended<br />

consequences governs all technological revolutions. In<br />

1438 Johannes Gutenberg wanted a cheaper way to<br />

produce handwritten Bibles. His movable type fostered a<br />

spread in literacy, an advance of scientific knowledge,<br />

and the emergence of the industrial revolution.<br />

4 Although no one can predict the full effect to<br />

the 1 current information revolution, we can see changes<br />

in our daily lives. Often the changes that accompany new<br />

information technologies are so subtle we barely notice<br />

3 them. Before the written word people relied on their<br />

memories. Before telephones, more people knew the


pleasure of writing and receiving letters, the small joy of<br />

finding a handwritten envelope in the mailbox from a<br />

friend or a relative. Before television and computers,<br />

people had a stronger sense of community, a greater<br />

attachment to neighborhoods and families.<br />

5 Television has glued us to our homes, isolating<br />

us from other human beings. Only one-quarter of all<br />

Americans know their next-door neighbors. Our<br />

communities will become less intimate and more isolated<br />

as we earn college credits, begin romances, and gossip<br />

on the Internet, a worldwide system that allows<br />

computers to communicate with one another. The age of<br />

software will offer more games, home banking,<br />

electronic shopping, video 4 on demand, and a host of<br />

other services that unplug us from physical contact.<br />

6 Some of us will cross into the new world; others<br />

will remain behind. No one knows what kind of network<br />

will succeed the Internet, or what increasing computer<br />

power will make possible. One trend is clear: A growing<br />

cultlike faith in information, a belief that if we hook up<br />

to the Internet we'll be smart. Full of facts. Brilliant with<br />

information. Sense of motion without moving. It's right<br />

out of Fahrenheit 451. From "Information Revolution". NATIONAL<br />

GEOGRAPHIC, October 1995<br />

18. The words OFTEN (par.4) and BARELY (par.4) are<br />

synonymous with, respectively:<br />

a) sometimes - just.<br />

b) rarely - scarcely.<br />

c) eventually - amply.<br />

d) frequently - hardly.<br />

e) repeatedly - sufficiently.<br />

19. O termo "seldom", entre aspas no trecho adiante,<br />

poderia ser substituído por:<br />

"As an American Express Cardmember, you will enjoy a<br />

relationship with us that goes beyond the ordinary. You<br />

will be treated as a MEMBER, not a number. And you<br />

will receive the respect and recognition 'seldom' found<br />

today".<br />

a) occasionally<br />

b) rarely<br />

c) often<br />

d) usually<br />

e) always<br />

20. “We do want the girls to be successful” (l. 34-5)<br />

One can say that “do” in this sentence has the meaning<br />

of<br />

a) ever.<br />

b) often.<br />

c) really.<br />

d) probably.<br />

e) nowadays.<br />

21. (It’s still difficult to find products from eco-friendly<br />

and socially aware sources; however, they do exist and<br />

are entering the market more and more.)<br />

As for the verb “do” (), it’s correct to say that it is used<br />

a) as a main verb.<br />

b) as a modal verb.<br />

c) to avoid repeating a previous verb.<br />

d) as an auxiliary in a negative sentence.<br />

e) for emphasizing the meaning of a positive statement.<br />

22. (… Negativity and pessimism are difficult<br />

personality (25) traits to change, so what can you do if<br />

you’re a pessimist? Use your imagination, for one thing.<br />

For example, if you have an important interview coming<br />

up, picture yourself answering questions confidently. Try<br />

to avoid negative thinking by telling yourself that you<br />

will succeed,…)<br />

The verbs “Use” (l. 26), and “Try” (l. 28) are in the<br />

a) infinitive form.<br />

b) imperative form.<br />

c) simple past tense.<br />

d) simple future tense.<br />

e) simple present tense.<br />

23. (…) there are more adolescent girls in the world now<br />

than have ever been…<br />

The word “ever” (l. 13) has the meaning of<br />

a) often.<br />

b) rarely.<br />

c) usually.<br />

d) seldom.<br />

e) at any time.<br />

91


CAPÍTULO XI - PRESENT PROGRESSIVE<br />

(CONTINUOUS) – VERBS<br />

Presente Contínuo:<br />

Formado a partir do presente do verbo TO BE (AM, IS,<br />

ARE) + verbo principal acrescido de ING<br />

Forma<br />

Afirmativa<br />

Forma Negativa<br />

Forma<br />

Interrogativa<br />

Presente Contínuo:<br />

Definição e Uso:<br />

Segue as regras naturais do verbo<br />

TO BE<br />

Segue as regras naturais do verbo<br />

TO BE<br />

Segue as regras naturais do verbo<br />

TO BE<br />

O Presente Contínuo é usado para descrever uma ação<br />

que está tendo continuidade no momento em que está<br />

falando, por esta razão só poderá ser usado com verbos<br />

de ação. Verbos que não sejam de ação (chamados de<br />

verbos estáticos ou PEPSI VERBS) NÃO devem ser<br />

usados em tempos contínuos quaisquer.<br />

E.g.<br />

1. Mister is explaining something about the Present<br />

Continuous now.<br />

2. What are you doing at the moment ?<br />

3. They are having hot dog and coke.<br />

4. My Sisters aren’t studying for the text, maybe they’re<br />

watching TV.<br />

5. I’m listening to you<br />

6. That girl is getting nervous with me.<br />

O Presente Contínuo também pode ser usado para<br />

descrever uma ação que ocorrerá em um futuro próximo,<br />

desde que se trate de um compromisso e que seja de<br />

caráter pessoal. Será preciso utilizarmos um advérbio ou<br />

expressão temporal que denote futuro para melhor<br />

entendimento do leito ou ouvinte.<br />

E.g.<br />

1. I’m traveling to São Paulo tonight.<br />

2. What are doing tomorrow afternoon ?<br />

3. “Can you come here on Monday?” “I am sorry, I am<br />

painting the house on Monday.”<br />

4. Rita is playing tennis at 3:00 o’clock.<br />

5. We aren’t coming tomorrow because we have a<br />

doctor’s appointment.<br />

Também é comum usarmos este tempo verbal para<br />

expressarmos ou falarmos de ações que estejam<br />

acontecendo ao redor do momento em que falamos, não<br />

necessariamente precisa ocorrer com precisão.<br />

E.g.<br />

Mister is reading british and American literature.<br />

(aqui a ação não acontece no momento da fala, porque<br />

Mister está ministrando aulas agora, mas provavelmente<br />

isso ocorre quando ele está em momentos livres).<br />

She is watching a new serie on TV.<br />

The school where we study is promoting a greta science<br />

project.<br />

EXERCISES:<br />

How money works: Will China on us all?<br />

It’s no secret China has been booming while the West<br />

declines. In fact, it’s been growing so fast it’s expanding<br />

overseas, too: buying up businesses in the UK, U.S. and<br />

elsewhere. So, how worried should we be?<br />

Napoleon once said, apparently. ‘Let China sleep<br />

because when she wakes she’ll shake the world’.<br />

Indeed, for much of the industrial revolution, China was<br />

taking a nap — so to speak. But in 1978 things began to<br />

92


change. The Communist country encouraged private<br />

enterprise and unleashed its biggest asset: 975 million<br />

citizens.<br />

Where then ensued mass migrations to urban areas where<br />

people took up jobs in factories to manufacture goods for<br />

export. Since then the economy dubbed ‘the dragon’ has<br />

doubled its slice of the global economy and it’s predicted<br />

that by 2016 China will be the world’s biggest economy.<br />

Can anything stand in the way of the Asian powerhouse?<br />

From Yahoo Finance UK Friday Mar 8, 2013.<br />

1. In text, the Verb forms booming, growing,<br />

expanding and buying indicate that the events described<br />

are situated<br />

a) in the near future.<br />

b) in the present.<br />

c) long ago.<br />

d) in the era of the Communist Revolution.<br />

e) in the Napoleonic period.<br />

Microsoft is buying Skype<br />

One is the giant business, whose software powers more<br />

than 90% of the world's computers. The other is the firm,<br />

which has revolutionised the way many communicate.<br />

Now Skype is being swallowed up by Microsoft.<br />

It's just eight years since Skype started helping people to<br />

make calls over the internet for nothing, and this is the<br />

third time it's been bought and sold.<br />

Microsoft has been struggling to prove it can compete<br />

with the likes of Google and Apple. Now as it tries to<br />

make an impact on the mobile-phone world, it wants<br />

Skype to help it become a bigger force.<br />

Skype is now used by 170 million people around the<br />

world (each month), not just on their computers, but on<br />

the move – on their mobile phones and even on their<br />

tablet devices.<br />

Microsoft wants to tap in to this connected community,<br />

but it's paying a huge price for a business that isn't even<br />

profitable.<br />

Rory Cellan-Jones, BBC News.<br />

Fonte:<br />

http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/20<br />

11/05/110511witn_skype_page.shtml<br />

2. Onde se lê “Microsoft is buying Skype”, é correto<br />

afirmar que<br />

a) a Microsoft está vendendo o Skype.<br />

b) o Skype está sendo vendido pela Microsoft.<br />

c) a Microsoft está comprando o Skype.<br />

d) o Skype está se despedindo da Microsoft.<br />

e) a Microsoft está perdendo o Skype.<br />

CELL PHONES - THE CLEAN AND DIRTY<br />

Here's a useful thing to do with an old cell phone: throw<br />

it in the garden. 6 British researchers are developing a<br />

biodegradable cell phone casing embedded with a flower<br />

seed. Use the phone until 1 you're done (in some places<br />

that's roughly every 18 months), and 4 then you 7 can<br />

compost the cover with yesterday's coffee grounds. The<br />

rest of 8 the phone contains precious metals and circuits<br />

boards that can be 9 recycled, says Kerry Kirwan, chief<br />

researcher of the project at the 10 University of Warwick.<br />

He says he's figured out how to make the phone 11-13 out<br />

of a biodegradable polymer with a plastic window to<br />

protect the 12 flower seed until 2 it's planted. 3 His<br />

department has been experimenting with various seeds,<br />

but 5 so far it has successfully grown dwarf sunflowers<br />

with its old phones.<br />

Imagine the entrepreneurial possibilities - and the<br />

downloadable ringtones.<br />

Newsweek. May, 2013. p. 55.<br />

3. Em "British researchers are developing..." (ref. 6), o<br />

aspecto verbal indica uma ação em andamento, o que<br />

ocorre também na(s) referência(s)<br />

a) 7.<br />

b) 8 - 9.<br />

c) 10.<br />

d) 11.<br />

e) 12.<br />

4. Complete with Simple Present or Present Continuous<br />

(Progressive)<br />

She usually _______________ against injustice, but at<br />

this moment she _______________ against<br />

unemployment.<br />

a) protest / protesting<br />

b) protests / is protesting<br />

c) is protesting / protests<br />

d) protest / are protesting<br />

e) protested / are protesting<br />

93


5.<br />

Preenche corretamente a lacuna (III) a alternativa:<br />

a) coming<br />

b) comes<br />

c) will come<br />

d) to come<br />

e) is coming<br />

6. Has technology ruined childhood?<br />

94<br />

Choose the alternative in which the capital word – ING<br />

form is an example of the present continuous:<br />

a) "a child who spends a WORRYING 7 hours or<br />

more" (paragraph 6)<br />

b) "INCREASING prosperity has also contributed to<br />

the rise of" (paragraph 4)<br />

c) "children from the age of 9 are now TURNING to<br />

their bedrooms" (paragraph 3)<br />

d) "children say they still enioy READING"<br />

(paragraph 8)<br />

e) "harder to control children's VIEWING" (paragraph<br />

9)<br />

1 6 She was young, with a fair, calm face,<br />

whose lines bespoke repression and even a certain<br />

strength. But now there was a dull stare in her eyes.<br />

7 There was something coming to her and she was<br />

waiting for it, fearfully. What was it? She did not know;<br />

it was too subtle and elusive to name. But she felt it,<br />

creeping out of the sky, reaching toward her through the<br />

sounds, the scents, the color that filled the air.<br />

8 She was beginning to recognize this thing that<br />

was approaching to possess her, and she was striving to<br />

beat it back with her will - as powerless as her two white<br />

slender hands would have been.<br />

9 When she abandoned herself a little whispered<br />

word escaped her slightly parted lips. She said it over<br />

and over under her breath: "free, free, free!" (CHOPIN,<br />

Kate. The Story of an Hour. From Internet.)<br />

7. Em "... this thing that was approaching to possess<br />

her" (par.8), emprega-se o tempo:<br />

a) simple past<br />

b) past perfect<br />

c) past continuous<br />

d) present perfect<br />

BUNKER DOWN<br />

FORGET HIDING IN THE basement. Brits worried<br />

about their safety can now purchase a completely<br />

bombproof house, made by the steel manufacturer Corus.<br />

The Surefast shelter, launched earlier this month, is<br />

constructed out of steel panels that are slotted together<br />

and filled with concrete. But don't expect to just throw it<br />

together at the last minute: it takes several people 10<br />

hours - and the help of a heavy crane - to assemble the<br />

two-story, 50,000 pounds structure. In tests the shelter<br />

has successfully withstood everything from car bombs to<br />

blowtorches. Still, it offers no protection from biological<br />

or chemical weapons. For clean air, inhabitants had best<br />

outfit their bombproof homes with the Dominick Hunter<br />

Group's regenerative NBC filtration system. (The British<br />

Army is now installing it in its tanks.) Breathable air<br />

doesn't come cheap, either: a filter to support 10 people<br />

starts at 50,000 pounds.<br />

"Newsweek", April 14, 2003.


8. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do<br />

presente contínuo como em "The British Army is now<br />

installing it in its tanks.".<br />

a) The British Army is liking the new program.<br />

b) The British Army is understanding the needs of the<br />

population.<br />

c) The British Army is listening to the population.<br />

d) The British Army is preferring the new general.<br />

e) The British Army is possessing many tanks.<br />

9. Usamos o Present Progressive Tense para:<br />

a) ação há pouco completada;<br />

b) ação que começou no passado e continua no<br />

presente;<br />

c) ação premeditada;<br />

d) ações habituais;<br />

e) ação praticada no momento em que se fala.<br />

95


CAPÍTULO XII - PASSADO SIMPLES. – VERBOS<br />

O tempo verbal Simple Past corresponde ao Passado<br />

Simples em português. Nós o utilizamos para expressar<br />

hábitos passados ou para expressar ações que se<br />

iniciaram no passado e também foram finalizadas no<br />

passado, podendo ter o tempo determinado. Neste caso<br />

costumamos acompanhar o verbo com advérbios ou<br />

expressões de frequência que dão maior especificidade à<br />

ideia da frase, como yesterday (ontem), last ... (na<br />

última...), ago (atrás), in .... (em...), e etc.<br />

YESTERDAY<br />

IN 2006<br />

DURING THE WORLD WAR I & II.<br />

VERBOS REGULARES: São todos aqueles verbos que<br />

quando conjugados no passado ou participio passado<br />

TÊM a terminação ED.<br />

VERBOS IRREGULARES: São todos aqueles verbos<br />

que quando conjugados no passado ou particípio passado<br />

NÃO têm a terminação ED.<br />

Veja quadro:<br />

Verbos Irregulares<br />

Verbos Regulares<br />

Past Past<br />

Past Past<br />

Infinitive<br />

Infinitive<br />

Tense Participle<br />

Tense Participle<br />

to become became become to avoid Avoided avoided<br />

to bring brought brought to believe Believed believed<br />

LAST<br />

WEEK.<br />

MONTH.<br />

CLASS.<br />

YEAR.<br />

A<br />

WEEK<br />

YEAR<br />

MONTH<br />

CLASS<br />

AGO.<br />

to buy bought bought to dress Dressed dressed<br />

to do did done to enjoy Enjoyed enjoyed<br />

to drive drove driven to hate Hated hated<br />

to eat ate eaten to intend Intended intended<br />

to forget forgot forgot to learn Learned learned<br />

Passado Simples:<br />

O Pasado Simples é formado da seguinte forma:<br />

Affirmative<br />

Form<br />

Interrogative<br />

Form<br />

Negative<br />

Form<br />

Os verbos têm forma de passado e se<br />

dividem em Regulares e Irregulares<br />

Com o auxiliar DID<br />

Vejamos alguns exemplos:<br />

1. Forma<br />

Interrogativa<br />

2. Forma Negativa<br />

3. Forma<br />

Afirmativa<br />

Com o auxiliar DID NOT ( DIDN’T )<br />

=<br />

><br />

=<br />

><br />

=<br />

><br />

Verbos Regulares e Irregulares:<br />

Did you see the new teacher<br />

yesterday ?<br />

You didn’t see the new teacher<br />

yesterday<br />

You saw the new teacher<br />

yesterday.<br />

Quanto à forma de passado os verbos ingleses se<br />

dividem em dois grupos:<br />

to get got Got to like Liked liked<br />

to go went gone to listen to listened to listened to<br />

Como você pode observar os verbos irregulares não<br />

seguem nenhuma regra e cada forma verbal deve ser<br />

aprendida como se fôsse uma nova palavra.<br />

Vejamos agora a conjugação do Passado Simples.<br />

Forma<br />

Interrogativa<br />

Did I tell you my<br />

name ?<br />

Did you see the<br />

comet ?<br />

Did he leave the<br />

room ?<br />

Did she need money<br />

?<br />

Did it work well ?<br />

Did we take the<br />

tickets ?<br />

Did you send the<br />

letters ?<br />

Did they go home ?<br />

Forma Negativa<br />

I didn’t tell you<br />

my name.<br />

You didn’t see<br />

the comet.<br />

He didn’t leave<br />

the room.<br />

She didn’t need<br />

money.<br />

It didn’t work<br />

well.<br />

We didn’t take<br />

the tickets.<br />

You didn’t send<br />

the letters.<br />

They didn’t go<br />

home.<br />

Forma<br />

Afirmativa<br />

I told you my<br />

name.<br />

You saw the<br />

comet.<br />

He left the room.<br />

She needed<br />

money.<br />

It worked well.<br />

We took the<br />

tickets.<br />

You sent the<br />

letters.<br />

They went home.<br />

96


ATENÇÃO:<br />

1. Observe que os verbos só têm forma de passado<br />

quando são conjugados na forma afirmativa, nas demais<br />

formas eles são auxiliados por DID e DIDN’T.<br />

Utilizamos o "Did" para negativas e perguntas, certo?<br />

Então como explicar o caso abaixo:<br />

I did bring back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />

O correto não seria:<br />

I brought back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />

Fómula:Sujeito + did + verbo sem conjugação +<br />

complemento.<br />

Neste caso o "did" está sendo usado para dar ênfase ao<br />

verbo.<br />

1) I did bring back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />

2) I brought back 3 cartons of cigarrete.<br />

1) Eu realmente/de fato trouxe...<br />

2) Eu trouxe...<br />

He was He<br />

She was She<br />

It was It<br />

We were We<br />

You were You<br />

They were They<br />

was<br />

not<br />

was<br />

not<br />

was<br />

not<br />

were<br />

not<br />

were<br />

not<br />

were<br />

not<br />

He wasn’t Was he ?<br />

ou She wasn’t Was she ?<br />

It wasn’t Was it ?<br />

We weren’t Were we ?<br />

You weren’t Were you ?<br />

They weren’t<br />

Were<br />

they<br />

?<br />

To BE significa SER ou ESTAR, por isso o que temos<br />

acima são todas as formas de passado desses dois verbos<br />

resumidos nas duas palavras WAS e WERE.<br />

Vejamos alguns exemplos com tradução.<br />

1. I was at home<br />

yesterday morning.<br />

Eu estava em casa ontem de<br />

manhã.<br />

2. It was hot last night. Estava quente ontem à noite.<br />

3. They were good at<br />

math.<br />

4. We weren’t good<br />

students in the past.<br />

5. It was easy. Foi fácil.<br />

Eles eram (foram) bons em<br />

matemática.<br />

Nós não fomos bons alunos<br />

no passado.<br />

1) I liked her.(Eu gostava dela.)<br />

2) I did like her.(Eu gostava mesmo dela.)<br />

*Mesmo: De fato,realmente.<br />

EXERCISES<br />

2. Todas estas regras de Passado Simples NÃO<br />

SERVEM para o verbo TO BE<br />

Passado Simples:<br />

Verbo TO BE: Este verbo é irregular e se diferencia dos<br />

demais por ter duas formas de passado e não precisar do<br />

auxilar DID ou DIDN’T.<br />

Affirmative<br />

Form<br />

I was I<br />

You were You<br />

Negative Form<br />

was<br />

not<br />

were<br />

not<br />

Interrogative<br />

Form<br />

I wasn’t Was I ?<br />

You weren’t Were you ?<br />

Read the dialogue from the film “Ratatouille”.<br />

Linguini: Listen, I just want you to know how honored I<br />

am to be studying under such a...<br />

Colette: No, you listen! I just want you to know exactly<br />

who you are dealing with! How many women do you see<br />

in this kitchen?<br />

Linguini: Well, I uh...<br />

Colette: Only me. Why do you think that is? Because<br />

high cuisine is an antiquated hierarchy built upon rules<br />

written by stupid, old men. Rules designed to make it<br />

impossible for women to enter this world, but still I'm<br />

here. How did this happen?<br />

97


Linguini: Well because you, because you...<br />

Colette: Because I am the toughest cook in this kitchen!<br />

I have worked too hard for too long to get here, and I am<br />

not going to jeopardize it for some garbage boy who got<br />

lucky! Got it?<br />

Linguini: Wow!. Disponível em:<br />

. Acesso em: 12 set. 2011.<br />

Glossary:<br />

jeopardize: colocar em risco<br />

country in South America where same sex civil union<br />

couples are legally recognized as a family and share the<br />

same rights of married heterosexual couples.<br />

Uruguay<br />

Uruguay became the first country in South America to<br />

allow civil unions (for both opposite-sex and samesexcouples)<br />

in a national platform on January 1, 2008.<br />

Children can be adopted by same-sex couples since<br />

2009. (http://en.wikipedia.org/. Adaptado.)<br />

98<br />

1. What dialogue line is an example of an ungrammatical<br />

structure in English, which is typical of colloquial<br />

language?<br />

a) “No, you listen!”<br />

b) “How many women do you see in this kitchen?”<br />

c) “Why do you think that is?”<br />

d) “How did this happen?”<br />

e) “Got it?”<br />

Status of same-sex marriage<br />

South America. Argentina<br />

The Autonomous City of Buenos Aires (a federal district<br />

and capital city of the republic) allows same-sex civil<br />

unions. The province of Rio Negro allows same-sex civil<br />

unions, too.<br />

Legislation to enact same-sex marriage across all of Argentina was approved on<br />

July 15, 2010.<br />

Brazil<br />

A law that would allow same-sex civil unions throughout<br />

the nation has been debated. Until the end of the first<br />

semester of 2010 the Supremo Tribunal Federal had not<br />

decided about it.<br />

Colombia<br />

The Colombian Constitutional Court ruled in February<br />

2007 that same-sex couples are entitled to the same<br />

inheritance rights as heterosexuals in common-law<br />

marriages. This ruling made Colombia the first South<br />

American nation to legally recognize gay couples.<br />

Furthermore, in January 2009, the Court ruled that samesex<br />

couples must be extended all of the rights offered to<br />

cohabitating heterosexual couples.<br />

Ecuador<br />

The Ecuadorian new constitution has made Ecuador<br />

stand out in the region. Ecuador has become the first<br />

2. Assinale a alternativa na qual todas as palavras são<br />

formas verbais relativas ao passado.<br />

a) Adopted, become, decided, recognized, ruled.<br />

b) Adopted, allow, become, recognized, ruled.<br />

c) Approved, became, been, decided, ruled.<br />

d) Allow, approved, became, decided, may.<br />

e) Can, debated, entitled, made, offered.<br />

OPTICAL FIBERS<br />

Optical fibers carry a dizzying amount of data each<br />

second, but a great deal of communication still gets<br />

beamed, via slower microwaves, from one dish antenna<br />

to another. Engineers didn't think there was any<br />

improvement to tease out of this technology, but<br />

researchers at the University of Paris recently reported in<br />

the journal Science that they'd found a way of focusing<br />

microwaves into a narrow beam, tripling the data rate.<br />

(Newsweek, March, 12,)<br />

3. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à forma<br />

afirmativa do segmento: "Engineers didn't think..."<br />

a) Engineers thought...<br />

b) Engineers though...<br />

c) Engineers through...<br />

d) Engineers thru...<br />

e) Engineers throw...<br />

The Mystery of Lupus<br />

Many people have heard of lupus, but nobody truly<br />

understands it. A chronic inflammatory disease, it causes<br />

the immune system to attack the heart, kidneys and other<br />

organs. And a recent study by the U.S. Centers for<br />

Disease Control and Prevention found that over a 20-<br />

year period, the death rate rose 33 percent.


Anyone can contract the illness, though it's most<br />

common among those between 15 and 44. Women are a<br />

greater risk than men, and black women have the highest<br />

risk of all.<br />

Researchers don't know why, nor do they know what<br />

causes it in the first place. And there's another problem:<br />

people often go for years without knowing they have it.<br />

That's because it's a complex diagnosis and there isn't<br />

one test that's always conclusive. Early symptoms are<br />

similar to the flu: fatigue, weakness and sporadic joint<br />

pain. But with lupus, patients often also get a rash that<br />

spreads across the nose and cheeks. If you think you<br />

might have lupus, talk to your doctor. Early treatment is<br />

important, and promising new drugs are expected within<br />

five years. (- DR. IAN SMITH, Newsweek, July 8,)<br />

4. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta a forma<br />

interrogativa correta da frase "..., the death rate rose 33<br />

percent.", no primeiro parágrafo do texto.<br />

a) Did the death rate rose 33 percent?<br />

b) Did the death rate raise 33 percent?<br />

c) Did the death rate rise 33 percent?<br />

d) Does the death rate rise 33 percent?<br />

e) Does the death rate rose 33 percent?<br />

5. Which is the best sentence?<br />

a) I used to smoke, but I don't anymore.<br />

b) I've smoked, but I don't anymore.<br />

c) I smoked, but I didn't anymore.<br />

d) I had smoked, but I haven't anymore.<br />

e) I would smoke, but I can't anymore.<br />

6. When ________ World War II ________ ?<br />

a) did ... started<br />

b) do ... started<br />

c) does ... started<br />

d) do ... star<br />

e) did ... star<br />

Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente cada<br />

lacuna da questão a seguir:<br />

7. John __________ me some money last week.<br />

a) sends<br />

b) send<br />

c) sent<br />

d) sending<br />

e) to send<br />

8. Brazil_______ last year's world soccer championship.<br />

a) win<br />

b) won<br />

c) wins<br />

d) to win<br />

e) winning<br />

MERCURIAL SUPERCONDUCTOR SHOWS AN<br />

ACCEPTABLE FACE<br />

By Maria Burke. IN New Scientist 21 August 1993, pp.16<br />

IN March, a new high-temperature superconductor based<br />

on mercury was made by a Russian scientist. Now a<br />

team of American scientists has discovered that is<br />

possesses a property unique among such materials: it is<br />

easy to fabricate, making it very attractive commercially.<br />

Most high-temperature superconductors, which are based<br />

on yttrium or bismuth, have properties WHICH depend<br />

on how the particles are aligned. So in order to produce<br />

the best results, all the particles must be made to point in<br />

the same direction, a process which is time-consuming<br />

and expensive.<br />

For example, bismuth-based superconductors are usually<br />

made in a complex rolling, drawing and heating process,<br />

which limits the shapes that can be made. But Jennifer<br />

Lewis and her colleagues at the University of Illinois and<br />

the Argone National Laboratory found that the magnetic<br />

properties of the mercury superconductor do not depend<br />

on the way in which its particles are aligned. This was<br />

true at magnetic fields of about 1 tesla - similar to<br />

normal operating conditions - but not at very low fields.<br />

The researchers embedded particles of' the material,<br />

which also contains atoms of barium, copper and<br />

oxygen, in an epoxy matrix.<br />

Easier fabrication would be a substantial money-saver<br />

for industry. However, the synthesis of the new<br />

superconductor is a little dangerous because it involves<br />

mercury, a hazardous substance.<br />

Lewis and her colleagues have prepared a paper soon to appear in the journal<br />

Physical Review B.<br />

99


9. Assinale a forma verbal que está no PAST SIMPLE<br />

TENSE:<br />

a) shows<br />

b) has discovered<br />

c) making<br />

d) found<br />

e) have prepared<br />

nowadays.<br />

( ) John used to speak two languages when he was a<br />

child.<br />

Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir, escreva V erdadeiro – F also<br />

no espaço apropriado itens.<br />

SIGN LANGUAGE<br />

In the mid-18th century, a formal system of sign<br />

language was developed to help deaf people<br />

communicate. A French clergyman and educator of the<br />

deaf, Charles Michel, first developed a system for<br />

spelling words with a manual alphabet and later<br />

expanded his system to include whole concepts. Later in<br />

1816, Thomas Gallaudet, an American educator,<br />

introduced it into the United States, and it became known<br />

as American Sign Language (ASL). Like all spoken<br />

languages, ASL is constantly changing, but it continues<br />

to serve more than 500,000 deaf people in the United<br />

States and Canada.<br />

Vocabulary:<br />

deaf = surdo<br />

11. Which sentences refer to actions or states in the past?<br />

( ) In the beginning of this century, some American<br />

schools started some special English classes for children<br />

who did not speak English.<br />

( ) Nowadays, there are bilingual classes in many public<br />

schools.<br />

( ) Immigrants come to the United States because of<br />

war, because of hunger, or because they want religious<br />

or political freedom.<br />

( ) Earlier immigrants hoped that they could make a<br />

better life for themselves and their children.<br />

( ) At first, American schools put immigrant children in<br />

classes with much younger English-speaking children<br />

until the immigrant children learned English.<br />

( ) Public schools used to teach English to immigrants.<br />

Na(s) questão(ões) a seguir, escreva no espaço<br />

apropriado a soma dos itens corretos.<br />

."Later in 1816, Thomas Gallaudet, an American<br />

educator, introduced it into the United States..."<br />

100<br />

10. The sentence above refers to an action in the past.<br />

Which of the following sentences also refer(s) to actions<br />

or states in the past? V erdadeiro – F also<br />

( ) Students from UCLA will be studying sign language<br />

next semester.<br />

( ) Some languages were used for thousands of years<br />

and then mysteriously disappeared.<br />

( ) Researchers are developing new concepts in that<br />

field.<br />

( ) They began to use sign language years ago.<br />

( ) Today most of us learn to talk at the age of three.<br />

( ) English is the most popular language in theworld


101


1. While we were watching TV, dad was reading a book.<br />

(Enquanto assistíamos à TV, papai lia um livro.)<br />

CAPÍTULO XIII – PAST PROGRESSIVE. – VERBOS<br />

PASSADO CONTÍNUO:<br />

O passado contínuo é formado com o passado do verbo<br />

TO BE (WAS ou WERE) + o GERÚNDIO (verb + ING)<br />

do verbo principal.<br />

Esse tempo verbal indica que uma determinada ação<br />

estava tendo continuidade em um determinado tempo no<br />

passado.<br />

Vejamos alguns exemplos.<br />

1. I was reading a book from 2:00 to 3:30 in the<br />

afternoon.<br />

2. They were playing the guitar while he was watching<br />

TV.<br />

3. What were you doing last week ?<br />

Passado Contínuo:<br />

Segue a regra natural do<br />

Forma Afirmativa<br />

verbo TO BE<br />

Segue a regra natural do<br />

Forma Negativa<br />

verbo TO BE<br />

Segue a regra natural do<br />

Forma Interrogativa<br />

verbo TO BE<br />

Usando o Past Continuous para descrever uma ação que<br />

esteja em progresso (esteja acontencedo) no passado.<br />

1. Last night, at 8 we were watching TV. (Ontem à noite<br />

às 08, estávamos assistindo TV.)<br />

2. At that time, she was living in France. (Naquela época,<br />

ela estava morando na França.)<br />

Usamos também o Past Continuous para descrever uma<br />

ação que estava acontecendo quando uma outra ação<br />

aconteceu.<br />

1. While I was going to work, it started to rain. (Enquanto<br />

estávamos assistindo à TV,<br />

estava lendo um livro,<br />

eu estava indo para o trabalho, começou a chover.)<br />

estavam lavando o carro,<br />

2. My cell phone rang whe I was taking a shower. (Meu<br />

celular tocou quando eu estava tomando.)<br />

Poderemos usar o Past Continuous para descrever duas<br />

ações ou mais que aconteceram ao mesmo tempo no<br />

passado.<br />

102<br />

2. They were washing the car while I was cooking. (Eles<br />

lavavam o carro enquanto eu cozinhava.)<br />

O Past progressive poderá ser usado para indicar que uma<br />

ação que estava em andamento foi interrompida por outra<br />

ação. Geralmente as ação são separadas pela preposição<br />

WHEN .<br />

1. Mister was explaining the subject when the student`s<br />

cell phone rang. (Mister estava expçlicando o conteúdo<br />

quando o cellular de um aluno tocou) – mister teve que<br />

interromper a ação de explicar.<br />

Past Continuous com a palavra always para descrever<br />

uma ação que acontecia repetidas vezes no passado.<br />

1. He was always making mistake. (Ele estava sempre<br />

cometendo erros.)<br />

2. They were always sleeping. (Eles estavam sempre<br />

dormindo.)<br />

Quando comparados cada uso acima com os exemplos em<br />

português, notará que a diferença praticamente não existe.<br />

Talvez a única coisa que você pode estranhar está no<br />

terceiro uso. Veja que a tradução dos exemplos foi<br />

diferente:<br />

1. While we were watching TV, dad was reading a book.<br />

(Enquanto assistíamos à TV, papai lia um livro.)<br />

2. They were washing the car while I was cooking. (Eles<br />

lavavam o carro enquanto eu cozinhava.)<br />

Em português, bem que poderíamos traduzir tudo ao pé da<br />

letra:<br />

estava cozinhado.<br />

Mas, em português temos o nosso Pretérito Imperfeito do<br />

Indicativo, que nesse caso e ainda em outros é usado da<br />

mesma maneira que o Past Continuous Tense.


EXERCISES<br />

In the summer of 1926, an English golf enthusiast named<br />

Samuel Ryder (I) a friendly game between some<br />

British professionals and the American players during that<br />

year's Open.<br />

When it (II) that these matches be held on a more<br />

regular basis, Samuel Ryder immediately agreed to<br />

provide the trophy that bears his name. "I am sure I have<br />

never (III) a (IV) thing than this," he declared.<br />

Today, the (V) Cup Matches bring (VI) the finest<br />

professionals from both sides of the Atlantic.<br />

1. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que<br />

preenche corretamente a lacuna (I) da frase apresentada.<br />

a) is watching<br />

b) watches<br />

c) will watch<br />

d) was watching<br />

e) has watched<br />

2. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the<br />

verbs. Use SIMPLE PAST OR PAST CONTINUOUS<br />

TENSES.<br />

a) Last night while my brother and I<br />

_______________________________ the homework<br />

our neighbors ___________________ a party. (to do)<br />

(to have)<br />

b) I ___________________________ a book last night<br />

when the lights _________________ (to read) (go<br />

out)<br />

3. Complete the sentences with the correct form of<br />

the verbs. Use SIMPLE PAST OR PAST<br />

CONTINUOUS TENSES:<br />

a) When my mother _________________ us for dinner<br />

we _____________________ the video<br />

game. (to call) (to play).<br />

b) Charles and Bill ________________________ at the<br />

club when it _________ to rain. (to swim) (to start).<br />

4. Em que tempo se encontra o verbo da frase:<br />

All the buildings WERE BURNING out in few minutes.<br />

______________________________________________<br />

5. Change the sentence in the negative and interrogative<br />

form.<br />

The weather was hot and sunny.<br />

negative: ______________________________________<br />

interrogative: __________________________________<br />

6. Preencha os espaços em branco com a forma verbal<br />

correta:<br />

When she _________ I _________ to do my work.<br />

a) has arrived - had tried<br />

b) arrived - was trying<br />

c) arrives - was trying<br />

d) has arrived - has tried<br />

e) arrived - try<br />

7. Em "... this thing that was approaching to possess her"<br />

(par.8), emprega-se o tempo:<br />

a) simple past<br />

b) past perfect<br />

c) past continuous<br />

d) present perfect<br />

e) were talking<br />

THE ECOLOGICAL PROBLEM<br />

8. Assinale a alternativa correta:<br />

They ______ about art last night.<br />

a) talks<br />

b) talk<br />

c) was talking<br />

d) talking<br />

9. The only regular verb is in alternative<br />

a) “have” (l. 6).<br />

b) “pick up” (l. 12).<br />

c) “find” (l. 15).<br />

d) “get” (l. 31).<br />

e) “throw” (l. 35).<br />

103


10. The alternative in which there is a regular verb is<br />

a) “can” (l. 2).<br />

b) “be” (l. 3).<br />

c) “suggest” (l. 7).<br />

d) “doing” (l. 15).<br />

e) “taking” (l. 31).<br />

11. Assinale a alternativa correta:<br />

When John came in ______ a book.<br />

a) she was reading<br />

b) Mary is reading<br />

c) will read<br />

d) should read<br />

e) reads<br />

104


CAPÍTULO XIV – THE PRESENT & PAST PERFECT<br />

TENSES<br />

The Present Perfect<br />

O PRESENT Perfect Tense é formado com o presente<br />

simples do verbo to have (have / has), que, neste caso,<br />

funciona como verbo auxiliar, seguido do particípio<br />

passado do verbo principal. O particípio passado dos<br />

verbos regulares tem a mesma forma que o passado, ou<br />

seja, terminam em -ed e o dos verbos irregulares tem<br />

forma própria.<br />

Affirmative forms.<br />

I + have<br />

You + have<br />

He + has<br />

She + has<br />

It + has<br />

We + have<br />

You + have<br />

They + have<br />

Past participle of the verb.<br />

1. He has broken his leg. (Ele quebrou a perna.)<br />

2. We have bought new clothes. (Compramos roupas<br />

novas.)<br />

3. She has written a letter to her friend who lives in<br />

Madrid.<br />

(Ela escreveu uma carta para a amiga que mora em<br />

Madrid.)<br />

Veja alguns exemplos com as formas contraídas:<br />

1. He's studied law. (He has studied law.)<br />

(Ele estudou Direito.)<br />

2. She's been here. (She has been here.)<br />

(Ela esteve aqui.)<br />

3. We've worked a lot. (We have worked a lot.) - (Nós<br />

trabalhamos muito.)<br />

Negative forms.<br />

I + haven’t<br />

You + haven’t<br />

He + hasn’t<br />

She + hasn’t<br />

It + hasn’t<br />

We + haven’t<br />

You + haven’t<br />

They + haven’t<br />

Past participle …<br />

1. They have not heard what I've told. (Eles não<br />

escutaram o que eu falei.)<br />

2. You have not eaten anything so far. (Você não comeu<br />

nada até agora.)<br />

3. We have not done our homework. (Não fizemos<br />

nossa lição de casa.)<br />

FORMA CONTRAÍDA: haven't / hasn't<br />

1. I haven't gone to the beach, I've gone to the<br />

countryside. (Não fui para a praia, fui para o inteior.)<br />

2. She hasn't told to her parents where she's been all<br />

day.<br />

(Ela não disse aos pais onde esteve durante todo o<br />

dia.)<br />

Interrogative Forms<br />

Have + I<br />

Have + You<br />

Has + He<br />

Has + She<br />

Has + It<br />

Have + We<br />

Have + You<br />

Have + They<br />

Past participle …<br />

105


1. Have you already talked to your boss? (Você já falou<br />

com o seu chefe?)<br />

2. Have they lived in Amsterdam? (Eles moraram em<br />

Amsterdã?)<br />

3. Has she brought the English/Portuguese dictionary?<br />

(Ela trouxe o dicionário de <strong>Inglês</strong>/Português?)<br />

1. Action still happening in the present. (ações ainda<br />

acontecendo no presente)<br />

Usamos o presente perfeito para expressar uma ação que<br />

começou no passado e ainda continua no presente. As<br />

preposições ‘since’ e ‘for’ são geralmente associadas a<br />

este tempo verbal.<br />

Since: indicates the beginning of the action. (início da<br />

ação)<br />

For: shows the length of time. (período da ação)<br />

Ex.<br />

a) I have known her since 1995.<br />

b) We haven’t had any rain for almost two months.<br />

c) I have given classes at Zênite since 2006.<br />

d) I have given classes to the Zênite’s new group for<br />

seven months.<br />

EXERCISES<br />

CALORIC RESTRICTION<br />

Since 1935 researchers have known that when laboratory<br />

rats and mice are fed a very-low-calorie diet - 30 to 50<br />

percent of their normal intake - they live about 30 percent<br />

longer than their well-fed confreres, as long as they get<br />

sufficient nutrition. Free radicals seem to be responsible:<br />

the less food consumed, the fewer free radicals are<br />

produced - possibly because on a low-calorie regimen<br />

cell's power-generating machinery operates at high<br />

efficiency, as it does during exercise. There haven't been<br />

solid studies on how caloric restriction affects human<br />

beings, but researchers speculate that someday drugs may<br />

¤enhance cellular efficiency without diets. Consuming<br />

fewer calories while maintaining a healthy level of<br />

106<br />

nutrients isn't easy... so don't quit eating just<br />

yet.(Newsweek, June 30, . p.59.)<br />

1. A locução verbal HAVE KNOWN (ref.4) indica uma<br />

noção de temporalidade referente a<br />

a) dois momentos no passado.<br />

b) passado e futuro.<br />

c) passado, exclusivamente.<br />

d) passado e presente.<br />

e) presente e futuro.<br />

Imagine it: Your plane touches down at Charles de Gaulle<br />

and you take out your portable voice recognitiontranslation<br />

device. You set the dial to "Français." Et voilà!<br />

You are free ¤to roam Paris without anyone sneering at<br />

your high school French. Sound like science fiction?<br />

Machines that recognize your voice and translate your<br />

language have already converged. Prototypes of real-time<br />

devices are in use, and they will probably be on the<br />

market in a decade or two. But before we shell out<br />

$299.99 for this shiny new gadget, let us pause to bid<br />

farewell to the dream of an idiomatic common ground - to<br />

the hope for mutual intelligibility and a linguistic<br />

brotherhood of man. "Lingua Franca", New York, May/June<br />

2000.<br />

2. Se o sujeito da oração "Machines (...) HAVE already<br />

CONVERGED" (ref. 2) estivesse no singular e fosse<br />

mantido o tempo do verbo, a forma verbal destacada<br />

a) ficaria inalterada.<br />

b) seria trocada por "had converged".<br />

c) se transformaria em "is being converged".<br />

d) seria substituída por "has converged".<br />

e) passaria para "is converging".<br />

3. "The large scale entrance of women into the<br />

professions since the 1960s has posed many ideological<br />

and aesthetic challenges"<br />

"many of the basic principles, associated with exclusively<br />

male executive office subcultures, have endured."<br />

a) The temporal reference expressed by the verb forms<br />

has posed and have endured is best analyzed as:<br />

b) situations beginning at a prior point continuing into<br />

the present


c) actions occurring at a specified prior time with<br />

current relevance<br />

d) actions completed in the past prior to other past<br />

points in time<br />

e) situations developed over a prior time period and<br />

now completed<br />

f) situations started just in the present.<br />

The Fear Is Old<br />

The Economy New<br />

By THOMAS L. FRIEDMAN<br />

1 There is something perverse about reading the<br />

business news these days. Every month the Labor<br />

Department comes out with a new set of statistics about<br />

how unemployment is down and thousands of jobs are<br />

being created. But these stories always contain the same<br />

caveat, like the warning on a pack of cigarettes, that this<br />

news is bad for the health of the economy. The stories<br />

always go on to say that these great employment statistics<br />

triggered panic among Wall Street investors and led to a<br />

sell off of stocks and bonds.<br />

(...)<br />

2 Of course there has always been a link between<br />

unemployment numbers and inflation expectations. The<br />

more people are working, the more they have the money<br />

to pay for things; the more consumer demand outstrips<br />

factory capacity, the more prices shoot up, and the more<br />

prices shoot up the more the value of bonds, with their<br />

fixed interest rates, erodes.<br />

3 But what has been so frustrating about the<br />

market reactions in recent months is that despite the<br />

surging economy, inflation has not been rising. It has<br />

remained flat, at around 3 percent, and ¢ yet Wall Street,<br />

certain that the shadow it sees is the ghost of higher<br />

inflation come to haunt the trading floors, has been<br />

clamoring to the Federal Reserve for higher rates. (...)<br />

The New York Times Magazine.<br />

4. O que determinou a utilização do Present Perfect Tense<br />

no último parágrafo do texto foi:<br />

a) o estilo do autor.<br />

b) a referência a um tempo passado não explicitado no<br />

texto.<br />

c) a referência a acontecimentos / sentimentos<br />

desencadeados no passado e que continuam no<br />

presente.<br />

d) a atribuição de maior ênfase ao que se pretende dizer.<br />

e) a referência a sentimentos / acontecimentos que<br />

ocorrem no presente.<br />

5. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a<br />

lacuna:<br />

Have you........... the correct alternative?<br />

a) choose<br />

b) chase<br />

c) choosed<br />

d) chose<br />

e) chosen<br />

2012’s Second Sun<br />

Earth is believed to be getting a second sun burning in the<br />

sky near the end of 2012, as the second biggest star in the<br />

universe, Betelgeuse, is dying, which will lead to<br />

“multiple days of constant daylight.”<br />

Many ancient cultures 4 have speculated about the<br />

appearance of a second sun and this event appears to 1 tie<br />

in very closely with the December 21 2012 predictions.<br />

Betelgeuse is the second 2 biggest star in the universe and<br />

the eighth 3 brightest in the night sky, Scientists 5 have<br />

determined that the star is losing mass at a rapid rate,<br />

which indicates it will go supernova very soon.<br />

The light emitted from this exploding star will be so<br />

bright that it will appear for a few weeks at the end of<br />

2012 as a second sun in the sky. There may be little if no<br />

period of darkness or night according to senior lecturer of<br />

physics at the University of Southern Queensland, Brad<br />

Carter.<br />

Earth will experience “brightness for a brief period of<br />

time for a couple of weeks and then over the coming<br />

months it begins to fade and then eventually it will be<br />

very hard to see at all,” explained the Australian scientist<br />

Brad Carter to news.com.au.<br />

Scientist 6 have known about this dying star which is 640<br />

light years away from Earth, since 2005. It is believed that<br />

as Betelgeuse goes supernova it will not be harmful to<br />

Earth. “There will be neutrinos emitted during the<br />

supernova process, said University of Minnesota physics<br />

professor Priscilla Cushman, but neutrinos, even lots and<br />

lots of them, are only weakly interacting, so they won't<br />

affect life on earth,” but that is only speculation at this<br />

point.<br />

107


The fact is, we as human beings have never experienced<br />

anything like this before so close to our home planet, and<br />

to be honest, we just don’t know for sure what this event<br />

could bring. (www.december212012.com) on 30/08/11<br />

policies, balanced and diversified trade, along with a<br />

coherent energy policy. It leaves the country well<br />

positioned for the future.<br />

www.istockanalyst.com/article/viewarticle/articleid/3370044#. Adaptado<br />

6. The verb tenses “have speculated” (ref. 4), “have<br />

determined” (ref. 5) and “have known” (ref. 6) are:<br />

a) Past perfect<br />

b) Simple present<br />

c) Present perfect<br />

d) Past participle<br />

e) Gerund<br />

Brazil is More Than Soccer and ‘Carnival’<br />

Many investors rarely think about Brazil as a place to put<br />

their investment dollars. They think Brazil is just a<br />

country that goes crazy over soccer and has a wild<br />

‘Carnival’ every year in Rio. But Brazil is so much more.<br />

They may have the best economy in the Americas. Brazil<br />

has made great strides under current President Luiz Inacio<br />

Lula da Silva, commonly known as Lula. Lula took office<br />

on January 1, 2003 and he has, since being in office, run a<br />

very orthodox fiscal policy. The country has maintained<br />

fiscal and trade surpluses for the better part of his<br />

presidency.<br />

Brazil’s highly capable Central Bank has followed a very<br />

strong monetary policy. They have maintained high levels<br />

of real interest rates, which prevented the economy from<br />

overheating and creating an over-expansion of credit —<br />

unlike the policies of others like the Federal Reserve.<br />

In late April, the Brazilian Central Bank cut their interest<br />

rate from 11.25% to 10.25%. This leaves them plenty of<br />

room to cut interest rates further, if necessary, to stimulate<br />

the Brazilian economy. Again, this distinguishes the<br />

Brazilian Central Bank from the Federal Reserve and<br />

others, who have left themselves virtually no room to cut<br />

interest rates further.<br />

Also, Brazil has long pursued a strategy of achieving<br />

energy independence from foreign oil. Brazil started its<br />

own ethanol program — based on its rich sugar crop and<br />

offshore oil exploration using deep-sea drilling methods.<br />

It’s achieved a remarkable degree of energy selfsufficiency<br />

— again setting it apart from much of the rest<br />

of the world.<br />

Brazil, unlike the United States and other economies, is<br />

not over-levered — It has prudent fiscal and monetary<br />

7. No trecho do quinto parágrafo do texto — It’s<br />

achieved a remarkable degree of energy selfsufficiency...—<br />

o ’s em It’s pode ser corretamente<br />

substituído por:<br />

a) has.<br />

b) goes.<br />

c) was.<br />

d) does.<br />

e) is.<br />

PLAGIARISM ON THE INTERNET<br />

For Anna, 22, a final year student in south-east<br />

England, internet plagiarism is a natural part of<br />

undergraduate life.<br />

For the past three years, she says, she has been<br />

submitting essays bought and copied from the internet and<br />

passing them off as her own.<br />

She is currently working on her final-year project<br />

and most of the materials in the dissertation are coming<br />

off the net.<br />

Anna (not her real name) says she cheats because<br />

it is easy to get away with it.<br />

"It is easier, because sometimes when you go to<br />

the library you can't find the necessary books or you have<br />

too much to read," she says.<br />

"But I'm always careful. The best way is to<br />

combine library materials with essays bought from the<br />

internet."<br />

Texto:"http://www.newsbbc.co.uk/1/hi/education/3265143.stm"<br />

8. Pode-se observar, nos parágrafos 2, 3 e 4 do texto, a<br />

ocorrência de três tempos verbais distintos na língua<br />

inglesa. As afirmativas a seguir contêm ideias relativas a<br />

cada um desses tempos verbais.<br />

I. Algo que Anna faz com regularidade.<br />

II. Algo que Anna tem feito há algum tempo.<br />

III. Algo que Anna está fazendo no momento.<br />

108


Com base nas asserções, assinale a alternativa que<br />

apresenta a ideia contida em cada um desses tempos<br />

verbais, segundo a ordem em que aparecem nos referidos<br />

parágrafos.<br />

a) II, I e III.<br />

b) III, I e II.<br />

c) III, II e I.<br />

d) I, II e III.<br />

e) II, III e I.<br />

PRESENT PERFECT – Part II.<br />

2. Past action in an incomplete period of time. (ações<br />

passadas em período de tempo incompleto)<br />

Usamos o Pres. Perfeito para expressar uma<br />

finalizada dentro de um tempo não finalizado.<br />

Such as: today, this week, this summer, this year, this month, etc.<br />

Ex.<br />

a) I haven’t seen Luis Àvila this week.<br />

b) Have you read any good book this year?<br />

c) Mister hasn’t come here today.<br />

d) It hasn’t rained this summer.<br />

ação<br />

Past action with no definite time. (açõespassadas sem um<br />

tempo determinado)<br />

Utilizamos o Pres. Perfect quando nos referimos a uma<br />

ação no passado sem mencionarmos o tempo em que essa<br />

ação aconteceu.<br />

Ex.<br />

a) Marilda is crying because her sister has hit her.<br />

b) He has hurt his leg. He can’t play soccer.<br />

c) Omar is a little depressed, ‘cause his gilrfriend has<br />

left him.<br />

d) Has Mister bought a car?<br />

With certain adverbs.<br />

(com certos adverbios)<br />

Utilizamos com muita frequência o Pres. Perfect com:<br />

already, yet, ever, never and just.<br />

Already: Quando algo acontece antes da hora esperada.<br />

‘Affirmative or interrogative.’<br />

Ex.<br />

a) I have already studied this subject in my school<br />

years.<br />

b) Have you all from 3º ano Paulo VI already answered<br />

exercises about pres. perfect?<br />

Yet: Indica que algo não aconteceu ou é esperado que<br />

aconteça. ‘Negative or interrogative.’<br />

Translation:<br />

A tradução do Present Perfect pode ser:<br />

1. Literal:<br />

a) What has he done lately ?<br />

b) O que ele tem feito ultimamente ?<br />

c) I have studied for the test.<br />

d) Tenho estudado para o teste.<br />

2. No Passado Simples:<br />

a) What have you studied ?<br />

b) O que você estudou ?<br />

c) Have you seen him ?<br />

d) Você o viu ?<br />

3. No presente simples:<br />

a) She has lived in Vit. Da Conquista for ten months.<br />

b) Ela mora em Vit. Da Conquista há dez meses.<br />

c) I’ve studied Portuguese since I was a child.<br />

d) Eu estudo Português desde qye eu era criança.<br />

NÃO CONFUNDA!<br />

Present Perfect x Simple Past<br />

O Simple Past refere-se apenas a ações passadas<br />

queacabaram em um tempo definido no passado:<br />

I went to the park last weekend. (Simple Past)<br />

109


O Present Perfect pode expressar ações passadas que<br />

acabaram em um tempo não definido no passadoou ações<br />

que ainda não terminaram:<br />

I have worked hard. (Present Perfect)<br />

They have been here since midday. (Present Perfect)<br />

Principais Usos do Present Perfect Tense:<br />

a) Indica que uma determinada ação começou no passado<br />

e ainda continua.<br />

b) Indica que uma determinada ação pode ser repetida ou<br />

continuada.<br />

c) Indica uma ação passada mas, muito recente.<br />

d) Dá ênfase numa ação. (Auxiliado com JUST)<br />

Atenção: O Present Perfect JAMAIS deve ser usado com<br />

advérbios ou expressões adverbiais no passado.<br />

Exemplos:<br />

a) I have worked hard for Zênite.<br />

b) They’ve been to Rio twice this year.<br />

11. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a<br />

lacuna:<br />

Have you........... the correct alternative?<br />

a) choose<br />

b) chase<br />

c) choosed<br />

d) chose<br />

e) chosen<br />

12. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que<br />

preenche corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada.<br />

Sandy: Hi, Jack.<br />

Jack: Hi, Sandy.<br />

Sandy: Gosh! I ....... you for ages!<br />

Jack: That's true. I ........ from a trip to Japan just<br />

yesterday.<br />

a) saw - am returning<br />

b) saw - returned<br />

c) have seen - have returned<br />

d) haven't seen - returned<br />

e) haven't seen - have returned<br />

EXERCISES<br />

CAN SCIENCE PICK A CHILD'S SEX?<br />

9. Assinale a alternativa correta. - We're still waiting for<br />

Bill. He ______ yet.<br />

a) hasn't come<br />

b) haven't come<br />

c) didn't come<br />

d) doesn't come<br />

e) hadn't come<br />

10. Qual destas sentenças está correta:<br />

a) I don't have never taken a course in Japanese;<br />

b) I have never taken a course in Japanese;<br />

c) I never didn't take a course in Japanese still;<br />

d) I ever did not take a course in Japanese;<br />

e) I took not a course in Japanese ever.<br />

13. Assinale a alternativa correta:<br />

a) I live here since 1970.<br />

b) I have lived here since 1970.<br />

c) I am living here since 1970.<br />

d) I will live here since 1970.<br />

e) I would live here since 1970.<br />

14. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as<br />

lacunas da frase a seguir:<br />

He.....learning English five years ago but he.....it yet.<br />

a) has started - does not learn<br />

b) started - has not learned<br />

c) has started - learn<br />

d) started - have not learned<br />

e) have started - did not learn<br />

110


15. A frase "I NEVER CAME ACROSS SUCH A SET<br />

IN ALL MY LIFE" - foi extraída de "Three Men in a<br />

Boat" escrito por Jerome K. Jerome em I889. No seu<br />

entender:<br />

A frase não apresenta restrição gramatical.<br />

a) "I have never come across..." teria sido uma melhor<br />

opção gramatical.<br />

b) "I have never came across..." teria sido uma melhor<br />

opção gramatical.<br />

c) "I never come across..." teria sido uma melhor opção<br />

gramatical.<br />

d) "I am never coming across..." teria sido uma melhor o<br />

opção gramatical.<br />

16. Young Nina and her grandmother are having a<br />

conversation:<br />

"Grandma, how long have you and Grandpa been<br />

married?", asked Nina.<br />

1 "We've been married for fifty years", Grandma replied.<br />

"That is so wonderful", exclaimed Nina. "And I bet in all<br />

that time, you never once thought about divorce, right?"<br />

"Right Nina. Divorce, never. Murder, lots of times.”<br />

Jackie’s first storytelling performance was in a library.<br />

She was working as a librarian and was asked to entertain<br />

a group of children. Jackie told them a story and they<br />

loved it! Before long, she began telling stories within her<br />

community. Many of her stories came from old American<br />

and African-American folktales. Eventually, she started<br />

telling stories across North America.<br />

As Jackie’s fame increased, her health decreased. She<br />

now has to use a wheelchair, but this has not stopped her<br />

storytelling career. Jackie’s stories have been published in<br />

books, magazines, and newspapers and she has appeared<br />

on radio and television. She has won awards for nine of<br />

her sound recordings and three of her television specials.<br />

Adapted from NorthStar 3: Listening and Speaking, 2nd Edition (Longman, p57),<br />

Helen S. Solórzano and Jennifer P. L. Schmidt<br />

17. In the sentence, “She has won awards for nine of her<br />

sound recordings and three of her television specials”, the<br />

underlined expression shows that<br />

a) the action is not expected to happen.<br />

b) the action began in the past and is continuing now.<br />

c) the action expresses a past situation or habit.<br />

d) the action expresses an experience that happened at<br />

some time in one’s life.<br />

Adapted from http://www.sarasotawedding.com/jokes/divorce_jokes.html<br />

Access on September 28th, 2012.<br />

In the joke, the sentence “We've been married for fifty<br />

years" (ref. 1) means that Nina's grandparents<br />

a) lived together for fifty years.<br />

b) were married for fifty years.<br />

c) got married fifty years ago.<br />

d) were married for a long time.<br />

The Birth of a Storyteller<br />

Jackie Torrence spent her childhood in North Carolina, in<br />

the southern part of the United States. She was a shy child<br />

because she had problems with her teeth, which made it<br />

hard for her to talk. Other children teased her because of<br />

her speech problem, so she spent much of her childhood<br />

playing alone. One of Jackie’s favorite games was to<br />

pretend she was on television. She told stories out loud<br />

using gestures and dramatic voices. At school, Jackie<br />

soon learned that she was good at writing stories, and<br />

with the help of her favorite teacher, she started to work<br />

on improving her speech.<br />

18. Choose the item to complete the answer.<br />

a) They will go to.<br />

b) They have gone.<br />

c) They went to.<br />

d) They would go to.<br />

111


Microsoft is buying Skype<br />

One is the giant business, whose software powers more<br />

than 90% of the world's computers. The other is the firm,<br />

which has revolutionised the way many communicate.<br />

Now Skype is being swallowed up by Microsoft.<br />

It's just eight years since Skype started helping people to<br />

make calls over the internet for nothing, and this is the<br />

third time it's been bought and sold.<br />

Microsoft has been struggling to prove it can compete<br />

with the likes of Google and Apple. Now as it tries to<br />

make an impact on the mobile-phone world, it wants<br />

Skype to help it become a bigger force.<br />

Skype is now used by 170 million people around the<br />

world (each month), not just on their computers, but on<br />

the move – on their mobile phones and even on their<br />

tablet devices.<br />

Microsoft wants to tap in to this connected community,<br />

but it's paying a huge price for a business that isn't even<br />

profitable.<br />

Rory Cellan-Jones, BBC News.<br />

Fonte:<br />

http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/language/wordsinthenews/201<br />

1/05/110511witn_skype_page.shtml<br />

19. Em “it’s been bought and sold”, tem-se uma<br />

construção verbal no tempo:<br />

a) Passado simples.<br />

b) Passado contínuo.<br />

c) Particípio passado.<br />

d) Presente perfeito.<br />

e) Passado perfeito contínuo.<br />

20. Find the correct use of the Present Perfect Tense:<br />

a) I've answered all the questions.<br />

b) He has stayed in that position for half an hour.<br />

c) Jane's writen a book.<br />

d) The writer has written a new book last year.<br />

e) Lice has been a problem to mankind for years.<br />

f) Some thieves have robbed the bank a week ago.<br />

g) My men has slept for five hours.<br />

Choose the right alternative:<br />

a) 1 - 2 - 5 - 7<br />

b) 1 - 2 - 4 - 5<br />

c) 1 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7<br />

d) 2 - 3 - 7<br />

e) 1 - 2<br />

JUST LIKE HUMANS<br />

Animal personality is now taken seriously.<br />

We name them, raise them, clothe them and spoil<br />

them. We describe them as manipulative, grumpy,<br />

sensitive and caring. And they're not even human - they're<br />

our pets. It's in our nature to ascribe human characteristics<br />

to animals even if they don't really exist. For this reason,<br />

in the interests of remaining objective observers of nature,<br />

scientists have taken pains to avoid anthropomorphizing<br />

animals. To talk about a dog's having a swagger or a cat's<br />

being shy would invite professional sneers.<br />

In recent years, however, evidence has begun to<br />

show that animals have personalities after all. Chimps, for<br />

example, can be conscientious: they think before they act,<br />

they plan and they control their impulses, says Samuel<br />

Gosling, a Texas-based psychologist. Research has<br />

identified similar personality traits in many other species.<br />

The implications of these findings for research<br />

on human personality are powerful. Scientists can look to<br />

animal studies for insight into humans the same way they<br />

now look to animal testing for insight into drugs. Animal<br />

research has already begun to shed light on how different<br />

sights of people respond to medications and treatments -<br />

aggressive and passive rats respond differently to<br />

antidepressants, for example. The hope is that animals can<br />

help illuminate the murky interplay of genes and the<br />

environment on people's personalities. The research may<br />

even lead to predictions about what people will do, based<br />

on their personalities, when they're stressed out or<br />

frightened. Putting personality testing - already a thriving<br />

business - on a firm footing could uncover a wealth of<br />

knowledge about where personality comes from.<br />

(Newsweek, June 18, )<br />

21. Assinale a alternativa que contém o uso correto do<br />

tempo verbal "present perfect", como no exemplo -<br />

"evidence has begun to show that animals have<br />

personalities after all" -, no segundo parágrafo do texto.<br />

Brazil has won the world cup in 2002.<br />

a) When America was discovered, Indians have lived in<br />

the land for a long time.<br />

b) Her grandfather has won the lottery.<br />

112


c) They have finished their assignment before the end of<br />

class.<br />

d) The president has arrived from Europe the previous<br />

night.<br />

China is expected to become one of the world's<br />

leading economies, so why are pupils still learning<br />

French 6 rather than Mandarin 7 in Britain 8 ? For most<br />

students, there is little or no 1 . Despite predictions<br />

that it will dissapear as an international language, French<br />

dominates the timetables, followed by German 9 and<br />

Spanish 10 . Exports to China are expected to quadruple by<br />

2010 11 but most British schoolchildren are still not<br />

learning Mandarin.<br />

In one school, however, about 150 students now<br />

learn some Mandarin, under the tuition of Linzi Pan, the<br />

fourth Chinese assistant to work in the school. The<br />

Chinese language assistants who make it to the country<br />

are fearsomely well qualified 12 .<br />

In primary and secondary schools across the<br />

country there are about 30Chinese language assistants<br />

who not only contribute to language classes but also help<br />

to inject some idea of Chinese culture into the curriculum.<br />

Some students even get a 2 to visit China, thanks<br />

to the British Council's annual immersion courses for<br />

students in years 8 to 12, which give those travelling at<br />

least to weeks in a major Chinese city learning the<br />

language as well as seeing the 3 .<br />

In England there about 100 state schools<br />

teaching Chinese, as well as many more independent and<br />

weekend schools. The secretary of the British Association<br />

for Chinese Studies is adamant 13 that the country needs<br />

much more investment, especially for teacher training and<br />

professional development, before Chinese studies can be<br />

introduced across the curriculum.<br />

Teachers report more interest in Mandarn than<br />

10 years ago when people studied it because not only was<br />

it interesting but also rather exotic. Interest is now coming<br />

from all age groups, because of which evening-class<br />

provision across the country has shot up with many adults<br />

now learning the language for business 4 . It is very<br />

much about shifting British attitudes 14 . Historically, it has<br />

been the British Council that has promoted Britain in<br />

China but now we all ought to be making sure Britain is<br />

equipped to deal with China.<br />

Adapted from: The Independent, online edition, 11 Mar..<br />

22. Consider the verb form in the sentence below.<br />

Britain HAS INVESTED very little in Chinese studies. -<br />

The same verb form is used correctly in the sentence<br />

a) I haven't met my Chinese friends since July.<br />

b) The children have read a Chinese story yesterday.<br />

c) Have you learned Mandarin when you were in<br />

school?<br />

d) They have seen many Chinese films last year.<br />

e) His parents have lived in China in the 1960's.<br />

Internet Cafes' Phone Service Fills a Void<br />

TEGUCIGALPA, Honduras - With their simple wooden<br />

desks and glowing computer screens, the Internet cafes in<br />

this capital city look much like those popping up around<br />

the rest of the world, except practically no one's typing.<br />

They're all talking.<br />

A few inches from the door of the Multinet Cybercafe, a<br />

woman in sandals is gossiping about some acquaintances<br />

into a black phone-like receiver connected by a cord to<br />

the back of a machine. Across from her, a man is<br />

inquiring about a job. Herman Mejilla, an accountant, is<br />

chatting with his fiancee in New Jersey, asking how her<br />

university studies are going.<br />

"Te extraño," he says. I miss you.<br />

In Latin America and other developing areas, Internet<br />

cafes have become this generation's equivalent of the<br />

telephone booth.<br />

The voice transmissions aren't perfect. They are<br />

sometimes garbled by static or metallic echoes. Calls<br />

occasionally get dropped or don't get through at all.<br />

But the phone cafes have become a lifeline for many<br />

Hondurans who often use them to talk to relatives and<br />

friends in the United States. In a country where home<br />

phone lines are hard to come by, the Internet phones are<br />

the only way many can keep in touch.<br />

In Honduras, only about 44 of every 1,000 people had a<br />

phone in 1999, the latest year for which figures are<br />

available from the World Bank Group's development<br />

indicators database. In neighboring Nicaragua, the figure<br />

is 30 of every 1,000; in Guatemala, 55; and in El<br />

Salvador, 76.<br />

Internet phone service is not only more readily available<br />

than normal phone service, it's significantly cheaper, too:<br />

5 to 10 cents a minute, vs. the $1 to $1.50 per minute<br />

charged by monopoly telephone providers. In Honduras,<br />

113


where per capita income was about $850 in 2000, it's an<br />

obvious bargain.<br />

Phone cafes are concentrated in Latin America but have<br />

proliferated worldwide. Few of these businesses are run<br />

by corporations. They are mostly mom-and-pop<br />

operations.<br />

Washington Post, April 18, 2002<br />

23. Assinale a alternativa que apresenta o uso correto do<br />

Presente Perfeito do verbo "become", como em<br />

"...Internet cafes have become this generation's equivalent<br />

of the telephone booth.", no quinto parágrafo do texto.<br />

a) He has become a political leader in 1984.<br />

b) She has become a U.S. citizen before she moved to<br />

Australia.<br />

c) She has become a widow right after the war.<br />

d) She has become his wife five years ago.<br />

e) He has become ill.<br />

The Present Perfect Continuous<br />

O Present Perfect Continuous é usado para:<br />

1. Falar de uma atividade que começou no passado e que<br />

continua até o presente, enfatizando a duração ou<br />

aintensidade da ação. Nesse caso, para expressar o tempo,<br />

geralmente usa-se since, for, all day, all morning, all<br />

week,etc.<br />

Affirmative Form.<br />

I + have<br />

You + have<br />

He + has<br />

She + has been verb in the ING form.<br />

It + has<br />

We + have<br />

You + have<br />

They + have<br />

1. She has been running for half an hour.<br />

(Ele está correndo há meia hora.)<br />

2. It's been raining a lot all week.<br />

(Tem chovido bastante toda esta semana.)<br />

Negative forms.<br />

I + haven’t<br />

You + haven’t<br />

He + hasn’t<br />

She + hasn’t been verb in the ING form<br />

It + hasn’t<br />

We + haven’t<br />

You + haven’t<br />

They + haven’t<br />

1. I have not been sleeping well since last week because<br />

my husband snores a lot.<br />

(Não estou dormindo bem desde a semana passada<br />

porque meu marido ronca muito.)<br />

2. They have not been using the blender for months.<br />

(Eles não usam o liquidificador há meses.)<br />

Interrogative Forms<br />

Have + I<br />

Have + You<br />

Has + He<br />

Has + She been verb in the ING form.<br />

Has + It<br />

Have + We<br />

Have + You<br />

Have + They<br />

1. Has he been washing his car for two hours?<br />

(Ele está lavando o carro dele há duas horas?)<br />

2. Have you been working since eight o' clock?<br />

(Você está trabalhando desde as oito horas?)<br />

3. What have you been doing since I last saw you?<br />

Duration from the Past Until Now<br />

Utilizamos o Present Perfect Continuous para mostrar que<br />

algo começou no passado e continua até o presente. "For<br />

five minutes", "for two weeks", and "since Tuesday" são<br />

114


todos expressões temporais que podem ser usadas com o<br />

Present Perfect Continuous.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

They have been talking for the last hour.<br />

She has been working at that company for three years.<br />

James has been teaching at the University since June.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

I have been waiting here for two hours.<br />

She has only been studying English for two years.<br />

Quando utilizamos tempos verbais com mais de uma<br />

parte, tais como Present Perfect Continuous (has been<br />

studying), advérbios geralmente aparecem entre a<br />

primeira e a segunda parte, (has only been studying).<br />

Recently, Lately<br />

Voçê pode usar o Present Perfect Continuous sem uma<br />

duração de tempo como: "for five minutes", "for two<br />

weeks", and "since Tuesday". Sem a duração de tempo,<br />

este tempo verbal oferece um sentido mais geral de<br />

ultimamente "lately". Usamos com frequência palavras<br />

como: "lately" or "recently" neste tipo de sentença para<br />

fortalecer o significado.<br />

Um outro exemplo seria "Have you been smoking?"<br />

sugere que você consegue sentir o cheiro do cigarro na<br />

pessoa.<br />

É possível que insulte alguém utilizando este tempo<br />

verbal.<br />

IMPORTANT:Non-Continuous/Stative Verbs.<br />

To know.<br />

To love.<br />

To hate.<br />

To want.<br />

To like.<br />

To hear.<br />

To prefer.<br />

To see.<br />

To remember.<br />

To forget.<br />

To seem.<br />

To realize.<br />

To need.<br />

To believe.<br />

To suppose.<br />

To understand.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

Recently, I have been feeling really tired.<br />

She has been watching too much television lately.<br />

Mary has been feeling a little depressed.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Lembre se que o Present Perfect Continuous tem o<br />

significado de ultimamente "lately" ou recentemente<br />

"recently." Caso use the Present Perfect Continuous em<br />

uma pergunta EX "Have you been feeling alright?",<br />

Isso sugere que a pessoa parece doente ou mal de saúde.<br />

Para expressar idéia de Present Perfect Continuous com<br />

estes verbos é melhor utilizar o Present Perfect.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

Sam has been having his car for two years.<br />

Not Correct<br />

Sam has had his car for two years. Correct<br />

Past Perfect Tense<br />

O Past Perfect é formado com o passado simples do<br />

verbo to have (had), que funciona como auxiliar do verbo<br />

principal, seguido do past participle (particípio passado)<br />

115


do verbo principal. Lembre-se de que o particípio passado<br />

dos verbos regulares terminam em -ed e os verbos<br />

irregulares possuem forma própria.<br />

Affirmative forms.<br />

I + had<br />

You + had<br />

He + had<br />

She + had Past perfect of the verb.<br />

It + had<br />

We + had<br />

You + had<br />

They + had<br />

1. The film had already started when we got to the<br />

cinema.<br />

(O filme já tinha começado quando chegamos ao<br />

cinema.)<br />

2. The film started when we got to the cinema - As duas<br />

ações ocorreram ao mesmo tempo, diferente do que<br />

ocorre no Past Perfect, onde ambas ações ocorrem no<br />

passado, porém uma antes da outra.<br />

1. The mall had already closed when I arrived there. (O<br />

shopping já tinha fechado quando cheguei lá.)<br />

Negative rms.<br />

I + hadn’t<br />

You + hadn’t<br />

He + hadn’t<br />

She + hadn’t Past perfect of the verb.<br />

It + hadn’t<br />

We + hadn’t<br />

You + hadn’t<br />

They + hadn’t<br />

116<br />

1. I hadn't heard you knocking the door because I<br />

was sleeping.<br />

(Não ouvi você bater na porta porque estava dormindo.)<br />

2. Peter hadn't realized that the place was so<br />

dangerous.<br />

(Pedro não tinha se dado conta de que o lugar era tão<br />

perigoso.)<br />

Interrogative Forms<br />

Had + I<br />

Had + You<br />

Had + He<br />

Had + She<br />

Had + It<br />

Had + We<br />

Had + You<br />

Had + They<br />

Past perfect of the verb.<br />

1. Had the train already left when you got to the station?<br />

(O trem já tinha partido quando você chegou à<br />

estação?)<br />

2. Had you already had dinnner when I called to you?<br />

(Você já tinha jantado quando eu liguei?)<br />

Completed Action Before Something in Past.<br />

(ação completa antes de uma outra ação no passado).<br />

O Past Perfect expressa ideia de que algo ocorreu antes de<br />

uma ação no passado. Ele também mostra que algo<br />

acontecera antes de um tempo específico no passado.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

a) I had never seen such a beautiful beach before I went<br />

to Copacabana.<br />

b) Had you ever visited the U.S. before your trip in<br />

1992?<br />

c) Yes, I had been to the U.S. once before in 1988.


NOTE: Quando estamos usando este tempo verbal com<br />

advérbios , este aparece entre o auxiliar had e o verbo da<br />

oração.<br />

Examples:<br />

a) I had never studied a little English before I came to<br />

the U.S.<br />

b) They had never met an American until they met John.<br />

Stranger than fiction<br />

By Hillel E. Silverman<br />

EXERCISES<br />

When the Old and New Cities of Jerusalem were reunited<br />

in 1967, a recently widowed Arab woman, who had been<br />

living in Old Jerusalem since 1948, wanted to see once<br />

more the house in which she formerly lived. Now that the<br />

city was one, she searched for and found her old home.<br />

She knocked on the door of the apartment, and a Jewish<br />

widow came to the door and greeted her.<br />

The Arab woman explained that she had lived there until<br />

1948 and wanted to look around. She was invited in and<br />

offered coffee. The Arab woman said, "When I lived here,<br />

I hid some valuables. If they are still here, I will share<br />

them with you half and half."<br />

The Jewish woman refused. "If they belonged to you and<br />

are still here, they are yours." After much discussion back<br />

and forth, they entered the bathroom, loosened the floor<br />

planks, and found a hoard of gold coins. The Jewish<br />

woman said, "I shall ask the government to let you keep<br />

them." She did and permission was granted.<br />

The two widows visited each other again and again, and<br />

one day the Arab woman told her new friend, "You know,<br />

in the 1948 fighting here, my husband and I were so<br />

frightened that we ran away to escape. We grabbed our<br />

belongings, took the children, and each fled separately.<br />

We had a three-month-old son. I thought my husband had<br />

taken 1 him, and he thought I had. Imagine our grief when<br />

we were reunited in Old Jerusalem to find that neither of<br />

us had taken the child."<br />

The Jewish woman turned pale, and asked the exact date.<br />

The Arab woman named the date and the hour, and the<br />

Jewish widow told her: "My husband was one of the<br />

Israeli troops that entered Jerusalem. He came into this<br />

house and found a baby on the floor. He asked if he could<br />

keep the house and the baby, too. Permission was<br />

granted".<br />

At that moment, a twenty-year-old Israeli soldier in<br />

uniform walked into the room, and the Jewish woman<br />

broke down in tears. "This is your son," she cried.<br />

This is one of those incredible tales we hear. And the<br />

aftermath? The two women liked each other so much that<br />

the Jewish widow asked the Arab mother: "Look, we are<br />

both widows living alone. Our children are grown up.<br />

This house has brought you luck. You have found your<br />

son… our son. Why don’t we live together?" And they<br />

do.<br />

Adaptado de: www.perso.ch/tio.family/page 196.html, acesso em março/2011.<br />

1. Sobre o que fica evidente na primeira sentença do<br />

texto, assinale o que for correto.<br />

( ) Em 1966, a mulher árabe já não morava mais na<br />

Antiga Jerusalém.<br />

( ) Em 1966, a mulher árabe ainda morava na Antiga<br />

Jerusalém.<br />

( ) A mulher árabe foi morar na Antiga Jerusalém em<br />

1967.<br />

( ) A mulher árabe tinha ido morar na Antiga Jerusalém<br />

havia muito tempo.<br />

HERE IS THE SECOND PART OF THE LETTER,<br />

WRITTEN BY A 98-YEARS-OLD PENSIONED<br />

LADY TO HER BANK MANAGER.<br />

In due course, I will issue your employee with a<br />

PIN number, which he/she must quote in dealings with<br />

me. I regret that it cannot be shorter than 28 digits but,<br />

again, I have modeled it on the number of button presses<br />

required of me to access my account balance on your<br />

phone bank service. As they say, imitation is the sincerest<br />

form of flattery.<br />

117


Let me level the playing field even further. When<br />

you call me, press buttons as follows:<br />

1 - To make an appointment to see me.<br />

2 - To query a missing payment.<br />

3 - To transfer the call to my living room in case I am<br />

there.<br />

4 - To transfer the call to my bedroom in case I am<br />

sleeping.<br />

5 - To transfer the call to my toilet in case I am attending<br />

to nature.<br />

6 - To transfer the call to my mobile phone if I am not at<br />

home.<br />

7 - To leave a message on my computer (a password to<br />

access my computer is required. A password will be<br />

communicated to you at a later date to the Authorized<br />

Contact).<br />

8 - To return to the main menu and to listen to options 1<br />

through 8.<br />

9 - To make a general complaint or inquiry, the contact<br />

will then be put on hold, pending the attention of my<br />

automated answering service. While this may, on<br />

occasion, involve a lengthy wait, uplifting music will play<br />

for the duration of the call.<br />

Regrettably, but again following your example, I<br />

must also levy an establishment fee to cover the setting up<br />

of this new arrangement. Your Humble Client<br />

(Adapted from: forums.film.com/showthread.php?t=15516)<br />

2. Indique a alternativa que completa a sentença: The<br />

lady ............... that she ............... the PIN number on the<br />

number of button presses required to access her account<br />

balance.<br />

a) wrote ... has modeled<br />

b) writes ... would be modeling<br />

c) was writing ... modeled<br />

d) wrote ... has been modeling<br />

e) wrote ...had modeled<br />

emissions continue to rise despite many earnest pledges to<br />

control them. Just last week, the United Nations reported<br />

that of the 41 countries it monitors (not including most<br />

developing nations), 34 had increased greenhouse<br />

emissions from 2000 to 2004. These include most<br />

countries committed to reducing emissions under the<br />

Kyoto Protocol.<br />

Why is this? Here are three reasons. First: With<br />

today's technologies, we don't know how to cut<br />

greenhouse gases in politically and economically<br />

acceptable ways. Second: In rich democracies, policies<br />

that might curb greenhouse gases require politicians and<br />

the public to act in exceptionally "enlightened" (read:<br />

"unrealistic") ways. Third: Even if rich countries cut<br />

emissions, it won't make much difference unless poor<br />

countries do likewise - and so far, they've refused because<br />

that might jeopardize their economic growth and povertyreduction<br />

efforts.<br />

Unless we develop cost-effective technologies<br />

that break the link between carbon-dioxide emissions and<br />

energy use, we can't do much. Anyone serious about<br />

global warming must focus on technology - and not just<br />

assume it. Otherwise, our practical choices are all bad:<br />

costly mandates and controls that harm the economy; or<br />

costly mandates and controls that barely affect<br />

greenhouse gases. Or, possibly, both.<br />

(Adapted from "The Worst of Both Worlds?" NEWSWEEK November 13, 2006,<br />

page 45.)<br />

3. In the phrase "34 had increased greenhouse emissions<br />

from 2000 to 2004" (in paragraph 1), the verb tense HAD<br />

INCREASED refers to<br />

( ) ( ) an action that began in the past and continues<br />

up to now.<br />

( ) ( ) an indefinite time in the past.<br />

( ) ( ) an action that happened in the past before<br />

another past action.<br />

( ) ( ) an action that is habitual.<br />

( ) ( ) two simultaneous actions in the past.<br />

118<br />

THE WORST OF BOTH WORLDS?<br />

In the global-warming debate, there's a big gap<br />

between public rhetoric (which verges on hysteria) and<br />

public behavior (which indicates indifference). People say<br />

they're worried but don't act that way. Greenhouse<br />

Violence on television<br />

Psychological research has shown three major effects of<br />

seeing violence on television:<br />

- Children may become less sensitive to the pain and<br />

suffering of others.


- Children may be more fearful of the world around them.<br />

- Children may be more likely to behave in aggressive or<br />

harmful ways toward others.<br />

Children who watch a lot of TV are less aroused by<br />

violent scenes than are those who only watch a little; in<br />

other words, they're less bothered by violence in general,<br />

and less likely to see anything wrong with it. One<br />

example: in several studies, those who watched a violent<br />

program instead of a nonviolent one were slower to<br />

intervene or to call for help when, a little later, they saw<br />

younger children fighting or playing destructively.<br />

Studies by George Gerbner, Ph.D., at the University of<br />

Pennsylvania, have shown that children's TV shows<br />

contain about 20 violent acts each hour and also that<br />

children who watch a lot of television are more likely to<br />

think that the world is a mean and dangerous place.<br />

Children often behave differently after they've been<br />

watching violent programs on TV. In one study done at<br />

Pennsylvania State University, about 100 preschool<br />

children were observed both before and after watching<br />

television; some watched cartoons that had a lot of<br />

aggressive and violent acts in them, and others watched<br />

shows that didn't have any kind of violence. The<br />

researchers noticed real differences between the kids who<br />

watched the violent shows and those who watched<br />

nonviolent ones.<br />

"Children who watch the violent shows, even 'just funny'<br />

cartoons, were more likely to hit out at their playmates,<br />

argue, disobey class rules, leave tasks unfinished, and<br />

were less willing to wait for things than those who<br />

watched the nonviolent programs," says Aletha Huston,<br />

Ph.D., now at the University of Kansas.<br />

(Extraído de www.apa.org/pubinfo/violence.html)<br />

4. The text ................. a study in which 100 preschool<br />

children ................. both before and after watching TV.<br />

a) reported ... is observed<br />

b) reports ... observed<br />

c) reported ... had been observed<br />

d) had reported ... were observed<br />

e) reports ... had observed<br />

'EBOLA' TURNS OUT TO BE YELLOW FEVER<br />

Gary Younge in Berlin Saturday August 7, 1999<br />

The Ebola virus panic gripping Germany finally subsided<br />

yesterday when the man suspected of having contracted<br />

the disease was diagnosed as having died of yellow fever,<br />

five days after returning from west Africa.<br />

Olaf Ullmann, 40, died at 7.24am yesterday - the first<br />

person to be killed by yellow fever in Germany for more<br />

than 50 years. His health had deteriorated rapidly in the<br />

last 24 hours as his liver and kidneys failed and he lost<br />

consciousness.<br />

Ebola was ruled out late on Thursday night, but there was<br />

a delay in diagnosing yellow fever partly because<br />

Ullmann had been vaccinated in 1993.<br />

The doctor who treated him said yellow fever and Ebola<br />

had similar symptoms of heavy breathing and high fever,<br />

but little else could have been done to save him.<br />

"Even had we known from the beginning he was suffering<br />

from yellow fever it would not have changed the<br />

treatment," said Norbert Suttorp of Berlin's Charité<br />

hospital.<br />

The yellow fever vaccination, considered effective for at<br />

least 10 years, fails to provide immunity in 1% of cases.<br />

Ullmann was probably bitten by an infected mosquito<br />

during his trip to Ivory Coast, where he was filming a<br />

documentary on local wildlife.<br />

Experts in tropical medicine wearing plastic suits had<br />

been treating him since Tuesday. A 6ft fence was erected<br />

around his isolation ward.<br />

An outbreak of yellow fever is considered unlikely: his<br />

three travelling companions, including his wife, are in<br />

good health.<br />

Swissair, which flew the Ullmanns back from Ivory<br />

Coast, has given the passenger list to the German<br />

authorities but the risk of contagion is considered<br />

negligible.<br />

5. "Even HAD we KNOWN from the beginning he was<br />

suffering from yellow fever it WOULD NOT HAVE<br />

CHANGED the treatment" (par. 5). The verb phrases in<br />

bold indicate that the change in treatment:<br />

a) will happen in future<br />

b) may happen in future<br />

c) could have happened but didn't<br />

d) can happen but will not any way<br />

e) might still happen<br />

119


PAST PERFECT TENSE - PART II.<br />

Duration Before Something in the Past (Non-continuous<br />

Verbs)<br />

With Non-progressive Verbs / Stative verbs.<br />

Também utilizamos o past perfect para mostrar que algo<br />

começou no passdo e continuou até uma outra ação<br />

também no passado.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

a) We had had that car for ten years before it broke<br />

down.<br />

b) By the time Alex finished his studies, he had been in<br />

London for over eight years.<br />

IMPORTANT Specific Times with the Past Perfect<br />

Ao contrário do present perfect que estudamos na última<br />

aula, é possível usar tempo específico (time words) com o<br />

past perfect.<br />

Embora possível, não é geralmente necessário.<br />

EXAMPLE:<br />

She had visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993<br />

before she moved in with them in 1996.<br />

Note:<br />

Se a ação occorreu em um tempo específico no passado,<br />

pode ser usado o passado simples ao invés do past perfect.<br />

Quando before (antes) e after (depois) é utilizado na<br />

sentença. As duas palavras na verdade diz o que acontece<br />

primeiro, sendo assim o past perfect é opcional.<br />

As duas sentenças estão corretas:<br />

EXAMPLE:<br />

She had visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993<br />

before she moved in with them in 1996.<br />

She visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993<br />

before she moved in with them in 1996.<br />

Se a ação não acontecera em um tempo específico, o past<br />

perfect deve ser usado em todas as vezes.<br />

EXAMPLE:<br />

She had never seen a bear before she moved to<br />

Alaska. Correct<br />

120<br />

<br />

She never saw a bear before she moved to Alaska.<br />

Not Correct<br />

EXERCISES<br />

6. Supply the correct PAST or PAST PERFECT<br />

a) Mary who is in the Hospital ___________________<br />

(be) there for two weeks.<br />

b) He ________________________ (live) in New York<br />

since 1934.<br />

c) We __________________ (buy) our automobile two<br />

years ago.<br />

7. Ponha os verbos entre parênteses no Past Perfect:<br />

a) The secretary said Mr. Black<br />

_________________________ (leave) at four.<br />

b) I thought you _________________________ (talk) to<br />

Mr. Jones about it.<br />

c) I was sure I _______________________ off the TV<br />

set. (turn)<br />

d) Didn't you tell her that you<br />

________________________ your job? (lose)<br />

e) They went home after they<br />

__________________________ (finish) their<br />

f) conversation.<br />

g) Theresa was upset because her son<br />

____________________ (have) an accident.<br />

h) The poor man _______________________ (die)<br />

before the ambulance arrived.<br />

i) I didn't wash my car because my son<br />

______________________ (already, wash) it.


The Teacher's magazine<br />

The dramatic story of war among angels existed in heaven<br />

even before earth was formed. The great 17th century<br />

poet John Milton described in his masterpiece Paradise<br />

Lost what he considered the first test of free will: the fall<br />

of angels. His story begins when Lucifer is ordered to<br />

obey the Son of God. Lucifer refuses, the rebellious<br />

angels join him and challenge the power of God. On the<br />

first day, one of the powerful Seraphs and Lucifer meet,<br />

angel against angel. On the second day, the archangel<br />

Michael enters the battle, and wounds Lucifer. Michael<br />

asks for assistance and on the third day the Son of God<br />

comes forward. He pursues the enemy to the bounds of<br />

heaven and the bad angels throw themselves into ¤the<br />

bottomless pit. The war in heaven is over, but Lucifer is<br />

far from finished. God has created a new race - humans.<br />

The struggle between good and evil begins. - (Fonte:"The<br />

Teacher's Magazine", ).<br />

8. Complete the sentence below with the appropriate verb<br />

form.<br />

When earth.......... to be, the angels' war in heaven.............<br />

a) came - had ended<br />

b) comes - has ended<br />

c) had come - ended<br />

d) came - had been ending<br />

e) comes - was ending<br />

9. He returned home after he ...... the office.<br />

a) leaves<br />

b) does leave<br />

c) had left<br />

d) will leave<br />

e) didn't leave<br />

Past Perfect Continuous<br />

O Past Perfect Continuous é usado para enfatizar a<br />

repetição ou a duração de uma ação no passado anterior à<br />

outra ação também no passado.<br />

A forma escrita do Past Perfect Continuous é feita com o<br />

Simple Past do verbo to have (had) + Past Perfect do<br />

verbo to be (been) seguido do gerúndio do verbo<br />

principal:<br />

Affirmative Form.<br />

I + had<br />

You + had<br />

He + had<br />

She + had been verb in the ING form.<br />

It + had<br />

We + had<br />

You + had<br />

They + had<br />

1. He was tired because he had been studying for seven<br />

hours.<br />

(Ele estava cansado porque tinha estudado por sete<br />

horas.)<br />

2. She didn't go shopping because it had been raining all<br />

day.<br />

(Ela não foi fazer compras porque tinha chovido o dia<br />

inteiro.)<br />

Negative forms.<br />

I + hadn’t<br />

You + hadn’t<br />

He + hadn’t<br />

She + hadn’t been verb in the ING form<br />

It + hadn’t<br />

We + hadn’t<br />

You + hadn’t<br />

They + hadn’t<br />

1. It hadn't been raining during the week, so we decided<br />

to go to the beach on weekend.<br />

(Não tinha chovido durante a semana, então<br />

decidimos ir pra praia no final de semana.)<br />

2. They didn't pass the exam because they hadn't been<br />

studying a lot. (Eles não passaram no teste porque<br />

não tinham estudado muito.)<br />

121


Interrogative Forms<br />

Had + I<br />

Had + You<br />

Had + He<br />

Had + She been verb in the ING form.<br />

Had + It<br />

Had + We<br />

Had + You<br />

Had + They<br />

1. Had you been swimming? (Você estava nadando?)<br />

2. Had he been waiting for her for a long time?<br />

(Ele tinha esperado por ela por muito tempo?)<br />

Duration Before Something in the Past<br />

122<br />

Utilizamos o past perfect continuous para mostrar que<br />

algo começou no passado e continuou até um outro<br />

horário no passado "For five minutes" and "for two<br />

weeks"<br />

Todas indicam duração de tempo que podem ser<br />

utilizados com o Past Perfect Continuous.<br />

Note: que este tem uma relação com o present perfect,<br />

entretanto, a duração não continua até agora.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

a) They had been talking for over an hour before Tony<br />

arrived.<br />

b) She had been working at that company for three years<br />

when it went out of business.<br />

c) James had been teaching at the University for more<br />

than a year before he left for Asia.<br />

IMPORTANT<br />

Se não incluir duração tais como:"for two weeks" or<br />

"since Friday", muitos natives escolhem usar o Past<br />

Continuous. Ha significados diferentes.<br />

EXAMPLES:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

I was reading when my roommate returned.<br />

Significa que: A leitura foi interrompida quando o<br />

amigo chegou.<br />

I had been reading for an hour when my roommate<br />

returned.<br />

Significa que: a leitura foi interrompida antes do<br />

amigo entrar.


CAPÍTULO XV - GERUND & PRESENT PARTICIPLE<br />

O gerúndio, também conhecido como Present Participle<br />

( Particípio Presente ), é formado a partir de qualquer<br />

verbo (exceto anômalos) + ING. Veremos em seguida que<br />

há uma pequena diferença entre o Gerúndio e o Present<br />

Participle em seus usos mais comuns.<br />

E.g.<br />

Play Playing Study Studying<br />

Do Doing Come Coming<br />

Work Working See Seeing<br />

Write Writing Understand Understanding<br />

Gerúndio:<br />

Formação Há algumas regras para a formação do<br />

gerúndio.<br />

Vejamos.<br />

1. Geral. Verbo + ING<br />

2. Se o verbo terminar em E, este é retirado e ING é<br />

acrescentado. (Exceto To Be - being)<br />

3. Se o verbo terminar em IE, estes são retirados e YING<br />

é acrescentado. ( Die e Lie - dying, lying ).<br />

4. Verbos terminados em EE não sofrem alterações,<br />

basta acrescentar ING. (See - seeing ).<br />

5. Verbos monossilábicos com CONSOANTE, VOGAL,<br />

CONSOANTE (CVC) têm a última consoante<br />

dobrada. ( Cut - cutting, Stop - stopping, Swim -<br />

swimming, Plan - planning , Put - putting).<br />

6. Verbos dissilábicos que tenham o stress ( sílaba<br />

tônoca) na última sílaba e que ainda tenham a<br />

terminação CVC também têm a última consoante<br />

dobrada. (Prefer -preferring, occur - occurring )<br />

Gerúndio:<br />

Usos: Já sabemos que o gerúndio é usado na formação<br />

de tempos contínuos, tais como: presente contínuo,<br />

passado contínuo, futuro contínuo, etc... Mas o gerúndio<br />

tem outras funções além dessa.<br />

Vejamos.<br />

1.Gerúndio como Substantivo:<br />

O verbo na forma de gerúndio pode funcionar como<br />

substantivo, e por isso pode também conjugar verbos, ser<br />

adjetivado, etc.. Observe.<br />

• My understanding in English is very good.<br />

Meu entendimento de inglês é muito bom.<br />

• My hearing is not that good.<br />

Minha audição já não é tão boa.<br />

• Smoking is not good for health.<br />

Fumar é prejudicial à saude.<br />

• Mesmo que um gerúndio seja um substantivo, um<br />

gerúndio ainda pode levar um objeto direto (como um<br />

verbo). Isto é conhecido como um gerund complement.<br />

Por exemplo:<br />

• swimming the lake<br />

• running a mile<br />

• drinking a beer<br />

2. Gerúndio como Adjetivo:<br />

O verbo na forma de gerúndio pode funcionar como<br />

adjetivo.<br />

Veja.<br />

• We have a talking clock.<br />

Nós temos um relógio falante.<br />

• How much is the washing machine ?<br />

3. Após preposição:<br />

Quanto custa a máquina de lavar ?<br />

• I need to buy a cleaning tape.<br />

Preciso comprar uma fita limpadora.<br />

O gerúndio funcionará como Infinitivo após uma<br />

preposição. Neste caso o gerúndio será considerado como<br />

objeto da preposição, e obrigatório.<br />

• I am thinking about going there<br />

Estou pensando em ir lá.<br />

123


• She is tired of studying.<br />

Ela está cansada de estudar..<br />

• Before leaving she said good-bye.<br />

Antes de sair ela disse adeus.<br />

4. Gerund Phrase<br />

Uma Gerund Phrase é composta por um gerúndio, seu<br />

objeto, e todos os modificadores. Por exemplo:<br />

Eating blackberries without washing them will make you<br />

ill.<br />

Na gerund phrase acima:<br />

Eating é o gerúndio.<br />

(A Gerund Phrase sempre começa com o gerúndio.)<br />

A palavra blackberries é o objeto do gerúndio.<br />

(O objeto de um gerúndio também é chamado de Gerund<br />

Complement.)<br />

A frase, without washing é um modificador.<br />

(Neste caso, o modificador é uma locução.)<br />

EXERCISES<br />

BRASÍLIA — Brazil’s highest court has long viewed<br />

itself as a bastion of manners and formality. Justices call<br />

one another “Your Excellency,” dress in billowing robes<br />

and wrap each utterance in grandiloquence, as if little had<br />

changed from the era when marquises and dukes held<br />

sway from their vast plantations.<br />

In one televised feud, Mr. Barbosa questioned another<br />

justice about whether he would even be on the court had<br />

he not been appointed by his cousin, aformer president<br />

124<br />

impeached in 1992. With another justice, Mr. Barbosa<br />

rebuked him over what the chief justice considered his<br />

condescending tone, telling him he was not his<br />

“capanga,” a term describing a hired thug.<br />

In one of his most scathing comments, Mr. Barbosa, the<br />

high court’s first and only black justice, took on the entire<br />

legal system of Brazil — where it is still remarkably rare<br />

for politicians to ever spend time in pr